Bơm cần 47m M00015441

3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0

w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
SYG5351THB 470C-8
-02 -02 -02
Truck-mounted
202
3- 0 3
202
3-Concrete Pump
0 3
202
3- 0 3
ww ww ww
xia xia xia
Operation and Maintenance Manual
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 WARNING 3 -02 3-02

02 3-0 3- 0
02 02 3-0
Read
w w 2and follow the safety precautionswand
w 2 instructions in this manual and onwthe
w 2 machine
a
xidecals. xia injury, death or property damage. Keep
Failure to do can cause serious xia this manual
with the machine for reading and future reference.
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
SANY GROUP
SANY AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.
SANY Industry Town,
Economic and Technological Development Zone,
Changsha, Hunan China 410100
http://www.sanygroup.com.cn
3- 02 3 -02 3- 02
023-0 China
023
- 0
023-0
w 2 2
Email: sanyservice@sany.com.cn
w w 2
w aw w
xia x i
Tel: 0731- 84031888 xia
Fax: 0731- 84031999
Service Hotline: 4008 87 8318
Complaint Hotline: 4008 87 9318
Overseas
Email: crd@sany.com.cn
Service Hotline (Complaint/Enquiry): 0086 4006098318
Scan
2 the QR code below to download02the Service Cloud APP 02
0 3 -0 3- 3-
023 -
023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Android iOS
© 2015 by SANY
0 3 -02 Group. All rights reserved. No part 0 3 -02this publication may be reproduced,
of
0 3 -02
2 0 23-
used, distributed or disclosed except during normal
2 0 23- operation of the machine as described
2 0 23-
herein. All information included within this w publication was accurate at the time ofwpublica-
a wwProduct improvements, revisions, a wetc., may result in differences between w
i
tion.
x x i xia your
machine and what is presented here. SANY Group assumes no liability. For more informa-
tion, contact SANY Group.
3-02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 23-0 02 3-0
2 SPECIFIC20DECLARATION 2
ww w w
xia x iaw xia
w
The truck-mounted concrete pump is a special vehicle which integrate the pumping system for
concrete pumping and the boom system for concrete placing on the vehicle chassis. Any other
use or any operation beyond the specified working range is not authorized use. Sany expressly
bears no liability for any consequence due to any unauthorized use.
Information on this manual is used to guide qualified operators to operate and maintain truck-
mounted concrete pump correctly. Sany expressly bears no liability for any consequence due to
any use not observing the information on this manual.
It is forbidden to convert the truck-mounted concrete pump without authorization. Sany

expressly bears no liability for any consequence. When crack or electrical malfunction on the
0
truck-mounted 3 -02 concrete pump occurs, please contact
0 3 -02the supplier, and don’t conduct welding
0 3
2
-0or
- 23-any consequence due to such contravention, -
make
2 023changes without permission, or else,20for 2 023
w w w
xiawSany shall not bear any liability. aw
xi aw
xi
Use genuine spare parts from Sany. Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine damage
or accident due to the use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or tools.Operate and
maintain parts (such as engine, a/c) on the truck-mounted concrete pump, and observe related
regulations on Users' guide supplied from their manufacturer.
Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine failure or damage due to force majeure of
natural disasters (earthquake, typhoon) and wars.
Sany cannot predict every circumstance that might involve a potential hazard in operation or
maintenance. Operators and owners should highly attach importance to safety. Local specific
safety rules
0 3 -0of2 the countries may be stricter. If they
0 3
2 from the regulations on this manual,
-0differ 0 3 -02
2 23- the stricter one.
observe
0 20 23- 23-
20
ww ww ww
xia Duty of Sany xia xia
• Be responsible for providing qualified products.
• Fulfill their promises on after-sales service, and document all maintenance and repair working
done by after-sales service personnel.
• Train the operation and maintenance personnel based on their needs.
Duty of Owners or Other Authorized Personnel
• Only after each person involved in the product’s operation, maintenance and repair is trained
3 - 02
and fully understands the Parts Book and Operation
3 - 02 and Maintenance Manual, can 3they
-02
3-
operate 0
and maintain the truck-mounted 3-
concrete 0pump. 3- 0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
w• w w
xia iaw personnel are qualified and know
Ensure the operation and maintenance
x x iaw their related
responsibilities.
• Periodically check related personnel's safety consciousness during working.

3-02 3-02 3-02
3-0
2 which will lead to unsafety occurs,
0fault 3-0
02 stop the truck-mounted concrete20pump
2 3-0
w 2
• If any
w 2 w
iaw
immediately.
x iaw x iaw x
• If necessary Sany service personnel have the right to check the truck-mounted concrete pump
for safety.
• Besides check items regulated by Sany, observe local laws and regulations to check the
truck-mounted concrete pump.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair on the truck-mounted concrete pump.
• Carefully plan the use of the truck-mounted concrete pump.
• Sany expressly 2bears no liability for any consequence due2 to use of informality accessories, not 2
3
comply with 0the-0provision for maintenance, or start the0 3 0
-machine without authorization after it 0is3-
0
locked. 023
- - -
2 023
2 023
2
w w w
iaw
xDuty of all working personnel x iaw x iaw
• If there is any abnormal symptom which may cause abnormal working of the truck-mounted
concrete pump or potential hazard, report to your leader. If possible, correct fault in time.
• All personnel working around the truck-mounted concrete pump must observe all warning
signals and take care of their own and others' safety.
• All personnel should know their working tasks and procedures.
• Watch something like high voltage wire, unrelated personnel and poor ground for potential
danger, and report to the operators and signalmen.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 0 3 -02
- - -
023
Duty of managers
2 2 023 2 023
w ww ww Manual
aw
x• iEnsure xia understand the Operation and Maintenance
the operators are trained and fully xia
supplied by Sany. Ensure they are in physical fitness and have the certification of operation.
Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate the truck-mounted concrete pump.
• Ensure the operators have good judgment ability, teamwork consciousness and psychological
quality. Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate or repair the truck-mounted concrete pump.
• Ensure the signalmen have good vision and acoustic judgment, master standard command
signals. At the same time, they should have enough experience in recognizing danger factors
correctly, and inform the operators of danger factors to avoid them in time.
• Ensure assistant workers can identify the model and working condition to choose a proper
-02
03concrete
truck-mounted pump. 03-
02
03-
02
- - -
2 023 2 023 2 023
a ww
• Publicize safety consciousness to working
a ww personnel, and make them awarewof safety
w
i i
xprecautions and their related responsibilities.
x xia
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
xia
w w 2 02
Table
xia
w of Content w 2 02
xia
w w 2 02
1 Introduction
1.1 Manual Section Descriptions ............................................................................. 1-4
1.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 1-4
1.1.2 Safety ........................................................................................................... 1-4
1.1.3 System
2 functions ..........................................................................................
2 1-5 2
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 0 3 -0
2 23- Operation .....................................................................................................
01.1.4 2 023
-
2
-
023 1-5
ww 1.1.5 Maintenance.................................................................................................
ww ww 1-5
xia xia xia
1.1.6 Troubleshooting............................................................................................ 1-5
1.1.7 Specifications ............................................................................................... 1-5
1.1.8 Appendix ...................................................................................................... 1-5
1.2 Machine Serial Number & Information ............................................................... 1-6
1.3 Contact Information ........................................................................................... 1-7
1.4 Icons and Symbols ............................................................................................ 1-7
3 -02 3- 02 3- 02
3-0
2 Safety
02 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w2.1 iaw iaw
Definition of terms .............................................................................................. 2-4
xia x x
2.1.1 Concrete pump............................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.2 Boom pedestal ............................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.3 Arm assembly............................................................................................... 2-4
2.1.4 Placing boom................................................................................................ 2-4
2.1.5 Base structure .............................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.6 Truck mixer................................................................................................... 2-4
-02
2.1.7 3Delivery 3-0
2
line systems.................................................................................... 3-0
2-5 2
0 2 3-0 0 2 3-0 0 2 3-0
2 2.1.8 Machine........................................................................................................
2 2 2-5
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
2.1.9 Operator ....................................................................................................... 2-5
2.1.10 Machine operator ....................................................................................... 2-5
1
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
2 3-0 2 3-0 2 3-0
20 Hoseman....................................................................................................
2.1.11 20 202-6
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia x i x i
2.1.12 Signaller and other auxiliary personnel ...................................................... 2-6
2.1.13 Truck mixer driver ...................................................................................... 2-6
2.1.14 Authorized inspector .................................................................................. 2-6
2.1.15 Subject expert ............................................................................................ 2-7
2.1.16 Qualified personnel .................................................................................... 2-7
2.1.17 After Sales Service personnel.................................................................... 2-7
2.1.18 Maintenance............................................................................................... 2-7
-02 -02 -02
-03 of work, working area, danger zone
2.1.19 Place -03 ................................................. 2-8-03
2 023 2 023 2 023
2.2wwDesignated use ..................................................................................................
ww ww 2-13
xia xia xia
2.2.1 Inspection intervals ...................................................................................... 2-14
2.3 Use contrary to designated use ......................................................................... 2-15
2.3.1 Transporting goods ...................................................................................... 2-15
2.3.2 Lifting loads .................................................................................................. 2-15
2.3.3 Removing obstacles..................................................................................... 2-15
2.3.4 Extending the reach ..................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.5 Extensions....................................................................................................
2 2 2-16
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 0 3 -02
- - 3-
2 0 3
2.3.62Impermissible
2 023
end hose ...............................................................................
2 022-16
ww iaw
w ww 2-16
xia 2.3.7 Impermissible working area x.........................................................................
xia
2.3.8 Climbing the placing boom ........................................................................... 2-17
2.3.9 High-pressure delivery ................................................................................. 2-17
2.3.10 Accessories and attachments .................................................................... 2-17
2.4 Exclusion of liability ............................................................................................ 2-17
2.5 Personnel ........................................................................................................... 2-18
2.5.1 Requirements............................................................................................... 2-18
2 2 2-193-02
3-0 3-0
2.5.2 Qualifications................................................................................................
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202Responsibility of the machine operator
2.5.3
w 202 ........................................................ 2
202-19
iaw Operating Instructions, operatingxiprocedures
aw ww
x2.6 xia
and other regulations ................. 2-19
2.6.1 Operating Instructions .................................................................................. 2-19
2
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0
2 Operating procedures...................................................................................
02.6.2 02 02 2-20 3-0
2 2 2
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia x i x i
2.6.3 Other regulations.......................................................................................... 2-21
2.7 Personal protective equipment .......................................................................... 2-21
2.8 Before starting work ........................................................................................... 2-23
2.8.1 Checking that the machine is ready for operation ........................................ 2-23
2.8.2 Rendering the machine ready for operation ................................................. 2-23
2.9 Danger due to high-voltage ............................................................................... 2-24
2.9.1 High-voltage lines......................................................................................... 2-24
-02 -02 -02
-03Discharge voltage pattern ............................................................................
2.9.2 -03 3
-02-24
2 023 2 023 2 023
ww 2.9.3 Clearances ...................................................................................................
ww ww 2-25
xia xia xia
2.9.4 High-voltage warning devices ...................................................................... 2-26
2.9.5 Procedure in the event of a flash over.......................................................... 2-26
2.9.6 Earthing in the event of electrostatic charging ............................................. 2-27
2.10 Stationary machines .......................................................................................... 2-27
2.10.1 Set-up site .................................................................................................. 2-27
2.10.2 Stationary booms ....................................................................................... 2-28
2 machines and components..............................................................

2.10.3 Lifting
-0 2 -0
2-282
-0
0 3 0 3 0 3
2 23- Loading and transporting............................................................................
02.10.4 2 023
-
2
-
023 2-28
ww ww ww
xia 2.11 Mobile machines ................................................................................................
xia xia 2-29
2.11.1 Set-up site .................................................................................................. 2-29
2.11.2 Supporting ground...................................................................................... 2-29
2.11.3 Corner bearing loads.................................................................................. 2-30
2.11.4 Supports ..................................................................................................... 2-31
2.11.5 Driving ........................................................................................................ 2-32
2.11.6 Towing........................................................................................................ 2-33
02
2.11.73-Loading 3-0
2
...................................................................................................... 3-0
2-332
3-0 3-0 3-0
202Placing booms ...................................................................................................
2.12 202 202 2-34
ww ww ww
xia xia xia
2.12.1 Unfolding the placing boom........................................................................ 2-34
2.12.2 End hose .................................................................................................... 2-35
3
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
23-0 23-0 23-0
20 Procedure in storms ...................................................................................
2.12.3 20 202-36
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia x i x i
2.12.4 Concreting in cold weather......................................................................... 2-37
2.13 Delivery line systems ......................................................................................... 2-37
2.13.1 Suitable delivery lines ................................................................................ 2-37
2.13.2 Securing delivery........................................................................................ 2-37
2.13.3 Tightness and blockages ........................................................................... 2-38
2.13.4 Opening delivery lines................................................................................ 2-38
2.13.5 Clearance to delivery lines ......................................................................... 2-38
-02 -02 -02
-03
2.13.6 Fastening -03
delivery lines.............................................................................. -03
2-39
2 023 2 023 2 023
w
w2.13.7 ww ww 2-39
Continuation delivery lines .........................................................................
xia xia xia
2.14 Pumping operations ........................................................................................... 2-39
2.14.1 Place of work.............................................................................................. 2-39
2.14.2 Safety ......................................................................................................... 2-40
2.14.3 Remote control........................................................................................... 2-40
2.14.4 Moving machine components and hot surfaces......................................... 2-41
2.14.5 Constant observation of the machine......................................................... 2-41
2.14.6 Truck2mixer ................................................................................................
2 -02
2-42
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 0 3
- - 23-
2 023 .............................................................................................................
2.15 Cleaning
2 023 2 02-42
ww ww ww 2-42
xia 2.15.1 General ......................................................................................................
xia xia
2.15.2 Cleaning agents ......................................................................................... 2-43
2.15.3 Hazards...................................................................................................... 2-43
2.15.4 Cleaning with compressed air .................................................................... 2-43
2.15.5 Protection against water............................................................................. 2-45
2.15.6 Post-cleaning procedure ............................................................................ 2-46
2.16 Maintenance and special work .......................................................................... 2-46
2 2 2-463-02
3-0
2.16.1 Requirements 3-0
for special work...................................................................
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
2.17 Welding
w 202 2
202-48
..............................................................................................................
iaw Working on the placing boom ww ww
x2.18 xia xia
............................................................................ 2-49
2.19 Safety-relevant components .............................................................................. 2-50
4
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 23-0 2 3-0
20 Software .............................................................................................................
2.20 20 20 2-50
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia 2.21 Protective and safety x i x i
......................................................................................... 2-50
2.22 Electrical power ................................................................................................. 2-51
2.22.1 General ...................................................................................................... 2-51
2.22.2 Electrical components ................................................................................ 2-52
2.22.3 Power at the construction site .................................................................... 2-52
2.23 Hydraulic systems .............................................................................................. 2-53
2.23.1 General ...................................................................................................... 2-53
-02 -02 -02
-03 Replacing hydraulic hoses .........................................................................
2.23.2 -03 3
-02-54
2 023 2 023 2 023
ww 2.23.3 Noise emissions .........................................................................................
ww ww 2-54
xia xia xia
2.24 Exhaust fumes ................................................................................................... 2-55
2.25 Functional fluids ................................................................................................. 2-55
3 System Functions
3.1 General Overview .............................................................................................. 3-3
3.1.1 Main component locations............................................................................ 3-3
3.1.2 Main characteristics...................................................................................... 3-4
-02 -02 -02
-03 System ....................................................................................................
3.2 Boom -03 3
-03-6
2 023 2 023 2 023
ww 3.2.1 Boom overview.............................................................................................
ww ww 3-6
xia xia xia
3.2.2 Boom components ....................................................................................... 3-6
3.2.3 Boom control ................................................................................................ 3-7
3.3 Outrigger System ............................................................................................... 3-9
3.3.1 Outrigger overview ....................................................................................... 3-9
3.3.2 Outrigger components.................................................................................. 3-9
3.3.3 Outrigger control........................................................................................... 3-10
2
3.3.4 Outrigger
-0 2
pads..............................................................................................
-0
3-112
-0
0 3 0 3
- Chassis ....................................................................................................
- - 0 3
0 3
3.4 2Truck
2 2 023 2 023 3-12
ww 3.4.1 Truck chassis overview ................................................................................
ww ww
xia xia xia 3-12
3.4.2 Truck chassis components........................................................................... 3-13
5
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
23-0 23-0 23-0
20
3.5 Pumping 20 203-14
System ................................................................................................
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia x i x i
3.5.1 Pumping system overview ........................................................................... 3-14
3.5.2 Pumping system & related components....................................................... 3-14
3.5.3 Pumping system operation........................................................................... 3-15
3.5.4 Pumping controls ......................................................................................... 3-16
3.6 Hydraulic System ............................................................................................... 3-17
3.6.1 Outrigger controls......................................................................................... 3-17
3.6.2 Outrigger and boom backup hydraulics ....................................................... 3-19
-02 -02 -02
-03 hydraulics...........................................................................................
3.6.3 Pump -03 -03
3-20
2 023 2 023 2 023
w Mixing control valve and mixingwcutoff
w3.6.4 w valve ................................................
ww 3-20
xia xia xia
3.6.5 Accumulator and Unloading Ball Valve of Accumulator ............................... 3-21
3.6.6 Self-sealing Device of Main Oil Pump Oil Inlet and Gear Pump Oil Suction Cut-
off Valve ................................................................................................................ 3-22
3.6.7 Water pump.................................................................................................. 3-23
3.6.8 Filter ............................................................................................................. 3-23
3.7 Electric Control System ..................................................................................... 3-24
3.7.1 Electric Control Cabinet ............................................................................... 3-24
3 -02 3 -02 3 -02
023-0 operation box .....................................................................................
3.7.2 Small 3-0 02 3-0
3-29
02
w 2 w 2 w 2
w3.7.3 Maintenance and operation box...................................................................
w w 3-32
xia xia xia
3.7.4 Electromagnetic valves for mixing................................................................ 3-36
3.7.5 Electromagnetic valve of boom .................................................................... 3-37
3.7.6 System gauges & indicators......................................................................... 3-37
3.7.7 Light ............................................................................................................. 3-41
3.7.8 E-STOP buttons ........................................................................................... 3-45
3.8 Remote Control System ..................................................................................... 3-47
02receiver.............................................................................................
3.8.1 In-Cab
3- 02 3-
3-47
3- 02
3.8.2 3-0 02 3-0
02Remote controller ......................................................................................... 2
03-48 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
x4 Operation x iaw xiaw
6
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 23-0 23-0
4.120 Pre-operational Checks .....................................................................................
20 20 4-3
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia 4.2 Set-up Site x i x i
......................................................................................................... 4-5
4.3 Starting Up ......................................................................................................... 4-7
4.3.1 Test run ........................................................................................................ 4-7
4.3.2 Start the machine and engaging the transfer gearbox power take- off ........ 4-9
4.4 Outrigger Set-Up ................................................................................................ 4-10
4.4.1 Working area ................................................................................................ 4-10
4.4.2 Danger zone................................................................................................. 4-11
-02 -02 -02
-03Operation of outriggers.................................................................................
4.4.3 -03 3
-04-12
2 023 2 023 2 023
ww 4.4.4 OSS..............................................................................................................
ww ww 4-15
xia xia xia
4.4.5 Levelling the machine................................................................................... 4-16
4.5 Function Checks ................................................................................................ 4-18
4.5.1 Pump functions............................................................................................. 4-18
4.5.2 Filter functions ( O p t i o n a l ) .....
.......................................................................... 4-19
4.5.3 E-STOP function .......................................................................................... 4-20
4.5.4 Function check on the boom control block ................................................... 4-21
4.5.5 Function
2 check on the agitator safety cutout................................................
2 4-212
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 0 3 -0
- Movements ..............................................................................................
- -
0 3
4.6 2Boom
2 2 023 2 023 4-23
ww 4.6.1 Restrictions on use.......................................................................................
ww ww 4-23
xia xia xia
4.6.2 Danger zone................................................................................................. 4-25
4.6.3 Spontaneous retraction of the boom and support cylinders ......................... 4-26
4.6.4 Uncontrolled boom movements.................................................................... 4-27
4.7 Hand Signals for Boom and Pump Operations .................................................. 4-28
4.7.1 Standard boom hand signals........................................................................ 4-28
4.7.2 Pump operation hand signals....................................................................... 4-31
2 2 2
3-0 the Boom ..........................................................................................
4.8 Extending 3-0 3-0
4-34
0 2 3-0 0 2 3-0 0 2 3-0
2 4.8.1 Preparing the Remote Controller..................................................................
2 2 4-35
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
4.8.2 Unfolding the boom ...................................................................................... 4-36
4.8.3 Unlocking the end hose................................................................................ 4-38
7
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
23-0 2 3-0 23-0
20 Checking outrigger stability ..........................................................................
4.8.4
w 20 w 204-38 w
iaw Pumping Operations
x4.9 x i aw x i aw
.......................................................................................... 4-39
4.9.1 Safety precautions ....................................................................................... 4-39
4.9.2 Notes on correct pumping ............................................................................ 4-44
4.9.3 Pre-operational checks ................................................................................ 4-45
4.9.4 Pumping ....................................................................................................... 4-46
4.9.5 Possible faults .............................................................................................. 4-49
4.9.6 Special cases ............................................................................................... 4-52
-02 -02 -02
-03 Clean-up .........................................................................................
4.10 Equipment -03 -03
4-53
2 023 2 023 2 023
w
w4.10.1 ww ww 4-53
Cleaning the Boom Piping..........................................................................
xia xia xia
4.10.2 Hopper, delivery cylinder and S-tube ......................................................... 4-57
4.10.3 Truck superstructure and post-cleaning procedure.................................... 4-59
4.11 Retracting the Boom & Outriggers .................................................................... 4-61
4.12 Driving, Towing and Loading ............................................................................ 4-62
4.12.1 Driving ........................................................................................................ 4-62
4.12.2 Towing........................................................................................................ 4-65
2 ......................................................................................................
4.12.3 Loading
-0 -0 2 4-66
-02
0 3 0 3
- Decals ................................................................................................
- 0 3
2 023
4.13 Machine
2 023 2 23-
04-67
ww w
iawthe complete vehicle................................... ww 4-68
xia 4.13.1 Locations of safety marks xon xia
4.13.2 Mark descriptions ...................................................................................... 4-70
4.13.3 Detailed explanation to safety marks ........................................................ 4-71
5 Troubleshooting
5.1 General .............................................................................................................. 5-3
5.2 Troubleshooting Mechanical System ................................................................. 5-3
2
5.3 Troubleshooting 2
Hydraulic System ....................................................................
-0 -0
5-6
-02
- 0 3 - 0 3 0 3
2 023
5.4 Troubleshooting
023
Lubrication System .................................................................
2 2 23-
05-10
w w ww 5-11
iaw Troubleshooting Electric Systemxi.......................................................................
x5.5 aw xia
6 Maintenance
8
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 23-0 23-0
6.120 Routine Maintenance & Mandatory 2Overhaul
0 20 6-3
....................................................
ww aw
w
aw
w
xia 6.2 x i x i
General Tightening Torques .............................................................................. 6-8
6.3 Lubrication ......................................................................................................... 6-11
6.3.1 Lubrication Method....................................................................................... 6-11
6.3.2 Lubricant Recommendation ......................................................................... 6-15
6.4 Visual Checks .................................................................................................... 6-20
6.4.1 General check .............................................................................................. 6-20
6.4.2 Check the hydraulic system ......................................................................... 6-24
-02 -02 -02
-03Check the electrical system..........................................................................
6.4.3 -03 3
-06-25
2 023 2 023 2 023
w Pumping System ................................................................................................
w6.5 ww ww 6-25
xia xia xia
6.5.1 Pumping cylinder piston ............................................................................... 6-26
6.5.2 Agitator shaft and leaf .................................................................................. 6-30
6.5.3 S-valve Assembly......................................................................................... 6-31
6.5.4 Hopper ......................................................................................................... 6-50
6.5.5 Delivery cylinder ........................................................................................... 6-51
6.5.6 Delivery line.................................................................................................. 6-51
6.6 Slewing2 Mechanism ...................................................................................
2 ........ 6-622
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 0 3 -0
2 23- Overview ............................................................................................
06.6.1 2 023
- -
023 6-62
..........
2
ww 6.6.2 Slewing gear transmissionia...........................................................................
ww ww
xia x xia 6-64
6.6.3 Ball-Bearing Slewing Ring............................................................................ 6-66
6.7 Transfer Case and Drive Shaft .......................................................................... 6-67
6.7.1 Transfer case ............................................................................................... 6-68
6.7.2 Drive shaft .................................................................................................... 6-70
6.8 Hydraulic System ............................................................................................... 6-71
6.8.1 Overview ...................................................................................................... 6-71
-02
6.8.2 3Changing 3-0
2
the hydraulic fluid ......................................................................... 3-0
6-722
3-0 3-0 3-0
6.9202Accumulator .......................................................................................................
202 202 6-75
ww ww ww
xia xia xia
6.9.1 Overview ...................................................................................................... 6-75
6.9.2 Checking the nitrogen pressure of accumulator........................................... 6-77
9
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
2 3-0 2 3-0 23-0
20 Nitrogen filling and pressure adjustment
6.9.3
w 20 of accumulator .............................
w 206-77 w
iaw Oil Filter
x6.10 x i aw x i aw
............................................................................................................ 6-79
6.10.1 Replacing hydraulic oil filters..................................................................... 6-79
6.11 Air Filter ........................................................................................................... 6-81
6.12 Hoses ................................................................................................................ 6-82
6.12.1 Checking the hoses.................................................................................... 6-82
6.12.2 Replacing the hoses................................................................................... 6-83
6.12.3 Identifying the hoses .................................................................................. 6-84
-02 -02 -02
-03 System ..............................................................................................
6.13 Electrical -03 -03
6-84
2 023 2 023 2 023
w
w6.13.1 ww ww 6-85
Electric control cabinet ...............................................................................
xia xia xia
6.13.2 Maintenance operation box ........................................................................ 6-88
6.13.3 Small operation box ................................................................................... 6-89
6.13.4 Outrigger operation box ............................................................................. 6-89
6.13.5 Mechanical encoder .................................................................................. 6-90
6.13.6 Temperature sensor................................................................................... 6-91
6.13.7 Liquid level sensor ..................................................................................... 6-91
6.13.8 Limit 2switch of boom...................................................................................
2 -02
6-92
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 0 3
- - 23-
2 023Limit switch of outrigger .............................................................................
6.13.9
2 023 2 06-92
ww ww ww 6-93
xia 6.13.10 Proximity switch of transferxiacase..............................................................
xia
6.13.11 Rocker switch .......................................................................................... 6-93
6.13.12 Electromagnetic valve and its plug........................................................... 6-94
6.13.13 Wire.......................................................................................................... 6-94
6.13.14 Wireless remote control system ............................................................... 6-95
7 Specifications
2 ...................................................................................................
7.1 Technical Data
-0 2 -0
7-3
-02
- 0 3 - 0 3 0 3
023
7.2 Dimension
023 3-
027-5
..........................................................................................................
2 2 2
7.3wwBoom Operating Range .....................................................................................
ww ww 7-6
xia xia xia
10
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
8w 2Appendix w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8.1 Hydraulic Basic Diagram ................................................................................... 8-3
8.2 Electrical Basic Diagram .................................................................................... 8-5
8.3 Specifications of double-layer composite pipe..................................................... 8-18
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
11
Table of Content
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
12
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Introduction
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
1 2Introduction 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia a xia
1.1 Manual Section Descriptionsxi............................................................................1-4
1.2 Machine Serial Number & Information ..............................................................1-6
1.3 Contact Information ..........................................................................................1-7
1.4 Icons and Symbols ...........................................................................................1-7
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
1-1
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 3 -0 2
3-02
3-0
Always read the Safety 0section
3-0
of this
3 - to operate
2 02 0
manual before attempting
2 2 this
2 02
w w wwto do this could result
equipment. Failure w w
xia xia
in machine damage, personnel injury or xia
death.
1-2
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
203-0 02 3-0 023-0
1w 2INTRODUCTION w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
● SANY-built equipment offers high-quality
performance and excellent after-sales
service support.
● SANY-built equipment is widely used
throughout the industry for various types
of applications.
● SANY is a leading manufacturer of
heavy construction equipment worldwide.
-02 -02 3-02

-03 provides safety, technical23-03
This manual
2 3 3-0
20
descriptions, operation, troubleshooting and20 2 02
w w w w
xia maintenance. In order to properly xuse iaw your xia
w
equipment, it is important to read this manual
carefully before beginning any operations.
Items addressed in this manual are designed

to help you:
● Understand the structure and performance

of your equipment.
● Reduce improper operation and point out Fig.1-1
possible
3 - 02 hazardous situations when 3-02 3-02
3-0 equipment.
using
02 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
w●w Increase equipment efficiency during operation.
ww w w
xia xia xia
● Prolong the service life of your equipment.
● Reduce maintenance costs.
Always keep this manual nearby and have all

personnel involved with any work operations
read it periodically. If this manual should
become damaged or lost and can not be
read, it is advised to request a replacement
copy from your SANY distributor as soon as
possible. 3-0
2 02 02
3- 3-
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
20copy of the manual i s not withwthe
Ifw a 20 w 2
w aw the w
xia machine at the time of use, do notxiuse xia
equipment until you have obtained a
replacement copy from your SANY distributor.
1-3
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 the equipment, be sure to give this 202 3-0 023-0
2
If you sell
w 2
iaw to the new owner. ww w w
xmanual xia xia
NOTE:Continuing improvements in the design
can lead to changes in detail which
may not be reflected in this manual.
Always consult your SANY distributor
for the latest available information on
your equipment or if you have questions
regarding information in this manual.
2
-0Section Descriptions 02 02
1.1 Manual
0 3 3- 3-
-
023 02 3-0 023-0
Thiswoperator's manual covers use andw 2
2 w 2
iaw
xmaintenance
w
xiaare
of your equipment. There xia
w
seven sections to this manual, with each
section providing information you should be
familiar with before performing any operations
or repairs. Keep this manual with the machine
for your reference at all times. Replace it
immediately if it is damaged or lost.
NOTE:Due to improvement and updating of

products, some information may differ
from your
0 3 -02equipment. If you have any 0 3 -02 3-02
023
- on your equipment, contact 23-
question
023-0
w 2
your SANY distributor before operatingw 20 w 2
w w w
xia or repairing the equipment. xia xia
1.1.1 Introduction
This section provides an overview of what is
covered in the rest of this manual, including
machine label information and SANY contact
information.
1.1.2 Safety
This section covers
0 3 -02 basic safety information 0 3 -02 3-02
023
relating to -this equipment. Make sure you 23-
0 023-0
understand all the precautions describedw 2
fully w 2 w 2
w w w
xiniathis manual and the safety labels onxiathe xia
machine before operating or maintaining this
machine.
1-4
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20 System functions
1.1.3
w 2 w 2
wThis iawall the w
xia section provides an overview xof xia
controls and operating systems on your
equipment. It is important to study and
become familiar with all controls and systems
before proceeding with any operations.
1.1.4 Operation
This section provides the basic operating
procedures for the job. It is important to study
and become2 familiar with all procedures
3-0 02 02
0 any operations with the -03- 3-
3-0
before -performing
3 3
202
equipment. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
1.1.5 Maintenance
This section provides all general maintenance
procedures. It is important to study and
become familiar with all the maintenance
procedures before performing any
maintenance operations on the equipment.
1.1.6 Troubleshooting
This section outlines common malfunctions
and fault 3 02
-diagnostic procedures for the 03-
02 3-02
3- 0 3- 3-0
e q2u0i 2p m e n t o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m . B a s2i0c2 2 02
w
wmechanical, ww w w
xia
hydraulic and electricaliasystem
x xia
troubleshooting is included.
1.1.7 Specifications
This information provides overall required
operating parameters for the equipment you
are using. Some information may vary due to
the design of the chassis.
NOTE:Some information may vary due to the

02changes.
design
3- 3- 02 3-02
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
20 Appendix
1.1.8 2 2
ww w w w w
xia This section provides the hydraulic xia basic xia
diagram and the electrical basic diagram.
1-5
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
20
1.2 wMachine Serial Number & Informa-w 20 w 2
iaw
xtion xia
w
xia
w
The serial numbers and model numbers on

the components are the only numbers that
your SANY distributor will need when
ordering replacement parts or requiring
assistance for your equipment. Record the
information in this manual for future use.
Data Plate
2 02 02
3-0the Date Plate.
See Fig. 1-2 for 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.1-2 xia
Data Plate Location
On the top of the main boom mounting turret

is the pump unit data plate (a).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.1-3
1-6
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Contact Information
1.3
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia
Thank you for purchasing a SANY product. In
xia
the event that you should need to contact us
for any reason, you can reach us as follows:
Our address:
Sany Industry Town, Changsha National
Economic & Technical Development Zone,
Hunan, China
● Service Hotline: 0086 4006098318
2
Service-0E-mail: 02 02
●
0 3 crd@sany.com.cn
3- 3-
●
023- site: http://www.sanygroup.com.cn
Web
02 3-0 023-0
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia 1.4 Icons and Symbols xia xia
Most accidents are usually caused by the
failure to follow fundamental safety rules for
the operation and maintenance of the
machine. To avoid accidents it is important to
read and understand all information outlined
in this manual before operating or performing
maintenance on this machine.
The following
3 - 02 (ANSI/ISO) signal words are 3-02 3-02
used to 0
3-inform you that there is a potentially 3-0 3-0
2 0 2 2 02 2 02
hazardous situation that may lead to damage,
ww ww w w
xia personal injury or even death. In thisxiamanual xia
and on the machine decals, different signal
words or illustrations are used to express the
potential level of hazard.
DANGER
Indicates an imminent hazard which, if not
avoided, will result in serious injury or
death.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 WARNING
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
wIndicates ww
a potentially hazardous situation w w
xia which, if not avoided, could result
xia in xia
injury or possibly death.
1-7
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
iaw
xIndicates x iaw xia
w
a possible potential hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or major injury.
NOTICE
Indicates a situation which can cause
damage to the machine, personal property
and/or the environment, or cause the
equipment to operate improperly.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w wIt w
xia xia xia
This is the general warning sign.
is used to alert the user to potential hazards.
All safety messages that follow this sign shall
be obeyed to avoid possible harm.
This symbol indicates that the

operation is not in conformity to the safety
regulations, is prohibited or may cause
injuries or fatalities.
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
2 symbol indicates that the operation 202
0This 3-0 023-0
2 2
ww ww w w
xisiain conformity to the safety regulations. xia xia
SANY cannot predict every circumstance that
might involve a potential hazard in operation
or maintenance. Some safety messages in
this manual and on the machine may not
include all possible safety precautions.
If any procedures or actions not specified,

recommended or allowed in this manual are
used, you must be sure that you and others
-02 procedures and actions
can perform03such 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 without damaging the machine, 2023
safely 2and
-
023-0
2
ww injury to yourself or other personnel. wIfw w w
xia xia xia
causing
you are unsure about the safety of some
procedures, contact your local SANY distributor.
1-8
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 WARNING w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia ● All operators or maintenance
x
personnel
xia
involved with the use of this equipment
must read this manual thoroughly before
operating or maintaining this equipment.
● This manual must be kept on or near
t he eq u ip me n t f o r r e f er e nc e a n d
periodically reviewed by all personnel
involved with operation or
maintenance of this equipment.
● Some actions
0 3 -02 involved in the operation or 03-02 3-02
3-
maintenance
0a2serious
of this equipment could cause 3-
02 023-0
2 accident if they are not 2
performed 2
ww ww w w
xia in the manner described in this manual.xia xia
● All procedures and precautions outlined
in this manual apply only to intended
uses of this equipment. If you use your
equipment for any unintended uses that
are not specifically prohibited, you must
be sure that it is safe for you and others
to do so. In no event should you or
others engage in prohibited uses or
actions as described in this manual.
● SANY 3 02
-delivers equipment that complies 03-0
2
3-02
0 3-0
2 23- all applicable regulations and
0with 2 023
-
2 02
ww standards of the country to which w
iaw the w w
xia equipment has been shipped. If this
x xia
equipment was purchased in another
country or purchased from someone
in another country, it may lack certain
safety features and specifications that
are necessary for use in your country.
If there is any question about whether
your product complies with the applicable
standards and regulations of your country,
0 3 - 2 local SANY distributor before 03-02

contact 0your
3-02
0 23-
operating this equipment.
0 23- 023-0
2
● Improper operation or maintenance ofwthis 2 2
a ww w w w
x i equipment can be hazardous and xia could xia
result in serious injury or even death.
1-9
Introduction
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
1-10
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Safety
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 0 3 -02
- - -
023
2 Safety
2 2 023 2 023
w Definition of terms .............................................................................................2-4
w2.1 ww ww
xia 2.2 Designated use .................................................................................................2-13
xia xia
2.3 Use contrary to designated use ........................................................................2-15
2.4 Exclusion of liability ...........................................................................................2-17
2.5 Personnel ..........................................................................................................2-18
2.6 Operating Instructions, operating procedures and other regulations ................2-19
2.7 Personal protective equipment .........................................................................2-21
2.8 Before starting work ..........................................................................................2-23
2.9 Danger due to high-voltage ..............................................................................2-24
2 2 2
3-0 machines .........................................................................................2-27
2.10 Stationary
-0 3-0 -0 3-0 -0
3
2.1102Mobile 023 023
machines ...............................................................................................2-29
w w2 w 2 w 2
xia 2.12 iaw iaw
Placing booms ..................................................................................................2-34
x x
2.13 Delivery line systems ........................................................................................2-37
2.14 Pumping operations ..........................................................................................2-39
2.15 Cleaning ............................................................................................................2-42
2.16 Maintenance and special work .........................................................................2-46
2.17 Welding .............................................................................................................2-48
2.18 Working on the placing boom ...........................................................................2-49
2.19 Safety-relevant components .............................................................................2-50
2.20 Software ............................................................................................................2-50
2 2
0 and safety ........................................................................................2-50
0 0 2
03-
2.21 Protective
3- 03- 3- 03- 3-
w 202Electrical power ................................................................................................2-51
2.22 202 w w 202
w2.23 w w
xia xia xia
Hydraulic systems .............................................................................................2-53
2.24 Exhaust fumes ..................................................................................................2-55
2.25 Functional fluids ................................................................................................2-55
2-1
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 Always read the Safety section

3 -02 of this 3-02
023-0 023
0
- to operate this
023-0
w 2 2
equipment. Failurewto do this could result w 2
w w w
xia xia
death.
2-2
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2w 2SAFETY w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
Make sure you fully understand the
precautions described in this manual and
the safety labels on the machine before
operating or maintaining this machine.
Read and follow all safety precautions.
Failure to do so may result in equipment
damage, serious injury or possibly death.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

23-
This section
0
corresponds to the contents of 3-
02 023-0
the2 VDMA brochure entitled “Safety 2 2
ww ww w
manual
w
xia Concrete delivery and placing machines”.
xia xia
Here you will find a summary of the most
important safety regulations. This section is,
therefore, particularly suitable as an initial
basic instruction for new operators. Naturally,
the various rules are also repeated once
more at the appropriate points in other
sections.
NOTE:Special2 safety regulations may be

0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
necessary
- for some tasks. These -
2 023special safety regulations will only 2be023 2 02
ww w
f o u n d i n t h e d e s c r i p t i o n iaowf t h e w w
xia x xia
particular task.
NOTE:Safety regulations referred in this
section about line pump is suitable for
our product.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-3
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
2.1 w 2Definition of terms w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
The terms used in this safety manual are
explained below, along with descriptions of
the requirements placed on specific groups of
people.
2.1.1 Concrete pump

For the purposes of this safety manual,
concrete pumps are defined as devices which
are designed to deliver concrete to placement
-02hoses.
sites via pipes3or 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w
2.1.2 Boom pedestal w w
xia xia xia
In this safety manual, boom pedestal refers to
a device for holding and guiding an arm
assembly.
2.1.3 Arm assembly

For the purposes of this safety manual, arm
assemblies are powered slewing devices
consisting of one or more swinging or folding
sections for guiding the delivery line.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
2.1.4 023-0
Placing boom 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w safety manual, placing boom refersawto
In this w
xaiaunit comprising the arm assemblyxiand xia
boom pedestal.
2.1.5 Base structure

For the purposes of this safety manual, base
structures are defined as equipment which is
designed to hold a stationary placing boom to
give the latter the required stability.
2
Truck-0mixer 02 02
2.1.6
3 3- 3-
3-0
In this 0safety2 manual, truck mixers are 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
v ew h iwc l e s w i t h m i x i n g e q u i p m e n t fwow
r w w
ia
xtransporting xia xia
concrete.
2-4
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20
2.1.7 Delivery line systems
w 2 w 2
wFor w w
xia ia
the purposes of this safety xmanual, xia
delivery line systems are defined as self-
contained pipes or hoses in which concrete is
pumped from the concrete pump to the
placement site. Devices for shutting-off,
diverting or cleaning delivery lines can be
integrated into delivery line systems.
2.1.8 Machine
In this safety2manual, concrete delivery and
0 02 02
03-
placing -machines
3
refer to:
3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w–w w
w w w
xia xia
Truck-mounted concrete pumps (ensemble
xia
of truck, concrete pump with and without
placing boom). The truck manufacturer’s
safety regulations also apply to the truck.
– Truck mixer concrete pump (an ensemble
of truck mixer, concrete pump and
placing boom). The safety regulations
issued by the truck mixer manufacturer
and by the truck manufacturer also apply
to truck mixer concrete pumps.
-02 3-02 3-02
– -03 concrete pumps
Stationary
23 3-0 3-0
2 0 02 02
–w Stationary w2
placing systems (an ensemble w 2
xiaw xia
of placing boom and base structure)
w
xia
w
2.1.9 Operator
Authorized representative of the owner of the
concrete pumps and/or placing booms. The
operator is responsible for the use of these
machines.
2.1.10 Machine operator

Person trained
3 - 02 in and charged with the 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0 of concrete pumps and placing023-0
operation
023-0
w w2
booms. w2 w w w 2
xia xia xia
2-5
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2.1.1120Hoseman 2 2
w w w
iaw instructed by the site management
xPerson
w
xia in xia
w
how an end hose is guided. Hosemen must
be able independently to evaluate dangerous
situations which may occur in the area of the
end hose and react according to the situation.
2.1.12 Signaller and other auxiliary

personnel
Persons instructed by the site management
to help the machine operator in his work if
-02 to observe all areas of
the latter is unable
0 3 0 3 -02 3-02
operation 3- danger zones. Signallers must 023-
02and 023-0
2 2 2
b ewawb l e t o i n d e p e n d e n t l y e v a l u a t e a wlw
l w w
ia
xdangerous situations which may occur xwhen
ia xia
working with a concrete pump and/or placing
boom, and to react according to the situation.
The signaller must have a suitable means of
communication with the machine operator.
2.1.13 Truck mixer driver

Person who supplies the concrete pump with
concrete from a truck mixer. Truck mixer
drivers must be 2instructed by the machine
0 3-0 the operating elements 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
operator to-operate
023 3-
on the 2concrete pump provided for their use. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xTirau c k m i x e r d r i v e r s m u s t b e a b xl eia t o xia
independently evaluate all dangerous
situations which may occur when working in
the area of the hopper of a concrete pump,
and to react according to the situation.
2.1.14 Authorized inspector

Authorized inspectors are persons
empowered by the relevant government
bodies to carry out this task of inspection.
The prerequisites
0 3 -02for becoming an authorized 3- 02 3-02
3-
inspector are:
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wTo w w
x–ia xia
have completed a higher education
xia
course in engineering or similar.
2-6
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0To2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
–
w 2 have at least 5 years’ professional
w 2 w 2
w awwhich w
xia experience in a relevant domain,xiof xia
at least six months must have involved
participation in the work of an authorized
inspector.
– To possess thorough knowledge of the
relevant health and safety regulations, as
well as of directives and the generally
recognised rules of engineering.
– To have access to the necessary
02 to carry out the inspection.
equipment 02 02
– To 3 - 0be3-
able to carry out the tasks2 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
202 w2
0 2 02
ww impartially.
w w w
xia xia xia
2.1.15 Subject expert
For the purposes of this safety manual, a
subject expert is a person who, through their
professional training, their professional
experience and their recent professional
activity, has the required specialist knowledge
to inspect the tools.
02
2.1.16 Qualified
3 -
personnel
3 -02 3-02
0 0 3-0
Persons
2 0 23- who have completed specialist 2 0 23- 2 02
ww ww w
training for a particular activity which qualifies
a w
i
x them to carry out their roles. xia xia
2.1.17 After Sales Service personnel

Qualified persons employed by the
manufacturer who are responsible in
particular for maintenance of the machine.
2.1.18 Maintenance
Maintenance embraces all measures required
3 - 02 servicing and repair of a

for inspection,
3- 02 3-02
3-0
machine.
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-7
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
2.1.1920Place of work, working area, danger
20 zone 2
w ww w
iaw machines
xMobile xia xia
w
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.2-1 Example
Stationary machines
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w Example
Fig.2-2 w w
xia xia xia
2-8
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
NO. Designation Explanation
1 Machine operator In normal operation, with the remote control

2 Place of work Hoseman At the end hose in the danger zone
(during
3 Signaller In the machine operator’s range of vision
pumping
4 operations) Auxiliary personnel As manual placing system operators
5 Truck mixer driver At the hopper in the danger zone
Area with a radius of the reach of the placing
6 2 Permitted
3-0 03 -02 + end hose length
boom -02
3- 0 Working area
3- -03
2072 Impermissible 202 023
The end hose must not be moved backwards
2
w ww w boom
beyond the vertical of the placing
xiaw xia x iaw
Risk of injury when pumping is started,
during pumping operations, when removing
8 At the end hose a blockage and during washing out
procedures. The diameter of the danger
zone is twice the end hose length.
Beneath the placing
9 Risk of injury from falling items
boom
Area of the support
Danger of crushing when the machine is set
10 Danger zone legs and feet or area
up and when the supports are retracted
of the base structure
11 3-02 On the machine -02presence on or below the machine when

Any
3 3 -02
02 3-0 023
- 0 the pump is in operation is prohibited
023
- 0
w 2 2 2
w ww Risk of injury during washing outwwprocedures
xia 12 xia
At the hopper and when the hopper is being xia filled using a
truck mixer
Area of the delivery Risk of lines bursting, risk of injury by
13
line systems crushing or shearing e. g. by gate valves
14 Structure or area being concreted Example
3-02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-9
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202work
Place of
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw place of work is the area in which people
xThe xia
w
xia
w
must remain in order to carry out the work.
● Place of work-machine operator

The machine operator’s place of work is with
the remote control when the pump is in
operation. The place of work must be
selected so as to allow visual contact with the
site of concrete placement, and the truck
mixer driver, and so that the working area
c a n b e o b s e-r0v2e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e . A 02 02
3 3- 3-
3-0 otherwise be used.
signaller must
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw operator’s
xThe
w
place of work is with iathe
x xia
w
machine when this is being set up or
prepared for driving.
● Place of work-hoseman
The hoseman’s place of work is within the
danger zone of the end hose, but not
beneath the placing boom. This requires a
greater level of caution. The hoseman and
machine operator must have visual contact.
2
-0 truck mixer driver -0 2 02
● Place of work-
0 3 0 3 3-
The truck
-
023mixer driver’s place of work is in 2023
-
023-0
2 2
t haeww w w
i d a n g e r z o n e o f t h e h o p p e r a nxdiawa t
xoperating xia
w
elements for the agitator and truck
m ixe r. Th is requi r es a gr eat e r l eve l o f
caution. The truck mixer driver and machine
operator must have visual contact.
Working area
The working area is the area in which work is
carried out with or on the machine. Parts of
the working area
0 3 -02can become danger zones 0 3 -02 3-02
2 - the operation being carried out 2023-
depending3on
0 023-0
and the2
w position of the placing boom. w w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-10
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02working area must be secured and 02 3-0 023-0
The2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia clearly identified. Suitable personal protective
xia xia
equipment is required in the working area.
The machine operator is responsible for
safety in the working area of the machine
whilst the machine is in use.
● Impermissible working area

Because of their high manoeuvrability, some
placing booms can also be shifted into
positions for which they are not designed.
3 - 02
This may overload or damage the placing
3 -02 3-02
- 0
boom. 3Placing booms must therefore only be 3- 0 3-0
202 within the permitted working area. 202
moved 2 02
ww ww w w
xia Danger zone
xia xia
The danger zone is the area surrounding the
machine, in which people may be at risk of
injury from movements required by the work.
The danger zone varies within the working

area and depends on the activity being
carried out and the position of the placing
boom. Danger zones must be secured and
3 - 02 The machine operator must 3-02

clearly identified.
3-02
be capable
0 2 3-0 of seeing the danger zone at all023-0 023-0
t i m2e s a n d u n d e r a l l c i r c u m s t a n c e s .2I f 2
w w ww to w w
xia necessary he must appoint a signaller xia xia
supervise the danger zone.
Depending on the working situation,

workplaces may occasionally fall within the
danger zone, especially the workplace of the
hoseman and the truck mixer driver. If a
workplace falls within the danger zone,
increased caution is required and suitable
personal protective equipment is prescribed.
Persons who
3 - 02are authorized to be present in 3-02 3-02
s u c h 3a-0w o r k p l a c e , m us t u s e t h e i r o w n 3-0 3-0
2 02
discretion to assess the hazards of 2
the02 2 02
ww ww w w
xia situation and be able to react accordingly. xia xia
2-11
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02 3-0 3-0
2
The machine operator is responsible for 202 2 02
w ww w
iaw in the danger zone of the machine
xsafety xia xia
w
whilst the machine is in use.
The machine operator must stop work

immediately and press the EMERGENCY
STOP button if an unauthorized person
enters the danger zone.
● Supporting legs and support feet

There is a danger of crushing in the swing-
out and extension zone for the supports.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
023
● Placing -boom
023
-
023-0
2
The wdanger zone when working with thew 2 w 2
iaw boom is the zone over whichxiathe
xplacing
w
xia
w
placing boom is slewed. In this area there is
a risk of injury from falling concrete and
delivery line components.
● Machine
All the time the vehicle is in operation, there
is a risk of injury on and below the machine
from moving parts and bursting delivery lines
or hydraulic hoses, as well as a risk of falling
2 02 02
3-0 or steps.
on slippery surfaces 3- 3-
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
● End
w 20 hose w 20 w 2
iaw danger zone when pumping is started,
xThe xia
w
xia
w
during pumping operations, when removing a
blockage and during washing out procedures
is the area around the end hose in which the
hose may swing out. The diameter of the
danger zone is twice the end hose length.
● Hopper
In the area of the hopper, there is a risk of
becoming trapped between the truck mixer
and the hopper02and of being sprayed with
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
0 2 -
concrete. 3There is a risk of being crushed
0 23- 023-0
and w 2
of injury by shearing from the transferw 2 w 2
a w w w
i
xtube. There is a risk of being entrapped xia by xia
the rotating agitator.
2-12
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
● 20Delivery line systems 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia In the area around the delivery linexsystems xia
there is a risk of injury from the delivery line
bursting if there is an abrupt rise in pressure.
There is a risk of crushing and injury by
shearing with devices integrated in delivery
line systems.
2.2 Designated use
The machine
3 - 02 must only be operated as 3-02 3-02
intended
0 2 3-0and in technically perfect condition.023-0 023-0
All 2protective and safety-related devices, such
w w w w2 w w 2
xia a s r e m o v a b l e p r o t e c t i v e d e v i xcieas a n d xia
EMERGENCY STOP devices, must be
available and fully functional.
The machine is constructed in accordance

with the conditions laid down in the EU
Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC) and EN
12001. Nevertheless, its use may constitute a
risk to life and limb of the user or of third
parties, or cause damage to the machine and
02
to other property.
3- 3-02 3-02
The 23-0
0machine is designed exclusively for the 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wdelivery awa bulk w
xia xia
and placing of concrete up toi
x
density of 2,400 kg/m3. It must only be used
for pumping operations on construction sites.
The maximum concrete pressure must not
exceed that specified on the rating plate or in
the check book.
Designated use also includes observing the

Operating Instructions and complying with the
intervals and conditions for inspections and
maintenance 2work.
3-0 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-13
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
2
0Inspection 023-0 023-0
2.2.1
w 2 intervals
w 2 w 2
w w w
xAiaf t e r , iat h e
i t i s u s e d f o r t h e f i r s t t i m ex xia
operational safety of the machine must be
checked regularly by a subject expert. The
inspection intervals depend on the age of the
machine. The older the machine, the greater
the probability of damage. This is why a
regular inspection of the machine, appropriate
to its age, is an effective means for the early
detection of damage.
In anticipation -of
3 02the change to the standard 3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
023 023
EN 12001:2003+A1:2009, inspection intervals
2 2 2 02
w established as follows:
will be
w w w w w
xia xia xia
Machines of up to and including 5 years old:
Inspect after every 1,000 operating hours or 1
year, whichever is soonest. The interval is
repeated after every inspection.
Machines more than 5 years old:

Inspect after every 500 operating hours or 1
year, whichever is soonest.The interval is
repeated after every inspection.
2
-0than 10 years old: -0 2 02
Machines more 0 3 0 3 3-
23- every 250 operating hours or 1 2023-
Inspect20after 023-0
w w w 2
iaw whichever is soonest. The interval
year,
xrepeated x iawis xia
w
after every inspection.
The day of initial commissioning in

accordance with the handover report and the
machine’s operating hours meter is definitive
for the intervals. This operating hours meter
records the hours of pumping operations. The
operating hours meter must always be kept in
good working order. It must not be tampered
with. For machines without an operating
0 3 -02 operating hours must be 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0
hours meter, the
3- recorded in writing.
202
comprehensibly 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
2-14
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
The20operator 2
is responsible for commissioning 2
ww ww w w
xia the inspection. The outcome of the inspections
xia xia
must be recorded in the check book and
confirmed by a signature. The check book
must always be kept with the machine and
must be produced upon the request of the
national supervisory bodies.
Notwithstanding national legislation, the

operator can be liable in the event of
damage, if it is proved that the damage has
2
arisen as a 0consequence
-
of a regular repeat 02 02
3 3- 3-
3-0 not being properly carried out.
inspection
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w aw w
xia 2.3 xi use
Use contrary to designated xia
Any use of the machine which is not
described in section 2.2, entitled "Designated
use", or which extends beyond the uses
described in this section is deemed to be
contrary to designated use. The manufacturer
accepts no liability for damage resulting from
such use. Some examples of conceivable
uses that are contrary to the designated use
-02
are given 3below. 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
2.3.1 Transporting goods w 2 w 2
xia aw
T h e m a c h i n e m a y n o t b e u s e dxif o r t h e xia
w
transport of goods, except for carrying the
accessories used for the machine, such as
pipes, hoses, etc. The maximum permissible
gross weight may not be exceeded.
2.3.2 Lifting loads

The placing boom must never be used for
lifting loads.
2.3.3 02
3-
Removing obstacles 3-02 3-02
2 3-0
The0placing boom must not be used under 02 3-0 023-0
2
w circumstances to remove obstacles. w 2 w 2
wany aw This w
xia would overload the placing boom,xicausing xia
damage and endangering people. Fig.2-3
2-15
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
23-0
0Extending 023-0 023-0
2.3.4
w 2 the reach
w 2 w 2
w w w
xItiais prohibited ia
to attach an extension x(e.g. xia
freely suspended crossbeam) to the end hose
or placing boom tip in order to extend the
reach or to pump at an angle. Since the
boom and the lifting equi pment for the
extension have differing pivot points and
modes of control, it is not possible to
coordinate their movements.
2.3.5 Extensions
2
-0 placing boom and end hose -0 2 02
Extension of the
0 3 0 3 3-
beyond0the23- length specified on the rating 2023- 023-0
2 2
wwis forbidden.
plate ww w w
xia xia xia
2.3.6 Impermissible end hose Fig.2-4
The end hose must not be fitted with any

extension coupling, spout, “swan neck”, outlet
shoes or other dangerous outlet fitting or
similar device.
2.3.7 Impermissible working area

The end hose must not be moved backwards
beyond the vertical of the placing boom.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.2-5
2-16
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
20
2.3.8 Climbing the placing boom 2 2
wItwis prohibited to climb the placing boom,
w to w w w
xia xia xia
stand on top of it or to misuse it as a working
platform or aid to climbing.
2.3.9 High-pressure delivery

It is prohibited to deliver concrete at high-
pressure (concrete pressure greater than 85
bar) through the delivery line of the placing
boom. The delivery line and end hose are
only suitable for concrete pressures up to 85
02 condition.
bar in their3-new 3-0 2
Fig.2-6 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
2.3.10 w2
Accessories and attachments w 2
xia iaw
I t i s p r o h i b i t e d t o f i t a c c e s s o rxi e s a n d xia
w
attachments to the machine if they have not
been expressly approved for use on this
machine by the manufacturer.
2.4 Exclusion of liability
Where the manufacturer’s delivery conditions

are agreed, liability will be as described in the
02 We expressly stipulate that 3-02
provisions3-there. 3-02
3- 0 3-0 3-0
2
the manufacturer
0 is not liable for any damage0 2 02
w w2
caused in the cases specified in w w2
these w w 2
xia conditions. xia xia
Unless the responsibility of the manufacturer,
the warranty will be invalidated in the
following situations in particular:
– use contrary to designated use
– incorrect operation, maintenance and repair
– use of spare parts or accessories other
than original manufacturer’s spare parts
-02
and accessories
3
or their equivalents
3-02 3-02
– 2 3-0
0conversions, alterations or modifications02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
w to the machine ww w w
xia xia xia
– fitting of accessories and attachments not
approved by the manufacturer
2-17
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 3-0 3-0
– 2
adjustment of safety pressures, speeds of 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia movement, power outputs, speeds xia of xia
rotation and other settings to values other
than those set in the works
2.5 Personnel
The operator must ensure that only persons

who are qualified or have received the
necessary instruction work on or with the
machine. He must
3 - 02 clearly define who is 3 -02 3-02
responsible-for 0 operation and maintenance of - 0 3-0
2
the machine. 023 He must also ensure that only 2023 2 02
ww ww w w
xpiea r s o n s c o m m i s s i o n e d t o w o r k o nxiat h e xia
machine do so.
2.5.1 Requirements
Persons operating or carrying out
maintenance work on the machine must meet
the following requirements:
– They must be aged 18 years or over.
– They must be physically and mentally
capable.
-02 -02 3-02
– They must
2 3 -03 be physiologically capable 23-03 3-0
20 and not under the influence ofw 20
(rested 2 02
w w w w w
xia alcohol, drugs or medication). xia xia
– They must have been instructed in the
operation and maintenance of the
machine.
– They must have demonstrated their
competence to the operator.
– They can be expected to reliably execute
the tasks with which they are charged.
The operating personnel must not wear loose
3 -02
garments or0jewellery, including rings. Long 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023is not tied back must be covered 2023
hair which
-
023-0
2 2
by wawhair net. Injury may result from ihairww w w
xia xa xia
being caught up in the machinery or from
rings catching on moving parts.
2-18
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20
2.5.2 Qualifications
w 2 w 2
wDo w w
xia not allow persons who havexinot a yet xia
completed training or instruction, or persons
taking a general training course, to operate
the machine unless under the constant
supervision of an experienced person.
If you do not have qualified personnel,

suitable workshop equipment etc. available,
you should commission the manufacturer’s
After Sales Department with the maintenance
-02
of your machine.
3 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
20 Responsibility of the machine
2.5.3
w w 20 w 2
w w w
xia operator xia xia
The operator must define the responsibility of
the machine operator (including in respect to
national road traffic regulations) and empower
him to reject instructions from third parties
prejudicial to safety. The machine operator
must be able to reject the site of operations if
he has doubts regarding technical safety.
0 3 -02
2.6 Operating Instructions, operating
0 3 -02 3-02
023-
procedures and other regulations 23- 0 023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia 2.6.1 Operating Instructions xia xia
Personnel entrusted with work on the
machine must have read the Operating
Instructions, in particular the chapter on
safety, before beginning work. Reading the
instructions after work has begun is too late.
This applies especially to persons working
only occasionally on the machine, e.g. during
setting up or maintenance.
2
-0 Instructions must always be 03-0 2 02
The Operating
0 3 3-
kept0to 23-hand at the site of use of the machine 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
w(wi n t h e t o o l c o m p a r t m e n t o r c o inatwawi n e r w w
xia provided for this purpose). x xia
2-19
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
As the 2operator, you must always make sure 202 2 02
w ww w
iaw the Operating Instructions are available.
xthat xia xia
w
Have personnel working on the machine
confirm in writing their knowledge,
understanding and application of the
Operating Instructions and Safety
Regulations. At regular intervals of at least
once a year, check that personnel are
conscious of safety and the hazards involved
in their work and are taking account of the
Operating Instructions.
-02 -02 3-02
P e r s o n n e3l-0e3n t r u s t e d w i t h w o r k o n t h e 3 -03 3-0
machine
2
20 must observe all safety notes andw 20 2 2 02
w w
iaw warnings.
xhazard xia
w
xia
w
Personnel entrusted with work on the

machine must be familiar with the machine
itself. You must practice all the operating
procedures described in the Operating
Instructions (extending the supports,
operating the placing boom, shifting the
pl acing boom into the drivi ng position,
preparing the vehicle for moving, etc.) under
the supervision 0of
0 3 - 2 a subject expert until you 0 3 -02 3-02
2 - can execute them safely. Ask 2023-
are certain3you
0 023-0
questions2
w if there is something you have not 2
a w ww w w
i
xunderstood. Begin operating the machine xia xia
only once you are familiar with the layout and
significance of all the control and monitoring
devices and the functioning of the machine in
general.
2.6.2 Operating procedures

The operator must produce operating
procedures for his personnel in accordance
with national regulations. These operating
procedures must
0 3 -02include instructions covering 0 3 -02 3-02
-
e3s i n v o l v e d i n s u p e r v i s i n g a n d 023
t h e d u t0i 2
-
023-0
2
w special operational features, e.g. w 2 w 2
iaw iaw w
notifying
xorganization of work, working procedures or x xia
the personnel entrusted with the work.
2-20
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2
Furthermore, reference must be made 2to 2
ww ww w w
xia other generally valid legal and otherwise
xia xia
mandatory regulations relating to accident
prevention and environmental protection.
Such regulations may also deal with handling
hazardous substances, the issuing and
wearing of personal protective equipment or
with national road traffic regulations. You
should familiarise yourself with the site of
operations and with how to use fire
extinguishers. Observe the fire-alarm and fire-
2 02 02
3-0
fighting procedures. 3- 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
2.6.3 Other regulations w 2 w 2
xia The current regulations for concretexidelivery
aw xia
w
and placing machines as issued by:
– the legal authorities in your country
– national supervisory bodies
– the responsible commercial liability insurance
company
are binding on the operator of the machine.
2 protective equipment 02 02
2.7 3-0
Personal 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
n 2o r d e r t o r e d u c e r i s k s t o p e r s o nwn e2 l ,
Iw w 2
w awused w
xia personal protective equipment mustxibe xia
in so far as this is necessary or deemed to
be so by regulations. All personnel working
on or with the machine must wear safety
helmets, protective gloves and safety shoes.
Personal protective equipment must, as a

minimum, comply with the requirements of
the specified standards.
02
Safety helmet
3 - 3 -02 3-02
0 0 3-0
2 0 23- helmet protects your head against,
A safety
2 0 23- 2 02
ww
for instance, falling concrete or parts ofwthe w
a w w
i xia
x delivery line in the event of a hose bursting. xia
(DIN EN 397; Industrial safety helmets)
Fig.2-7 Safety helmet
2-21
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
Safety2footwear 2 2
w w w
iaw
xSafety xia
footwear protects your feet against
w
xia
w
falling objects and against penetration by
projecting nails.
(EN ISO 20345; Safety footwear for
professional use; Class S3)
Fig.2-8 Safety footwear
Hearing protectors
Hearing protectors protect you against the
noise generated by the machine when you
are standing close to it.
2
-0Hearing -02 02
(DIN EN 352-1;
0 3 protectors – General
0 3 3-
-
023 – Part 1: Earmuffs or DIN EN 2023
requirements -
023-0
3 5w2w
2
- 3 ; H e a r i n g p r o t e c t o r s – G e n e rwaw
l w 2
ia a w
xrequirements – Part 3: Earmuffs on safety x i Fig.2-9 Hearing protectors xia
helmet)
Protective gloves
Protective gloves protect your hands against
aggressive or chemical substances, as well
as against mechanical effects (e.g. impact)
and cutting injuries.
(DIN EN 388; Protective gloves against
Fig.2-10 Protective gloves
mechanical risks; Class 1111)
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023goggles
Protective
023
-
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw iaw w
Protective goggles protect your eyes against
xinjuries x
from concrete spatters or other xia
particles.
(DIN EN 166; Personal eye-protection –
Specifications) Fig.2-11 Protective goggles
Safety harness
When working at height, use the climbing
aids and working platforms provided for
reasons of safety or wear a safety harness.
The relevant national 2 regulations must be
0 3 - 0
0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
complied with.
3-
02361; 3-
2
(DIN EN Personal Protective Equipment 202Fig.2-12 Safety harness 2 02
w Falls from a Height –Full Body ww w
iaw
xAgainst xia xia
w
Harnesses; Category III)
2-22
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202mask and respiratory protection
Face 2 02 2 02
wAw face w w w w
xia xia
mask and respiratory protection xia
protect you against particles of building
materials which could enter your body
through your respiratory passages (e.g.
concrete admixtures). Fig.2-13 Face mask and respiratory protection
(DIN EN 149; Respiratory protective devices
– Filtering half masks to protect against
particles-Requirements, testing, marking;
Class FFP1).
0 3 -02 3- 02 3-02
0
-
2.8 23Before starting work
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiaw xia
2.8.1 Checking that the machine is
w
xia
w
ready for operation
As machine operator, it is your responsibility
to check the machine for external damage
and defects before any use of the machine.
You must immediately report any changes
(including changes in the working
characteristics) to the organization or person
responsible. If necessary, shut the machine
down and secure
2 it against use.
3- 0 3- 02 3-02
2.8.2 3-0
02 Rendering the machine ready02 3-0 023-0
2
w operation 2 2
wfor ww w w
xia xia
As machine operator, you are responsible for
xia
rendering the machine ready for operation.
This also includes topping up the functional
fluids. Do not fill with fuel in enclosed spaces.
Switch off the engine and the heating. Wipe
up spilt fuel immediately. Do not smoke or
use a naked flame when handling fuel.
Set all the control and monitoring devices to

the zero position before you change the
mode of03control-02 (control bl ock , c ontrol 03-
02 3-02
3-
c o 2n0s2o l e o r r e m o t e c o n t r o l ) . P r e s s t h 0e23
-
023-0
2 2
ww ww w w
xia EMERGENCY STOP button. otherwise xia the xia
machine might execute unintended
movements. Fig.2-14
2-23
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 the remote control down when the 202 3-0 023-0
Never 2put 2
w ww w
iaw
xmachine xia is
is ready for operation. If this xia
w
unavoidable in exceptional cases, you must
press the EMERGENCY STOP button,
disconnect the remote control and lock the
remote control away (see also page 40).
Never leave the machine when the engine is

running or when the engine could be started
by an unauthorized person. If you need to
leave the machine, proceed as follows:
02
– press the EMERGENCY
3 -
STOP button,
3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
2 023 the remote control and lock it 2023
– disconnect
2 02
w
waway, ww w w
i a xia
x– switch off the ignition or the main switch, xia
– lock the control cabinet.
2.9 Danger due to high-voltage
2.9.1 High-voltage lines

Whenever you touch a high-voltage line,
there is a risk of death for all persons either
on the machine
0 3 -02or in its vicinity or who are 0 3 -02 3-02
connected
023
-to it (via the remote control, end 23-
0 023-0
hose,w etc.). A spark can jump across from aw 2
2 w 2
iaw
xhigh-voltage line even if you just approach
w
xia it xia
w
and this will energize the machine and the
surrounding area.
2.9.2 Discharge voltage pattern

In the event of a flash over, what is known as
a “discharge voltage pattern” is formed in the
vicinity of the machine. The voltage
decreases from the inside to the outside in
this discharge voltage pattern. If you step
3 -02 voltage pattern, you will
within this discharge
0 0 3 -02 3-02
023
-
bridge 2different potentials. This will cause a 2023
-
023-0
w 2
voaw
i lta ge corre s pon ding t o th e p ot ent ww
iaial w w
xdifference to flow through your body.
x xia
2-24
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20
2.9.3 Clearances
w 2 w 2
wMaintain w w
xia xia
a minimum clearance from high-voltage
xia
lines in accordance with the following table. The
minimum clearance is measured in the horizontal
when the placing boom is fully extended.
Rated voltage [V] Minimum clearance [m]
up to 1kV 1.0
1kV to 110kV 3.0
110kV to 220 kV 4.0
3-02 220kV to 380kV 3- 02 5.0 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 unknown rated voltage
w 2 5.0
w 2
w iaw w
xia The specified clearances are
x
minimum
xia
requirements. You must observe any greater
clearances that may be specified in the
country of use.
When you set a minimum clearance, the
possibility of the high- voltage lines and the
placing boom swaying in the wind must also be
taken into consideration. You should further
note that where air humidity is high, clearances
greater than
0 3 -02the minimum clearances shown 03-02 3-02
-
023are always necessary.
above 023
-
023-0
w2
wYou must stand as close as possibleiawto the w2 Fig.2-15 w w 2
xia x xia
unfolded placing boom if you wish to estimate
correctly the movements of the boom and,
above all, the clearance between the placing
boom and obstacles or high-voltage lines.
The same minimum clearances are necessary
when driving under overhead cables.
In the event that this minimum clearance
cannot be maintained under all possible
w o r k i n g p o2s i t i o n s , t h e p o w e r s t a t i o n
0 3 -0must be contacted and you must 03-02 3-02
responsible
3- 3- 3-0
202the high-voltage line switched off. 202
have 2 02
ww ww w w
xia ia
Should you have any doubts, it is xbetter to xia
forego the use of the placing boom and to lay
a separate delivery line, for instance.
2-25
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
2
0High-voltage 023-0 023-0
2.9.4
w 2 warning devices 2 2
iaw ww w w
xAccording xia
to the current rules of engineering,
xia
high-voltage warning devices do not meet a safety
standard which enables a safe undershooting of
the required minimum clearances to high-voltage
lines. Previous experience has shown that high-
voltage warning devices cannot make all
situations in working procedures safe. Flash overs
and fatal accidents can occur despite the use of a
high-voltage warning device. You must therefore
always maintain the minimum clearances
mentioned above.
3 -02 3-02 3-02
23-0 23-0 023-0
2.9.5 20Procedure in the event of a flash 20 2
w ww w
iaw
xover xia xia
w
Should a flash over occur, despite all
precautions, stay calm, do not move
(potential differential), touch nothing.
If your machine comes into contact with
heavy current lines:
– Warn those outside against approaching
and touching the machine.
– Have the power switched off.
– Only leave the machine once you are
-02 line you have touched or
sure that03the 3-02 3-02
3- 3-0 3-0
202 has been de-energized.
damaged
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw
xPower stations are always equippedxiwith aw xia
w
automatic switch-on devices. If a circuit
Fig.2-16
breaker trips, the short-circuited cable will be
switched back on again after a brief interval.
Brief intervals when the voltage is absent
give rise to a false sense of safety.
You should only move and rescue injured

persons once a representative of the power
station has notified you that the cable has
02
been switched off.
3- 3-02 3-02
23-0
A radio20remote control system only protects 202
3-0 023-0
w 2
thewmachine ww w w
xia xia xia
operator if he is standing outside
the discharge voltage pattern.
2-26
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20 Earthing in the
2.9.6 event
w 2
of
w 2
w w w
xia electrostatic charging xia xia
Faults can be caused in the radio remote
control system and dangerous electrical
charging of the machine can occur when
working in the vicinity of transmitters (radio
transmitter, etc.). Persons who bridge the
c h a rg e d p a r t s t o t he e ar t h a r e h e a v i l y
charged on contact.
Machines in use in the vicinity of transmitters
0 3 -02 2 Secure the earthing cable 03-02

must be earthed.
3-02
23- 16 mm ) to an extra pre-prepared,
(at least
0 0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
ww ww w
bright metal point of the machine (e.g. not to
a a w
i
x a piston rod) and to a conductive metal i
x rod in xia
the ground (minimum insertion depth of 1.5
m). Thoroughly dampen the earth around the
metal rod to make it more conductive.
Even when the machine is earthed, the safe

clearances to high-voltage lines (see page
25) must be maintained and the instructions
regarding storms and bad weather (see page
36) must be observed.
-02 -02 3-02
If you have
2 3 -03 any further questions about23-03 3-0
20
earthing the machine, please contact the 20 2 02
w w w w w w
xia c o n s t r u c t i o n s i t e m a n a g e m e nxtiao r t h e xia
operating company of the machine.
2.10 Stationary machines
2.10.1 Set-up site

Stationary machines are generally used on a
construction site for a lengthy period. For this
reason, site management should prepare the
2
set-up site-0carefully. The site management -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
0 3
-
must2deliver the necessary documents in23-
023-0
w 2
good time in order to be able to preparewthe 20 w 2
w w w
xia foundations, base plates or similar onxiatime. xia
2-27
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0 3-0
When 2selecting the set-up site, remember 202 2 02
w w w
iaw the machine must be dismantledxiand
xthat aw xia
w
transported away again at the end of its use
on site. The ambient conditions may change
as construction work progresses.
2.10.2 Stationary booms

When stationary booms are erected on
tubular columns, lattice booms or other base
structures, the base frame of the base
structure must be secured on the foundation
horizontally in
0 3 -02all directions. Check the 0 3 -02 3-02
023
documentation - provided by the manufacturer 23-
0 023-0
w
in this 2
regard and the corresponding notes inw 2 w 2
iawoperating instructions.
xthe xia
w
xia
w
2.10.3 Lifting machines and components

Machines which are transported to the set-up
site in individual parts or not under their own
power must only be lifted with suitable lifting
equipment in accordance with the
specifications in the Operating Instructions.
The lifting gear on the machine must be
capable of accepting the lifting gear and
2
-0No-one -02 02
lifting the load.
0 3 should stand under 0 3 3-
suspended
-
023 loads. Before work is started, a 2023
-
023-0
w 2 w w 2
iaw expert must check that the assembled
subject
xmachine x iaw xia
w
is working properly.
2.10.4 Loading and transporting

Only use suitable means to load and transport
stationary machines. Ensure that no-one can be
injured by the machine tipping over or slipping.
If there are fixtures provided for transport of the

machine or its individual components, only
these should be used. The machine or
components0must 3 -02 be properly lashed down 0 3 -02 3-02
023
-
during 2transport. The transport vehicle and 2023
-
023-0
w must be marked to conform with the w w 2
iaw
machine
xroad x iaw xia
w
traffic regulations in the country concerned
if they are to use the public highway.
2-28
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Mobile machines
2.11
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
2.11.1 Set-up site
It is the machine operator who takes
responsibility for setting up the machine
safely. He must inspect the proposed set-up
site and must refuse to set the machine up at
the site of operations if he has any doubts
regarding safety.
As machine operator, you must familiarise

02i t h t h e w o r k i n g a r e a a n d 3-02
y o u r s e l f -w
3 3-02
3-
surroundings0 before work is begun. The23-0 3-0
2 0 2 20 2 02
w w
working area and surroundings include
w w w w
xia obstacles in the work and travelling xiaareas, xia
the loadbearing capacity of the supporting
ground and any barriers separating the
construction site from public roads.
You must also check the approach route to

the site where the machine will be set up. If
you are unsure whether the approach route is
suitable, prepare the route before work is
started. It is especially necessary to walk the
-02 once in darkness and at dusk 03-02
approach 3route
0 3-02
-
023 You should repeat this exercise
or dawn.
023
-
023-0
2
w before leaving the construction site. 2 2
wagain ww w w
xia xia xia
You must always ask for a signaller if you
have to reverse into the site where the
machine will be set up. If necessary, have the
approach route closed off or secured by
signallers. Have any materials or equipment
that hinder your approach removed.
2.11.2 Supporting ground

Check the loadbearing capacity of the
02
supporting3-ground. The site management will 3 -02 3-02
0
b e a2b3l -e t o s t a t e t h e p e r m i t t e d g r o u n d23-
0 3-0
20 20 2 02
w w
pressure. w w w w
xia xia xia
2-29
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 3-0 3-0
2
The supporting ground must be level and 202 2 02
w ww w
iaw If necessary, set up a level surface
xeven. xia on xia
w
top of the uneven ground. There must be no
voids or other ground irregularities under the
support feet. Asphalt, concrete slabs, etc. may
have been washed out underneath. Never set
the machine up on backfilled ground.
The support area must be enlarged as

required. Support blocks and timber blocks
may be used to increase the support area.
The support timbers
3 - 02 must be undamaged and 3 -02 3-02
- 0
free from 3ice, oil, grease, etc. The support - 0 3-0
02 timber blocks must be laid under 2023
blocks 2and 2 02
w ww w
iawsupport plates such that the load
xthe xia is xia
w
distributed uniformly and the support leg
cannot slip off the side of the support.
Check the stability of the machine regularly

during operation. Interrupt the pumping
operation if the machine becomes unstable. Fig.2-17
Factors which reduce stability include, for
instance:
– modifications to the ground conditions,
0 3 - 2 rain water or the thawing

e.g. caused0by
3-02 3-02
3- ground
of frozen
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
– wthe support sinking on one side w w
xia xia xia
– fluid losses through leaks in the support
hydraulics
2.11.3 Corner bearing loads

The corner bearing load is stated on each
support leg. This value must always be legible.
The force transferred to the ground by each

support leg diffuses through the soil in a
conical pattern at an angle of 45°. Safe
0 3 -02 pits and slopes must be 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
clearance to the
- -
023 and such clearance must be 2023
maintained,
2 2 02
w ww w
iaw
xdetermined xia of
in accordance with the nature
xia
w
the ground. The safe clearance is measured
from the foot of the pit. Fig.2-18
2-30
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02 for undisturbed, compacted ground, 02 3-0 023-0
2
However, 2 2
ww ww w w
xia the safe clearance corresponds to pit
xia depth, xia
but must be a minimum of 2 m.
For loose or back-filled ground, the safe

clearance is twice the pit depth, but a
minimum of 2 m.
2.11.4 Supports
The placing boom must not be raised until
the machine has been supported in
accordance with
3 - 02 the Operating Instructions. 3-02 3-02
There is
0 2 3-0 otherwise a risk of the machine023-0 023-0
2
toppling over. 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia x
Swing out and telescope the support legs to xia
their end positions in sequence. Intermediate
positions are prohibited to guarantee stability.
Exceptions are machines which have been
equipped by the manufacturer with a device
which allows secure erection with a reduction
in support. Check the corresponding notes in
this regard in the operating instructions.
Lock all supports mechanically, if this is

3
provided0for-02in the design. Close all shut-off 03-02 3-02
-
023in the support hydraulics. Leaks can
valves 023
-
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiawcause the supports to sink on one side.aw
xi xia
w
The machine must be made level in all
directions. The maximum permitted deviation
from the horizontal is 3°. Greater deviations
from the horizontal overload the slewing gear
for the placing boom and jeopardize the
stability of the machine.
Check stability regularly during operation. The

elastic distortions to the machine frame
2
-0occurring -02 02
occasionally
0 3 under extreme positions
0 3 3-
0 3
-
of the2placing boom (one support foot lifts from23-
023-0
w
the
2 ground) must be compensated w
for
2by0 w 2
w w w
xia resetting the support cylinders until allxiasupport xia
Fig.2-19
feet are firmly placed on the ground.
2-31
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

23-0 023-0 023-0
2.11.520Driving 2 2
w w w
iaw preparing the machine for driving,xiayou
xWhen
w
xia
w
must perform the following tasks in particular:
– The placing boom must be folded in fully
and positioned on the placing boom
support provided.
– The support legs and support feet must
be fully retracted and secured.
– Raised or locked axles must be lowered
and released.
– Accessories belonging to the machine must
3 -02 away and secured.
be safely0stowed 0 3 -02 3-02
– The 3-
02maximum permissible gross weight 2023
-
023-0
w 2 w w 2
awmay not be exceeded.
xi aw
xi xia
w
While the vehicle is being driven, the delivery
line, pump and hopper must be empty. If
there are concrete leavings in the hopper, it
must not be possible for the leavings to be
thrown out while the vehicle is in motion,
thereby creating a risk of injury. You must
adapt your driving style to the altered centre
of gravity of the machine. You must not
exceed the maximum permissible gross
02
weight of the3-machine. Observe the road 3 -02 3-02
- 0 0 3-0
023
traffic regulations and specifications of the 023- 02
2 2 2
ww manufacturer.
machine ww w w
xia xia xia
Maintain a clearance of at least 1 m from the
secured edges of construction pits and at
least 2 m from slopes.
Always make sure that there is sufficient

clearance when driving under underpasses,
over bridges and through tunnels or when
passing under overhead cables. The same
minimum clearances apply when driving
under high-voltage
0 3 -02 lines as when working 0 3 -02 3-02
0 3-
with the 2placing boom. Be aware of the
0 3-
2Fig.2-20 023-0
2 2 2
ww
height of the truck. Only drive over arches,w w
w w
xbridges or other supporting structures xifiathe
i a xia
loadbearing capacity is adequate.
2-32
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
D o20n2o t d r i v e a c r o s s u p h i l l o r d o w n h2i0l l2 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia gradients. Be aware of the elevatedxiposition xia
of the truck’s centre of gravity when travelling
on a slope and on ascending or descending
routes. Always adapt your travelling speed to
the prevailing conditions on sloping terrain.
Never change to a lower gear on a slope but
always before reaching it.
Observe national road traffic regulations. If

necessary, clean the tyres, lights and number
plate. Before
3 - 02 travelling with the machine, 3-02 3-02
-0 the braking, steering, signalling23-0
check 3that
2 3-0
and2 lighting systems are fully functional. 20
0 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia Persons accompanying the
x
driver must be
xia
seated on the passenger seats provided for
this purpose.
Whilst the truck is in motion, the mixer drum

on truck mixer concrete pumps must only be
rotated at the maximum speed of rotation
specified in the Operating Instructions. The
truck is at risk of tipping over, particularly
when travelling round corners.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 Towing
2.11.6 02 3-0 023-0
w2
wThe machine must only be towed, loaded w 2 w 2
xia x iaw and xia
w
transported in accordance with the Operating
Instructions. Only use existing towing hitches
for towing and observe the truck
manufacturer’s regulations.
You must comply with the prescribed driving

position, permitted speed and itinerary when
towing.
2.11.7 Loading
2
-0points fitted to the machine as 03-0 2 02
The lifting
0 3 3-
-
023 are provided for assembly purposes
standard 023
-
023-0
2
w They are not suitable for lifting w 2 w 2
wonly. iaw the w
xia complete machine. The lifting pointsxfor lifting
xia
the entire machine are specially marked. Fig.2-21
2-33
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02appropriate means of transport and 202 3-0 023-0
Use only
w 2 2
iaw equipment of adequate loadbearing ww w w
xlifting xia xia
capacity. Lifting equipment, lifting tackle,
support trestles and other auxiliary equipment
must be reliable and safe in operation.
Use only stable loading ramps of adequate

loadbearing capacity for loading. Ensure that
no-one is at risk from the machine tipping
over or slipping.
Secure the machine against rolling, slipping

2 02 02
3-0 on the transport vehicle.
and toppling 0over 3- 3-
023- 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw Placing booms
x2.12 xia
w
xia
w
2.12.1 Unfolding the placing boom

Only raise a mobile placing boom from the
driving position once the machine has been
supported in accordance with the Operating
Instructions. Stationary booms may only be
raised after the proper set-up has been
checked by a subject expert.
0 2
Only raise the3-placing -0 2 02
0 boom in the sequence
0 3 3-
described
-
023in the Operating Instructions. The 2023
-
023-0
w 2 w w 2
iaw sequence depends on the folding
correct
xsystem x iaw xia
w
(roll-and-fold system, Z-fold system,
etc.).
Always ask the site management to supply

you with an assistant to act as a signaller.
Agree clear hand signals or other signals with
the signaller so that you can communicate
with each other. You should position the
signaller such that he can always observe the
whole of the placing boom. Your primary duty
as the machine 0 3 -02operator is to observe the 3-02 3-02
site of 2
-
023 placement.
concrete 023-0 023-0
w w 2 w 2
iaw slew
xOnly the placing boom over personsxi aw xia
w
when the end hose is empty. There is a risk
of concrete falling out of the end hose.
2-34
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
Pr2e0s2s t h e E M E R G E N C Y S T O P b u t t o
2 0n2 2 02
ww ww w w
xia immediately if the placing boomxiamoves xia
unexpectedly. If this should occur, you must
cease working and have the cause of the
fault rectified by your qualified personnel or
our After Sales Department.
Placing booms with placing boom hinges

which allow considerable flex angles have a
very large potential working area. Because of
this high manoeuvrability, various placing
booms can,02however, also be shifted into
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
23-
positions that are of no interest for the
23- 023-0
p u2m0p i n g o p e r a t i o n . U n d e r c e r t a2i0n 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia circumstances it is even possible toxoverload xia
or cause damage to the placing boom. We Fig.2-22
have indicated such impermissible working
areas by the use of warning signs and
information plates on the machine and
appropriate notes in the Operating Instructions.
2.12.2 End hose

The end hose must hang freely each time you
start pumping, when you start pumping again
0 3 -02
after blockages, and during washing out
0 3 -02 3-02
023
-
procedures. No-one should stand within the23-
023-0
w 2
danger zone of the end hose. The w
diameter
2of0 w 2
w w w
xia the danger zone is twice the end hose xialength. xia
Do not guide the end hose when pumping is
started. There is a risk of injury from the end
hose swinging out or stones being ejected.
There is a risk of injury to the hoseman if the

end hose becomes caught in the Fig.2-23
reinforcement and suddenly jumps out on
further movement of the placing boom.
N e v e r b e n0d2 t h e e n d h o s e o v e r . N e v e r
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
attempt
0 23- to straighten a bent end hose 2by023- 023-0
w 2
increasing the pressure. The end hose w must w 2
a wnot a w w
x i be submerged below the surface i
x of the xia
concrete being delivered, otherwise the
concrete may spray upwards.
2-35
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 3-0 3-0
2
The concrete may also spray from the end 202 2 02
w ww w
iaw d ue to t he presence of air inxiathe
xhose xia
w
delivery line. To prevent this from occurring,
the hopper must always be filled with
concrete as far as the agitator shaft so that
no air can be sucked in.
The end hose must be secured against falling.
2.12.3 Procedure in storms

Return the placing boom to the driving
p o s i t i o n i n t h e2e v e n t o f s t o r m s o r b a d
weather. -03
-0 0 3 -02 3-02
023booms with a vertical reach of 42 m 2023
-
023-0
– Placing 2 2
ww ww w w
xia or more may only be operated in wind forces xia xia
up to 7 (wind speed 61 km/h = 17 m/s).
– Placing booms with a vertical reach of less
than 42 m may only be operated in wind
forces up to 8 (wind speed 74 km/h = 20 m/s).
Wind speeds in accordance with the Beaufort
scale are average wind speeds measured
over a period of 10 minutes. Higher speed
gusts of wind may occur briefly during the
measuring period. Higher wind speeds
3 -02 and safety of the structural
jeopardize stability
0 0 3 -02 3-02
elements.
-
023There is a risk of lightning strike in 2023
-
023-0
2 2
ww
aiathunderstorm. iaw
w w w
x x xia
A lightning strike poses a lethal danger to
persons. The machine and the surrounding
area will be charged with electricity. Earthing
the machine does not reduce this risk. For
this reason, you should fold in the placing
boom if there is a risk of lightning strike.
Tower cranes on construction sites generally have

wind speed measuring equipment, so that you
-02wind speed at any time. If no
can ask about 3the
0 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 measuring equipment is available, 2023
wind speed -
023-0
2
w ask the nearest meteorological office w w 2
youwcan
ia the wind speed is, or estimate thexwind
xwhat iaw xia
w
speed using the following rule of thumb.
2-36
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
0In2 winds 02 3-0 023-0
–
w 2 of force 7 and greater, green2 2
w ww is w w
xia leaves break from the trees andxiathere xia
perceptible resistance when walking
against the wind.
– In winds of force 8 and greater, small
branches break from trees and walking
outside is significantly impeded.
2.12.4 Concreting in cold weather

The boom must not be used in temperatures
below minus 15°C (+5°F) unless the
manufacturer
0 3 -02 has given express approval. 03-02 3-02
There
-
023is a danger of damage to the steel 023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
w(brittle ww the
fracture) and the seals throughout w w
xia system at such extreme minus temperatures.
xia xia
In addition, such minus temperatures should

be considered the realistic lower limit for
con c re te pl aceme nt, as it is no lo nge r
possible to prepare concrete such that it can
achieve its strength without the use of special
additives.
2 line systems 02 02
3-0
2.13 Delivery 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w w2
2.13.1 Suitable delivery lines w 2 w 2
xia iaw
x hoses, xia
w
Use only perfect delivery lines, end
couplings, etc. suitable for the delivery job
and manufactured by the machine
manufacturer. Delivery lines are subject to
wear which varies according to the pressure
and composition of the concrete, the material
from which the delivery line is made, etc.
2.13.2 Securing delivery

Delivery lines,2 delivery hoses, end hoses and
0 3 0
-must 0 3 -02 3-02
couplings
3- be securely fastened and
3- 3-0
202 against spontaneous opening.
secured 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
Fig.2-24
2-37
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 023-0 023-0
2.13.320Tightness and blockages 2 2
w w w
iaw
xRegularly xia
force water through the delivery
w
xia
w
line under operating pressure to check that
the system is watertight.
A properly-cleaned delivery line is the best

insurance against the formation of blockages.
Blockages increase the risk of accidents.
Never attempt to push through a blockage
(e.g. by increasing the delivery pressure,
using compressed air, etc.). There is a risk of
fatal injury from
0 3 -02the delivery line bursting or 0 3 -02 3-02
023
from concrete - being ejected from the end of 23-
0 023-0
w 2
the delivery line. Always try to remove thew 2 w 2
iaw
xblockage by reverse pumping and xthen iaw xia
w
restarting forward pumping. If the blockage is Fig.2-25
not removed, relieve the pressure on the
delivery line before removing the section of
delivery line concerned.
2.13.4 Opening delivery lines

You must not open or tap delivery lines while
these are pressurized. Concrete exiting under
3 - 02 3 -02 3-02
pressure can0 cause injury. The concrete 0 3-0
23- be depressurized by reverse 2023-
column20must 2 02
w ww w
iaw
xpumping xia
before the delivery line is opened. xia
w
Never work bending directly over the coupling.
2.13.5 Clearance to delivery lines

No-one should remain in the vicinity of
separate delivery lines during pumping
operations. Cordon off the danger zone. If it
is not possible to place a large enough
cordon around the danger zone, the delivery
2 02 02
3-0 by suitable means.
line must be covered 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.2-26
2-38
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20 Fastening delivery lines
2.13.6
w 2 w 2
wDelivery iaw are w
xia lines, in particular riser lines xwhich xia
not laid along placing booms, must be securely
fastened in order to transfer the forces
generated in them into the structure or other
structural members. The lines must be laid so
as to avoid kinks, sharp bends, stresses and
damage during pumping operations.
2.13.7 Continuation delivery lines

A continuation delivery line connected to the
2 02 02
3-0must not exert a load on the boom.
placing boom 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
Devices w2
for shutting- off, diverting or cleaning
w w w 2
xia delivery lines xia xia
During operation there is a risk of being
crushed and of injury by shearing.
Hydraulically driven devices are generally
supplied with power by a machine’s hydraulic
system. It must therefore be possible to see
from the devices and the machine with
control unit and vice versa. Observe the
safety regulations for the machine and the
device when
0 3 -02 connecting and operating a 03-02 3-02
023
device. - Make sure that no-one is in the23-
0 023-0
w 2
danger zone before operating devices. w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Use only suitable, perfectly functioning
devices to shut-off, divert and clean the
delivery l ine. Defective and unsui table
devices may cause damage to the whole
delivery system and injure persons in the
surrounding area due to a malfunction.
2.14 Pumping operations

2.14.1 Place of work
The machine
0 3 -02operator’s place of work is with 03-02 3-02
023
-
the remote control when the pump is in23-
023-0
w 2
operation. w
If you operate the machine using
20 w 2
w w w
xia the remote control, all operating and xiacontrol xia
devices on the machine must be closed to
prevent unauthorized interventions.
2-39
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02 of stationary placing booms, 202 3-0 023-0
In the 2case 2
w w w
iaw
xplatforms iaw
or similar equipment are xonly xia
w
provided for assembly and maintenance
work. Use of these platforms as a workplace
during operation is prohibited.
It is forbidden to climb onto the machine

during operation. In the case of stationary
placing booms, it is forbidden to climb ladders
during operation.
2.14.2 Safety
-02 -02 3-02
-03 on the machine, you must 23-03
Before switching
2 3 3-0
20 that nobody can be injured by thew 20
make sure 2 02
w w
iaw machine.
xrunning xia
w
xia
w
Refrain from any procedures that may impair
the stability of the machine or are prejudicial
to safety in any other way.
2.14.3 Remote control

You must always carry the remote control on
your person when the machine is ready for
operation. Only in this way can it be
g u a r a n t e e d t h2a t y o u c a n p r e s s t h e
0 3 0
-STOP 0 3 -02 3-02
EMERGENCY - button in the
023 situation. The EMERGENCY 2023
event of -
023-0
2
an emergency
w 2
iaw button may only be unlocked once ww w w
xSTOP xiathe xia
cause/emergency has been remedied (see
also page 23).
You must carry the remote control in such a

way that no control element is actuated
unintentionally.
During breaks in pumping, interruptions,

maintenance work or your absence from the
machine, you must secure the machine
against inadvertently
0 3 -02 rolling away and to 0 3 -02 3-02
p r e v e2n0t 23
-
u n a u t h o r i z e d u s e . P r e s s t h e 2023
-
023-0
w w w 2
iaw
EMERGENCY
xcontrol
STOP button on the remote
x iaw xia
w
and lock the remote control away.
2-40
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
20 Moving machine components
2.14.4
w w 20 w 2
w w w
xia and hot surfaces xia xia
Keep all access covers, maintenance flaps,
guards, etc. closed and locked during
operation. This also applies to the grille,
water box cover, and covers on cylinders, for
example. There is otherwise a risk of injury
from moving parts of the machine and a risk
of burning on hot surfaces. In particular, there
is a risk of burns from the engine, attached
parts and the exhaust.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
2 - work unless the grille is closed
Never 3start
0 0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
ww
and bolted down or otherwise secured. w w
a w w
x i xia xia
Do not touch moving parts of the machine,
whether the machine is running or switched
off. Always switch off the engine first, and
dump the accumulator pressure where an
accumulator is fitted.
Never poke any objects (e.g. a shovel

handle, trowel or similar) into moving
machine components. Such objects could
b e c o m e t r a2p p e d a n d d r a g g e d i n t o t h e
0 3 -0 might then hit you or be torn 03-02 3-02
machine.
3- They
3- 3-0
202your hands and cause you injury.
from 202 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia 2.14.5 Constant observation
xiof the
xia
machine
You should be constantly observing the
machine for any damage or faults while it is
in use. In the event of faults or malfunctions
that impair safety at work, shut the machine
down immediately and secure it. Have the
faults rectified im medi atel y. If i t is not
possible to rectify faults which jeopardize the
safe operation
0 3 -02 of the machine, you must 03-02 3-02
023
suspend - operations until the defects are23-
0 023-0
w 2
rectified. w2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-41
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 023-0 023-0
2.14.620Truck mixer 2 2
w w w
iawthe
xAs machine operator, it is your rolexia to
w
xia
w
instruct the truck mixer drivers delivering the
concrete to you. Only allow the truck mixer
drivers to work alone once you are certain
that they have understood your instructions.
Make sure that no-one stands between the

approaching truck mixer and the machine.
There is a danger of being crushed between
the truck mixer and the machine.
3 -02 3-02 3-02

3-0
2.15 Cleaning
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w General w w
xia xia xia
2.15.1
You must drain the delivery line, pump and
hopper completely. Concrete leavings in the
hopper, in particular, may be thrown out
whilst the truck is moving.
The machine must not be driven with the

placing boom unfolded or the support legs
extended, even over short distances. This
rule also applies when you have to drive the
3 - 02
machine to a different site for cleaning. The
3-02 3-02
placing boom
0 2 3-0 and support legs must be fully 023-0 023-0
2 and secured.
retracted
w w 2 w 2
iaw
xThe xia
w
xia
w
preferred methods for cleaning the
delivery line are reverse pumping or forced
cleaning with water. The agitator must be
switched on during reverse pumping.
Otherwise, the concrete flowing back into the
hopper can bend the agitator shaft. Use a
catch basket, pipe cleaning head and wash- Fig.2-27
out ball for forced cleaning to prevent any
water from flowing into the formwork.
02 02 02
Never spray
3 - 03-remote controls or control 3 - 03- 3-0
3-
cabinets 2 02with barrier agents (mould oil or 202 2 02
wiwl a r ) t o p r o t e c t t h e m a g a iianwswt w w
xia xia
sim
x
contamination. This causes significant
corrosion damage to the electrical system.
2-42
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20 Cleaning agents
2.15.2
w 2 w 2
wTake w w
xia ia
care when using aggressive xcleaning xia
agents. Aggressive cleaning agents may
attack materials (e.g. rubber) and painted
surfaces. You can use commercially available
paint cleaning and care agents, as long as
these have a pH value of between 4 and 9.
Ask the manufacturer of the cleaning agent to
confirm its suitability. Observe the
manufacturer’s instructions regarding use and
safe handling. Wear protective clothing.
2
-0off 2 02
3
Always rinse
0 cleaning agent thoroughly with 03-0 3-
3- 3- 3-0
202water; do not allow puddles to form. 202
clean 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia D o n o t u s e s e a w a t e r o r o t h exri w a t e r xia
containing salt for cleaning purposes.
Fig.2-28
Do not use any highly flammable agent for
cleaning; there is a danger of fire.
2.15.3 Hazards
There is a risk of injury at all points on the
machine from slipping, tripping, bumping into
things, etc. Use the handles and steps to climb
2 the machine. It is forbidden to
into and out-0of -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
0 3-the grille. Do not jump from the machine.23-
stand2on
0 023-0
w2
wDo not reach into the hopper or any otheriamoving
w w2 w w 2
xia x xia
machine components. This rule must also be
followed when you are opening the outlet on the
bottom of the hopper. Do not remove the grille.
Only point the water jet into the hopper or

other moving machine components. Do not
insert the hose. It could become entangled
with moving machine components.
2.15.4 Cleaning with compressed air

-02 -02 3-02
When the
2 3 -03delivery line is being cleaned with23-03 3-0
20
compressed 0
air, there is an increased risk2of 2 02
w w w w w w
xia accident from explosively escaping compressed
xia xia
air, spurting concrete and flapping delivery or
end hoses if they have not been removed.
2-43
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0 3-0
2
Compressed air should only be used for 202 2 02
w w w
iaw
xcleaning purposes under the supervisionxiofawa xia
w
subject expert. All persons participating in the
cleaning procedure must be instructed in the
safety regulations.
The manufacturer accepts no liability for

damage caused by incorrectly performed
compressed air cleaning. If you blow out the
delivery line with compressed air, you must
observe the following rules without fail:
– Individual pipes
3 - 02 and short pipe runs up to 3 -02 3-02
3- 0 0 3-0
23-
10 m in length must not be blown through
2
with 02compressed air. There is a risk of 20 2 02
ww ww w w
xia accident from rebound. xia xia
– Only blow out delivery lines which have
the same nominal diameter throughout
their length. Reducer pipes must be
drained and flushed out by hand.
– No bends, delivery or end hoses may be
fitted at the end of the delivery line.
– A catch basket must be fastened at the
end of the delivery line and a wash-out
adaptor must
0 3 -02be fitted on the head of the 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 line. Catch basket and wash-out 2023
delivery -
023-0
w 2 2
wadaptor must fit the delivery line system.ww w w
xia xia xia
– The concrete must be able to flow freely
from the end of the delivery line.
– No persons may be present in an area of
3 m around the delivery line, at the end
of the delivery line and especially in front
of the opening in the catch basket.
– Care must be taken to ensure that any
concrete that might be expelled from the
catch basket2 cannot injure anybody or
3 0
-damage. 3-02 3-02
cause any
- 0 3-0 3-0
2 0 23 02 02
be fitted withw 2 2
ww w
– The wash-out adaptor must
a w w
i
x a separate, large dump cock andxia a xia
pressure gauge.
2-44
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2
0The 02 3-0 023-0
–
w 2 pressure gauge must be kept under
w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia constant observation during thexcleaning xia
process. The pressure in the delivery line
must be rapidly dumped via the dump
cock in the event of a sudden drop in
pressure (concrete column exiting from
the end of the line) or increase in
pressure (risk of blockage).
– The sponge ball or the plug used to push
the concrete out must be sufficiently
dense that the air does not pass through
it into 3 02 concrete. In addition, the 3-02
-the 3-02
0 2 3- line must be sealed to the rear023-0
0
delivery 023-0
w w 2when the sponge ball or plug is caught
w w 2in w w 2
xia xia xia
the catch basket.
– Only work on the delivery line (e.g. open
the delivery line) once this has been
depressurized. Make sure that the
compressed air has been dumped
completely.
– The dump cock must be opened in such
a way that no-one can be injured by
concrete 2residue that might be expelled
3-0dump cock. 3-02 3-02
from-0the
023 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2.15.5 Protection against water
Water spraying on the machine from random
directions has no damaging effect. The
electrical system is protected against spray
water, but is not waterproof.
You must close/seal all openings into which

water/steam/cleaning agent must not
penetrate for safety or functional reasons
before cleaning
3 - 02 the machine with water or a 3-02 3-02
steam3jet
2 -0 (high-pressure cleaner) or other23-0 3-0
2 0
cleaning 20
agents. Electric motors and control 2 02
w w w w w w
xia cabinets are particularly at risk. xia xia
2-45
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2.15.620Post-cleaning procedure 2 2
w w w
iaw the
xAfter xia
machine is cleaned, the covers/
w
xia
w
tapes must be completely removed and the
machine must be checked to ensure that it is
ready for operation (see also page 23).
Look out for leaks, loose connections, chafe

marks and damage during the cleaning
procedure. Any identified defects must be
rectified immediately. The machine must be
greased after it has been cleaned using a
-02
high-pressure cleaner.
3 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw Maintenance and special work
x2.16 xia
w
xia
w
2.16.1 Requirements for special work

In the capacity of operator, it is your
responsibility to provide all the necessary
information to the personnel concerned
before special work or maintenance work is
carried out. Someone should be nominated
as the person responsible for this.
3 02
Carry out the -maintenance and inspection
3 -02 3-02
0 0 3-0
2 0 2 - comply with intervals specified 2023-
operations3and
2 02
ww
in the Operating Instructions, includingw w
i a iaw
xspecifications for the replacement of xparts xia
w
and equipment. These activities must be
carried out by qualified personnel only.
Workshop equipment appropriate to the task

in hand is absolutely necessary for the
execution of maintenance work.
Secure a wide area around the maintenance

area as far as is necessary.
2
A m a c h i n e 3c-o0m p l e t e l y s h u t d o w n f o r -02 02
0 0 3 3-
-
m a i n t e0n2a3n c e a n d r e p a i r w o r k m u s t b e 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
ww against being restarted inadvertently:
secured ww w w
x–ia Lock the main control devices xiaand xia
remove the key.
2-46
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 a warning plate to the main switch. 202
0Fix 3-0 023-0
– 2 2
ww ww w w
xia Only carry out maintenance work xia if the xia
machine is parked on level and sufficiently
supporting ground and is secured against
rolling away.
Use specially designed or otherwise safety-

oriented climbing aids and working platforms
when carrying out assembly work above head
height. Never use machine parts as climbing aids.
Keep all handgrips, steps, railings, platforms and
02 dirt, snow and ice.
ladders free -from
3 3-02 3-02
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
w 20
Carefully secure individual parts and large
w 20 w 2
w w w
xia assemblies to lifting gear when carrying
xia out a xia
replacement operation. Use only suitable and
technically perfect lifting gear and suspension
systems with adequate lifting capacity. Never
stand under suspended loads.
The fastening of loads and instruction of

crane operators should be entrusted to
experienced persons only. The signaller must
be within visual range of or in voice contact
02 operator.
with the crane
3- 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 national regulations when working
Observe 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiawwith lifting gear. iaw x xia
w
Work on chassis, braking and steering
systems must only be carried out by qualified
personnel trained for such work.
Clean the machine, especially connections

and threaded unions, of any traces of oil, fuel
or preservatives before carrying out
maintenance or repair work. Do not use
aggressive cleaning agents.Use lint-free
2 02 02
3-0
cleaning rags. 3- 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
20 connections that you have loosened
Bolted
w w 20 w 2
w w w
xia for carrying out maintenance and repair
xia work xia
must always be retightened to the specified
torque.
2-47
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
2 gas-filled spring elements, as 202 3-0 023-0
Do not20open 2
w w w
iaw on maintenance flaps, for instance.xiThe
xused aw xia
w
spring elements are filled with gas under high
pressure which can escape explosively if you
attempt to open them. Relieve the tension on
systems under mechanical stress.
Be aware of hot functional fluids and surfaces

(hydraulic fluid, hydraulic fluid radiator, etc.).
Ensure that all functional fluids, consumables

and replaced parts are disposed of safely and
with minimum -02
03environmental impact. 3-02 3-02
023- 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw Welding
x2.17 xia
w
xia
w
Only qualified personnel commissioned by

the manufacturer may carry out welding work
on the placing boom, on the supports or on
other components which are important for
safe operation. The work must be inspected
by an authorized inspector.
Always attach the earth cable of the welding

02 component which is being
unit directly to -the
3 3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
2 023 welding current must not flow 2023
welded. The
2 02
ww hinges, cylinders, etc. Significant
through
a ww w w
i
xdamage may be caused by current bridging xia xia
gaps.
Electronic components can be destroyed by

stray voltage during arc welding processes.
For this reason:
– Disconnect the remote control cable from
the control console.
– Disconnect all cables leading to the
receiver of the radio remote control
system. 03-
02 3-02 3-02
23-
0 023-0 023-0
–
w w 2 connector sockets with caps.
Close w 2 w 2
x–ia x
Disconnect the positive and negative
iaw xia
w
leads from the battery.
2-48
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02carry out welding, flame cutting and 02 3-0 023-0
2
Only 2 2
ww ww w w
xia grinding operations on the machinexiifa this is xia
expressly approved by the manufacturer.
Clean the machine and its surroundings of

dust and flammable substances and make
sure that the premises are adequately
ventilated before carrying out welding, flame-
cutting and grinding operations (danger of
explosion).
Only qualified personnel should carry out welding

work on the 3 02 and oil reservoirs in accordance 3-02
-fuel 3-02
0 3-0 3-0
23-manufacturer’s specifications.
with20the 2 0 2 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
2.18 Working on the placing boom
Only carry out maintenance and repair work

on the placing boom if the placing boom is
folded or properly supported, the engine is
switched off and the support legs are
secured.
Support the plac ing boom arms before

starting work
0 3 -02 on the valves, cylinders or 03-02 3-02
23- lines on the boom.
hydraulic
0 23-
0 023-0
w2 w2
wThe delivery line was installed withoutiatension
w w w 2
xia x xia
with the placing boom in the driving position
and can only be replaced without difficulty in
this condition. Stresses may be generated on
folding if the delivery line is replaced when
the placing boom is unfolded.
Do not remove the whole delivery line but

exchange the delivery arm, e.g boom arm by
boom arm. Otherwise, the pivot points of the
new delivery02line will have to be redetermined 02 02
3 - 3- 3-
3-0 equipment.
using special
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wFollowing substantial changes, placingiabooms
w w
xia x xia
must be inspected by an authorized inspector
before recommissioning.
2-49
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

0 23-0 2 3-0 023-0
2.19w 2Safety-relevant components w 20 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Some of the manufacturer’s spare parts, such
as pumps, valves and controller cards are
supplied from the works with a basic setting.
These must be adjusted (set) in accordance
with the information on the circuit diagram or
machine card after installation in the
machine.
Parts relevant to safety and adjustable

d e v i c e s ( p r e02
-02 02
ssure limiting valve,
0 3 - 0 3 3-
potentiometer, - fluid flow limiter, hydraulic
023 etc.) must only be repaired, 2023
-
023-0
cylinders,
w 2 2
iaw ww w w
xreplaced xia
or adjusted by After Sales Service xia
personnel. Seals must only be removed by
the manufacturer’s After Sales Service
personnel. Modifications to the machine
ratings (for example, increasing pressures,
modifying speeds, etc.) are not permitted.
2.20 Software
2
If a machine is 0equipped
- with software, the
-02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
software may3- only be used as is provided for
23- 3-0
202
in thew manufacturer’s Operating Instructions. w 20 w 2 02
w w w
xia xia xia
Only persons authorized by the machine
manufacturer may intervene in the machine’s
software. This also applies to updates.
Unauthorized interventions in the machine’s

software may lead to severe damage and
accidents.
2.21 Protective and safety

0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023devices removed for maintenance 2023
Any safety -
023-0
w 2
purposes must be refitted and checked w w 2
iaw
ximmediately x
upon completion of this work.
i aw xia
w
2-50
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
A l l20e2q u i p m e n t r e q u i r e d f o r s a f e t y a n
2 0d2 2 02
ww ww w w
xia accident prevention (warning signs xia and xia
information plates, grilles, guards, etc.) must
be in place. Such equipment must not be
removed, modified or damaged.
Keep all warning signs and information plates

on the machine complete and in a perfectly
legible condition.
It is your responsibility as operator to ensure

that any warning signs and information plates
-02 damaged or rendered illegible 03-02
that have03been 3-02
23- 3- 3-0
are20replaced without delay. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
2.22 Electrical power
2.22.1 General
Work on electrical systems or operating
equipment must only be carried out by
qualified personnel. For further information on
machines operated on the site power supply,
see also section 2.22.3, entitled "Power at
the construction site".
-02 -02 3-02
The power
2 3 -03 supply to machine components on23-03 3-0
20 maintenance work is to be carriedwout
which 20 2 02
w w w w w
xia must be isolated, if provided for xiain the xia
regulations.Before starting any work, you
must check the de-energized parts for the
presence of power and earth or short-circuit
them in addition to insulating adjacent live
parts and elements. Disconnect the negative
lead from the battery before starting any work
on the electrical system. When reconnecting,
connect the positive terminal first, and then
the negative terminal.
2 2 02
3-0
B e f o r3e-0s t a r t i n g w o r k o n h i g h - v o l t a g e 3-0
3-0 3-
02 02 023-0
2
assemblies and after cutting the power 2 2
ww aw to
w w w
xia supply, you must connect the supplyxicable xia
earth and short-circuit the components such
as capacitors with a rod-type earth electrode.
2-51
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02to be carried out on live parts, the 202 3-0 023-0
If work2is 2
w w w
iaw
xpresence aw
of a second person is requiredxiwho xia
w
can switch off the power supply to the machine
in the event of an emergency. Secure the
working area with a red-and-white safety chain
and a warning plate. Use insulated tools only.
2.22.2 Electrical components

Control cabinet, motor and control elements
are protected as standard at least to degree
of protection IP 54. IP 54 means:
3 - 02
– Complete protection against contact with
3 -02 3-02
- 0
live components or internal moving parts. - 0 3-0
2 023 against damaging dust deposits. 2023
Protection 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
x–ia Water spraying on the equipment xfrom xia
random directions shall not have a
damaging effect.
Use only original fuses with the specified
current rating. The electrical system can be
destroyed by overrated fuses or bridging. You
must switch off the machine immediately if a
fault occurs in the power supply.
2.22.3 Power at the construction site

The power on -the
3 02 construction site must be 3 -02 3-02
0
s u p p l i e d23-f r o m a s p e c i a l f e e d p o i n t - 0 3-0
2 0 2 023 2 02
ww
(construction
a
site power distribution point).w
w w w
i
xMachines with an electric motor must not xia be xia
connected to the mains power supply.
Only qualified personnel may work on

electrical systems with an operating voltage
in excess of 25 volts alternating voltage or 60
volts direct current. Only such qualified
personnel may install, connect, disconnect
and open electrical control cabinets.
A n e l e c t r i c s h02
0 3 - ock (possibly with fatal
0 3 -02 3-02
consequences) - may be the result of
023with electric motors or contact with 2023
touching -
023-0
machines 2 2
ww ww w w
xoitah e r e l e c t r i c a l c a b l e s i f t h e e l e c txriiac a l xia
connection has not been made properly or
the supply cable is damaged.
2-52
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Hydraulic systems
2.23
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
2.23.1 General
Work on hydraulic systems must only be
carried out by qualified personnel.
Always wear your personal protective

equipment when carrying out work on the
hydraulic system. Escaping fluid is toxic and
can penetrate the skin.
Injection through
3 - 02 the skin is a major medical 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0 situation. In the event of injuries023-0
emergency
023-0
w2 w2 2
caused by pressurised oil, inform the company
w w w w
xia medical officer and call a medical specialist
xia xia
immediately. This also applies for injuries
which may seem only slight. Hydraulic fluid
which has penetrated underneath the skin
must be removed immediately. Otherwise,
there is a risk of life-endangering impairment
to blood circulation and infections.
Parts of the system and pressure lines which

are to be opened (hydraulic, pneumatic, and
n2e s ) m u s t b e d e p r e s s u r i z e d
-02 02
d e l i v e r y l i0
0 3 - 0 3 3-
according 3- to assembly descriptions before 3- 3-0
202work is started.
repair 202 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia x
Work only on depressurized systems. Switch
xia
the hydraulic pump drive and the engine off,
otherwise there is a risk of injury caused by
functional fluids escaping under pressure.
Where a hydraulic accumulator is fitted, open
the accumulator dump valve to prevent any
movements of the machine as a result of the
residual pressure. Modifications to the
hydraulic accumulator are prohibited.
02 02 02
Be aware
3 - 03-that enclosed hydraulic fluid can 3-03- 3-0
3-
02 under pressure for a certain length2of02
remain
2 2 02
ww ww if w w
xia time. Do not open any hydraulic systems
xia xia
they are under pressure from an external
force (e.g. from a raised placing boom).
2-53
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 install hydraulic lines in accordance 2023-0 023-0
2
Route and
w 2
iaw current engineering standards. Ensure ww w w
xwith xia xia
that connections are not interchanged. The
fittings, lengths and quality of the hoses must
comply with technical requirements.
You must carefully bleed the hydraulic

system after any maintenance work,
otherwise there is a risk of injury caused by
swinging and telescopic support legs
extending rapidly, the placing boom lowering,
etc. Open vent 2valves very carefully until
0 3 0
-starts 0 3 -02 3-02
hydraulic fluid
- to escape. You should
023 open vent valves further than 2023
-
023-0
2
on no account
w 2
iaw ww w w
xnecessary or go so far as to remove them.xia xia
Damaged hydraulic lines must be replaced
rather than repaired. You must replace
damaged or saturated hy draulic hoses
immediately. Spurting hydraulic fluid may
cause injury and fire.
2.23.2 Replacing hydraulic hoses
During the repeat inspections, a subject
expert must check the hydraulic hoses for
external damage.
0 3 -02 The inspection must be 0 3 -02 3-02
recorded 3in- the check book. The operator
0 2 0 23- 023-0
2
mustwhave hydraulic hoses replaced if theyw 2 w 2
iaw signs of external damage.
xshow xia
w
xia
w
2.23.3 Noise emissions
The place of work in normal operation is with
the remote control. For this reason, it is not
possible to specify a particular place of work
for the machine operator. Take the values for
the sound pressure level and sound power
level from the machine Operating Instructions.
Wear suitable personal protective equipment

2 02 02
3-0the machine.
in the vicinity of 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
As the
w w 2 operator, you must instruct your w w2 w w 2
ia
xpersonnel to always wear their personal xiaear xia
protection. You are responsible for ensuring
that your personnel comply with this regulation.
2-54
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
All 2soundproofing 2
equipment must be fitted 2
ww ww w w
xia and in perfect condition. All soundproofing
xia xia
equipment must be closed during operation.
A high sound level can cause permanent
hearing damage.
2.24 Exhaust fumes
Vehicle exhaust gases contain constituents

which can be lethal or carcinogenic. Operate
internal com
3 - 02 b u s t i o n e n g i n e s a n d f u e l - 3-02 3-02
operated
0 2 3-0heating systems only in adequately023-0 023-0
w w2
ventilated premises. Before starting up the
w w2 w w 2
xia engine in enclosed spaces, make xsure ia that xia
there is adequate ventilation and direct the
exhaust gases away from the place of work.
We a r pers on al pr o tect i ve cl ot hin g a n d

equipment for all work in which exhaust
gases or particles of building material can
enter the body through the respiratory
passages. Comply with the information issued
by the manufacturer of the building material.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 Functional fluids
2.25 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia When handling oils, greases
x
and other
xia
functional fluids, observe the safety
regulations applicable to the product
concerned (see the safety data sheet).
Oils, fuel and other functional fluids may be

hazardous to health upon contact with the
skin, etc. You must, therefore, always wear
personal protective clothing and equipment
when you are handling toxic, caustic or other
0 3 -02 that are hazardous to health 03-02 3-02
3-0
functional fluids
and2 23- take note of the manufacturer’s
0always 2 023
-
2 02
w w w
xiawinformation. iaw x xia
w
Fig.2-29
2-55
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 when handling toxic and caustic 202 3-0 023-0
w 2
Take care
w w 2
iaw
xfunctional iaw
fluids (brake fluid, battery xacid, xia
w
water glass, concrete set accelerating
admixtures, cement, etc.). Building materials
containing cement have a highly alkaline
effect when they react with water (and also
with perspiration). Admixtures are toxic and
caustic.
Cleaning agents, concrete release agents,

preserving agents etc. propelled by
compressed air
3 - 02 can cause very serious 3 -02 3-02
-
damage to3the 0 respiratory tract if a respiratory - 0 3-0
2 02 mask is not worn. Spray mist 2023
protection 2 02
w ww w
iaw the lungs very easily.
xenters xia xia
w
Frequent injuries are eye injuries caused by

concrete spatter, water glass or other
chemical substances.
Take care when handling hot functional fluids

and consumables (risk of burning or
scalding).
Have used operating equipment and

2 as filters, batteries, oil,
-0such -02 02
functional fluids
0 3 0 3 3-
-
023 etc. disposed of properly. Used 2023
brake fluid, -
023-0
2
w rags should also be disposed wofw
cleaning w 2
iaw
xproperly. xia Fig.2-30 xia
w
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-56
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia PA xia
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-57
Safety
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2-58
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
System Functions
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
3 2System Functions 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
3.1 General Overview .............................................................................................3-3
3.2 Boom System ...................................................................................................3-6
3.3 Outrigger System ..............................................................................................3-9
3.4 Truck Chassis ...................................................................................................3-12
3.5 Pumping System ...............................................................................................3-14
3.6 Hydraulic System ..............................................................................................3-17
3.7 Electric Control System ....................................................................................3-24
- 02 - 02 - 02
-03 Control System ....................................................................................3-48
3.8 Remote
3 -03 3 -03 3
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-1
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 3 -0 2
3-02
3-0
3-0
of this
3 - to operate
2 02 0
2 2 this
2 02
xia xia
death.
3-2
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2
0 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
3w 2SYSTEM FUNCTIONS w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3.1 General Overview
This section of the manual provides detailed
information regarding the basic description
and overview of all the controls, alerts and
operating systems on your equipment. It is
important to study and become familiar with
all systems before proceeding with any
pumping operations. (Some truck chassis
02 be included here.)
3-may
information 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 Main component locations ww
2 w 2
w3.1.1 w
xia The SANY truck-mounted concretexia pump xia
consists of the following main components,
see Fig. 3-1.
Left side
8 2 4
[1] Chassis
[2] Boom
3- 02 3-02 [3] Outrigger system -02
3-0 3-0 [4] Hydraulic system 3 -03
2 02 2 02 20 2
[5] Electrical system
w w w w w
xia xia iaw
[6] Body understructure
x
[7]Pumping mechanism
[8] Remote control
1 3 5 6 7 system (in cab)
[9] Boom & outrigger
Right side 11
backup hydraulics
(in cabinet)
[10] Outrigger control
[11] Maintenance
operation box
[12] Small operation box
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w aw w
xia 12
xi10 9 xia
Fig.3-1 General Figure of Truck-mounted Concrete Pump
3-3
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

23-0
0 characteristics 023-0 023-0
3.1.2 2Main 2 2
w
wStability w w w w
ia
x(1) function with one button xia xia
The booms can keep stabilization just
with one button after action, and the
ending-hose can also achieve the
position quickly.
(2) Automatic stabilization technology

The technology mixed with putzmeister,
shaking of the booms decrease by 50%.
-0 2 02 02
(3) Automatic3pumping technology 3- 3-
2 3-0 3-0 3-0
The2 0technology mixed with putzmeister, 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia the changing speed of main cylinderxiacan xia
reach 29~30/min when the pressure of
system is 12MPa, the efficiency can
increase 25%, and the cost of diesel is
10% lower than before.
(4) Function of preventing swing
The swinging range of revolving tower
can decrease by 60% with this
technology, and the precision of the
acting also increases
2 a lot.
3-0 3-02 3-02
02
(5) Automatic3-0
diagnosing function 02 3-0 023-0
2
w system can making diagnosis itself 2 2
wThe ww w w
xia including 150 kinds of malfunction,xiathe xia
driver can repair complex malfunction
with the suggesting.
(6) Automatic boom system
a. Flexing function with one

switch:spreading/retracting the booms by
pushing/pulling only one switch
b. Limiting function of acting area?you will

never be worried
3 - 02 about the safety when 3 -02 3-02
0
you working in a complex environment if 0 3-0
23-
you20confirm the area of booms before 202
3-
2 02
w w w
xiawacting with this function. iaw
x xia
w
c. Locking function: the first and the second
booms can be locked, and then you can
3-4
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0
0move 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2
the other ones, the locking booms 2
w ww w w
xia xia whole
will keep their position during the
xia
process until you unlock them.
(7) New technology in damageable structure

The life of the damageable structures
increases a lot with this new technology
and new technics.
(8) Safety technology
a. Overload safeguard of booms:adding

safety valve in balance valve of boom
it2 will release the pressure when 2 02
3-0 3-0
cylinder,
the3-0booms is over-lord in order to 3-0
3-
2 3-0
20protecting the boom system. 202 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia b. Safety equipment in x i
Hopper:the xia
equipment in the hopper will stop working
(pumping mixing) if the Grille is opened,
this function will protect the repairer when
the equipment in the hopper are broken
and needing repair.
c. Safeguard of hydraulic oil: with this

function, the system will release the flow
of the pumps if the hydraulic oil is lower
than one02position, Then SYCD show that
0 3- need more oil. And the -03
-02 3-02
the -equipment
23
0system 023 023-0
2 2
will stop working if the hydraulic 2
ww oil is lower than the limiting line ww w w
xia xia until xia
adding enough oil or forcing it.
NOTE:(1), (2)，　(6) is applicabel to the truck-

mounted concrete pump with the
length of 53m and above.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-5
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3- 02
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
20
3.2 wBoom System w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3.2.1 Boom overview
The boom system is used for concrete output
and placing.
By the extension/retraction of boom cylinder
and the rotation of turntable, the concrete can
be directly conveyed to the position ( paving
site) at the end of boom, via the delivery pipe
attached on the boom.
The boom of R
0 3 -02type is applied, which has 0 3 -02 3- 02
compacted
023
-structure, can be rapidly folded 2Fig.3-2
0 3
-
023-0
and w 2 2 2
a w unfolded, and requires for small space ww w w
i
xfor folding, see Fig. 3-2. xia xia
3.2.2 Boom components

The boom system is principally made up of
the foldable plane four-connecting rod
mechanism formed by articulating the four-
arm boom, connecting rod, oil cylinder and
connecting piece, see Fig. 3-3.
3-02 3-02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-3 Boom of Truck-mounted Concrete Pump

02 02 02
[1] Oil cylinder
3 - 03-of arm (1) [7] Oil cylinder of arm
3 -
-
03(3) [13] Connecting rod (6)
3 - 03-
[2] Arm 0 12 [8] Connecting rod 02 (3) [14] Arm 4 02
[3] w
Oil
2
w cylinder of arm(2) [9] Connectingw 2 2
w 5
ia
x[4][Connecting rod (1) [10] Armxi3
aw rod (4) [15]
[16]
Oil cylinder of w
Connectingxrod
arm
ia (7)
[5] Connecting rod (2) [11] Oil cylinder of arm (4) [17] Connecting rod (8)
[6] Arm 2 [12] Connecting rod (5) [18] Arm 5
3-6
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 20 Boom control
3.2.3
w 2 w 2
wThere w w
xia xia
are three methods of boom control: xia
(1) A remote controller that is physically
carried by the equipment operator and
used during normal pumping operation.
See “Remote Control System” on page
page 3-47 for details.
NOTE:The specific model of remote controller

is subject to the real products.
2 02 02
3-0
The seven-rocker remote controller(Fig. 3-4): 3- 3-
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
●w 2 Rocker (a) controls boom rotation. w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia ● Other rockers controls xup/down Fig.3-4 xia
movement of articulating boom arm 1-5.
NOTE:See “Boom components” on page 3-7
to identify articulating boom arm 1-5.
● The Boom Speed Switch (b) is used to

selected the boom movement speed.
2
-0controller -02 02
The remote
0 3 of intelligent boom (Fig.
0 3 3-
3-5):023- 023
-
023-0
w● w2 w w2 ww 2
xia In the manual mode, the five xia linear xia
rockers a, b, c, d and e are respectively
corresponded to arms 1~5.
● In the intelligent mode, the five rockers
a, b, c, d and e are used to control the
vertical movement of the end of boom.
● Under the intelligent mode, the switch f
is used to automatically extend/retract
the boom.
0 2
-“Boom -0 2 02
NOTE:See
0 3 components” on page 3-8
0 3 3-
-
023to identify articulating boom arms 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
ww 1,2,3,4 and 5. ww aw
w
xia xia f xi
(2) A hard-wire connection for direct
communication with the in-cab receiver. Fig.3-5
3-7
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 page 3-53 for the hard-wire 202 3-0 023-0
2
NOTE:See 2
ww c o n n e c t o r p o r t o f d o u b l e - r o ciakwewr w w
xia x xia
remote controller;
NOTE:See page 3-57 for the hard-wire

connector port of intelligent boom
remote controller.
(3) Back-up hydraulics (located in a cabinet

on the right side of the chassis) that can
be used to manually lower the boom if
the system electronics fail, see Fig. 3-6.
3-02 3-02 3-02
No. 02 3-0 Function 02 3-0 023-0
wa w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia
Control handle for slewing xia
b Control handle for arm 1
f
c Control handle for arm 2
d Control handle for arm 3 Fig.3-6
e Control handle for arm 4
f Control handle for arm 5
NOTE:Refer to Charter 4 “Operation” for

complete02
details on boom control. 02 02
3- 3- 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-8
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Outrigger System
3.3
ww 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
3.3.1 Outrigger overview
The outrigger system is a part of the
r e v o l v i n g t o w e r . T h e o u t r i gg e r s y s t e m
supports, stabilizes and levels the entire
concrete pumping system during pumping
operations.
The X-shaped outrigger configuration

includes rear outriggers that unfold outwards
a w a y f r om
0 3 -02t h e t r u c k c h a s s i s a n d f r o n t 03-02 3-02
023
- that extend (telescope) out from23-
outriggers
0 023-0
2
w truck chassis.
the w2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3.3.2 Outrigger components
5
1
8 9
2 6 4
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 3 w 2
w w w
xia xia 7
xia
Fig.3-7 Components of Outrigger

[1] Turntable [6]Telescope cylinder of front
[2] Slewing mechanism outrigger
0 3 -02 revolving tower

[3]Fix
0 3 -02 rear outrigger
[7]Right
0 3 -02
2 3- Right front outrigger
[4] 3- [8]Left rear outrigger
3-
2 0 [5]Left front outrigger 202 [9]Spread cylinder of rear outrigger202
ww ww ww
xia xia xia
3-9
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
0 23-0 023-0 023-0
3.3.3 2Outrigger control 2 2
w w w
iaw are three methods of outrigger control:
xThere xia
w
xia
w
(1) A set of four levers (a) and a momentary

safety toggle switch (b) located on the left
side of the machine controls all four
outriggers, see Fig. 3-8.
NOTE:Holding the toggle switch (b) down

activates the levers. The levers (a) will
not function if the toggle switch is
released. 2
3- 0 3-02 3-02
3-0
02(driver side) outriggers control
Left side 02 3-0 023-0
w2 2
w Fig.3-8 w 2
iaw levers
xThe xia
for the left side of the machine
w
xia
w
control the outriggers as indicated in the table
below:
Lever Direction Action

Up Lift the left front outrigger
a
Down Descend left front outrigger
Up Retract left front outrigger
b
02
Down
-
Extend left front outrigger
3-02 3-02
3 -03Up Fold left rear outrigger 3-0 3-0
c 2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w
xia
Down aw
Unfold left rear outrigger
xi xia
w
Up Lift left rear outrigger
d
Down Descend left rear outrigger
Fig.3-9
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-10
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202side (nondriver side) outriggers control202
Right 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia x
The levers for the right side of the machine xia
control the outriggers as indicated in the table
below:
Lever Direction Action

Up Lift the right rear outrigger
a
Down Descend right rear outrigger
Up Fold right rear outrigger
b
3- 02Down Unfold right rear outrigger 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 Retract right front 202
3-0 023-0
w 2 Up Fig.3-10 2
w outrigger ww w w
xia c
xia xia
Down Extend right front outrigger
Up Lift right front outrigger
d
Down Descend right front outrigger
(2) Back-up hydraulics (located inside a

cabinet on the right side of the chassis)
that can be used to manually retract all
four outriggers if the system electronics
2 3-11.
fail, see Fig.
0 02 02
3- 3- 3-
3-0
With02lever (e) in the down position, hydraulic
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiawoil flows to the outrigger controls. aw xi xia
w
NOTE:Refer to Charter 4 “Operation” for Fig.3-11
complete details on outrigger control.
3.3.4 Outrigger pads

Outrigger pads (a) are used to support the
outriggers after they are in their extended
positions.
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0
The outrigger pads (a) are stowed on each 3-0
02 023-0
w 2
side of the truck when not in use. w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.3-12
xia
3-11
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
23-0 023-0 023-0
20
3.4 wTruck Chassis w 2 w 2
iaw
xAlways xia
w
xia
w
keep the truck chassis operator's
m a nu a l w i t h t h e t r u c k . A l s o , y o u m u s t
become familiar with all of the truck chassis
operating systems.
Damage to or unauthorized modifications to

the truck chassis may compromise the ability
of the truck chassis to function as originally
designed.
-0 2 02 02
3.4.1 Truck03chassis 3- 3-
3-0 3-0
overview
3-
(1) The202chassis of truck-mounted concrete 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia pump is mainly used to provide power
xiafor xia
traveling and working of the truck-
mounted concrete pump.
(2) The shift fork in transfer case, driven by

the pneumatic device, can drive the
clutch sleeve, so that the power in
vehicle's engine can be switched by
transfer case. The truck-mounted pump
can run if the power is switched to the
2
rear axle of 0vehicle,
-
and can convey and 02 02
3 3- 3-
0 2 3-0 the concrete if the power is
distribute
023-0 023-0
2
switched to the hydraulic pump. 2 2
iaww iaw
w w w
x(3) The chassis is composed of the
x
chassis
xia
of car, transfer case, oil pump assembly,
platform and accessories, etc. The
chassis adopted in the truck-mounted
concrete pump should conform to the
requirements of the local traffic rules and
relevant regulations (see Fig. 3-13).
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-12
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20 Truck chassis components
3.4.2 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 1
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2
Fig.3-13
[1] Vehicle's chassis
[2] Transfer case and oil pump assembly
[3] Platform and accessories
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-13
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
20
3.5 wPumping System w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3.5.1 Pumping system overview
The pumping system conveys the concrete
from the hopper at the rear of the truck
chassis through the conveying piping of the
boom and to the point of application.
3.5.2 Pumping system & related components

Pumping system is composed of pumping
system (including 2 main oil cylinder, water
0 3 - 0
0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
tank, delivery cylinder, concrete piston, etc.),
23e- c h a n i s m , S - v a l v e , m i x i n g 2023-
s w i n g20m 2 02
w ww w
iaw
xmechanism, hopper, lubrication system,
xia xia
w
piping, etc. (see Fig. 3-14).
8 11
3
4 7
-021 02 02
0 3 2
3- 3-
023 -
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia 5 xia
6
10
9
12
Fig.3-14 Schematic Diagram of Pumping System
[1]Main oil cylinder A [5]Left conveying tube [9]S-valve

[2]Main oil cylinder B [6]Concrete piston A [10]Agitator
[3]Water tank [7]Concrete piston B 2 [11]Hopper
02 0 02
3-03- conveying tube
[4]Right [8]Swing mechanism03- 3-
[12]Discharge outlet
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
3-14
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20 Pumping system operation
3.5.3
w 2 w 2
wThe w w
xia xia
following occurs when the pump is energized. xia
NOTE:The item numbers used here are the
same as used in Fig. 3-14 on page
3-14.
(1) Hydraulic fluid enters the main oil cylinder

(1), forcing that concrete piston (6)
forward (towards the hopper) while the
other concrete piston (7) retracts (away
from the hopper).
2
0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
(2) The
23- swing mechanism (8) positions the
0S-valve 0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
ww
(9) to align with concrete pistonw(6). w
a w w
x i
(3) Suction created by the retracting xia xia
concrete piston (7) pulls concrete from
the hopper (11) to fill that piston’s
conveying tube (4).
(4) When the two pump pistons have
reached the limit of their travel, the swing
mechanism (8) aligns the S-valve (9) with
concrete piston (7). 12
13
(5) Hydraulic fluid enters the other main oil
2
-0(2) -02 02
3
cylinder
0 3
forcing the concrete piston (7) 0Fig.3-15 3-
23-
0forward, thus forcing the concrete from 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
ww the conveying tube into the S-valve, w
iaw out w w
xia x
through the discharge outlet (12) and up
xia
through the boom-mounted conveying
piping (13) (the number 12 and 13
see Fig. 3-15).
(6) At the same time, the other pump piston
(6) retracts to pull concrete from the
hopper into its conveying tube.
(7) When the two pump pistons have
reached the limit of their travel, the swing
0 3 -02 (8) repositions the S-valve (9) 03-02 3-02
3-0
mechanism
2 23- the process repeats to align with
0and 2 023
-
2 02
w w w
xiaw concrete piston (7). iawx xia
w
Fig.3-16
3-15
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
2 tank (3) helps keep the piston 202
0wash 3-0 023-0
The2 2
ww ww w w
xia rods clean as the piston rods travel within
xia xia
their pumping cylinders.
The agitator (10) keeps the concrete mix
in the hopper (11) stable, thus ensuring
smooth flow from the hopper and into the
conveying tubes (4) and (5).
3.5.4 Pumping controls

9
There are two methods of pumping control,
Fig.3-17-1
see Fig. 3-17. 2
3-0 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02the remote controller.
(1) Using 02 3-0 023-0
w2
w If w w 2
w w 2
x●ia you use the seven-rocker remote xia xia
controller, the toggle switch (9) is used to
control the pumping direction and the
dial (10) is used to control the pumping
flow speed.
NOTE:The item numbers here are the same
as used in Fig.3-92 on page 3-49 and
Table 3-2 on pabe 3-50.
● If you use the intelligent boom remote Fig 3-17-2

controller,3-the02 toggle switch (4) is used to 3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
023 the pumping direction and and 2023
control
2 2 02
ww wew
t h e d i a l ( 5 ) i s u s e d t o c o n t r o l at h w w
xia pumping flow speed. xi xia
NOTE:The item numbers here are the same
as used in Fig.3-93 on page 3-51.
(2) The pump pressure high / low switch (3), 6

the pumping direction toggle switch (4) 3
and the pumping flow speed switch (6)
4
on the rear chassis switch panel (see Fig.
3-18).
2
-0numbers here are the same 02 02
NOTE:The item
0 3 3- 3-
-
023used in Fig.3-25 on page 3-24. 02 3-0 023-0
2as
w w 2 w 2
iaw
xNOTE:Refer to Charter 4 “Operation” xi for aw xia
w
complete details on pumping control.
Fig.3-18
3-16
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 023-0 02 3-0
w w 2 Hydraulic System
3.6
w w 2
ww 2
xia xia xia
3.6.1 Outrigger controls
There are two banks of levers and toggle
switches for controlling all four outriggers.
● A set of four levers and toggle switches

on the left side of the machine.
NOTE:Holding the toggle switch(6) down
activates the levers(1), (2), (3) and
(4). The levers will not function if the
2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
02
3-0 switch is released.
toggle 3 -0 3-
02 3-0 023 - 0
Fig.3-19
02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
No. Name Function
Lifting/descending It is used to control the lifting and descending of left front
1 handle for left front outrigger. By pushing the handle upward, the outrigger is lifted.
outrigger By pushing downward, the outrigger is descended.
Extension/retraction It is used to control the extension and retraction of left front
2 handle for left front outrigger. By pushing the handle upward, the outrigger is
outrigger retracted. By pushing downward, the outrigger is extended.
Folding/unfolding It is used to control the folding and unfolding of left rear outrigger.
3 handle
3 - 02 for left rear 3 - 2
By pushing the handle0upward, the outrigger is folded. By
3 -02
3 -0
outrigger pushing downward, - 0
23
the outrigger is unfolded. -
23
0
2 02 Lifting/descending It is used to 2 0 2 0
w w w control the lifting and descending of left
wBy
rear
ww is lifted.
xia 4 handle for left rear x i
outrigger. a pushing the handle upward, the i a
outrigger
x
outrigger By pushing downward, the outrigger is descended.
When the button is pressed, the concrete pump will stop working
and all operations become ineffective. When the button returns
5 E-STOP button
to its initial position clockwise, the concrete pump will work
normally.
Cooperate with control handles for outrigger to control the
Control switch for
6 extension and retraction of outrigger. Only when the control
outrigger
switch is pressed, can the control handles work.
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-17
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 of handles and toggle switches on 202 3-0 023-0
● A 2set 2
ww ww w w
xia the right side of the machine. xia xia
NOTE:Holding the toggle switch (1) down
activates the handles (3), (4), (5) and
(6). The handles will not function if the
toggle switch (1) is released.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2
w Fig.3-20 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
No. Name Function
Cooperate with control handles for outrigger to control the
Control switch for
1 extension and retraction of outrigger. Only when the control switch
outrigger
is pressed, can the control handles work.
When the button is pressed, the concrete pump will stop working
and all operations become ineffective. When the button returns to
2 E-STOP button
its initial position clockwise, the concrete
pump will work normally.
-0 2 2
-0 and descending of right rear -0 2
0 3
Lifting/descending 3
It is used to control the lifting
0 0 3
3
2 23- for right rear
0handle outrigger. By pushing
2
-
023the handle upward, the outrigger is lifted.
2
3-
02By
w w outrigger pushing downward,
w w the outrigger is descended. ww
xia Folding/unfolding
xia xia
It is used to control the folding and unfolding of right rear
4 handle for right rear outrigger. By pushing the handle upward, the outrigger is folded.
outrigger By pushing downward, the outrigger is unfolded.
Extension/
It is used to control the extension and retraction of right front
retraction handle
5 outrigger. By pushing the handle upward, the outrigger is
for right front
retracted. By pushing downward, the outrigger is extended.
outrigger
Lifting/descending It is used to control the lifting and descending of right front
6 handle for right outrigger. By pushing the handle upward, the outrigger is lifted. By
front outrigger pushing downward, the outrigger is descended.
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-18
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 02 3-0
w 20 Outrigger and boom backup hydraulics
3.6.2 20 2
wThe ww w w
xia hydraulic valve body is locatedxia in the xia
fixed revolving tower of truck-mounted
concrete pump and used for local control of
boom as well as manual control in case that
the remote control system is not applied.
NOTE:If the system electronics fail, however, 5 6 7

1 2 3 4
this valve can be manually operated
to lower the boom and operate the Fig.3-21
outriggers.
-02 3-02 3-02
-03 levers operate as listed below:
The various
3 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia No. Name xia Function xia
It is used to switch between outrigger and air cooling system. By
pushing it upward, the oil circuit of outrigger multi-way valve is put
Switch handle for
through (can be controlled by the control switch beside the valve),
1 outrigger and air
and by pushing downward, the boom pump cooperate with pinion
cooling system
pump to actuate the air-cooling motor, mixing motor or water pump
motor.
It is used to control the actions of turntable. By pushing it upward,
Control handle for
2 the turntable moves clockwise, and by pushing downward, the
slewing
turntable moves anti-clockwise.
Control
02
3- handle for 02
It is used to control the -movement
3 of arm 1. By pushing the handle
3 -02
3 3-0 0
upward, the boom 3is- unfolded, and by pushing downward, it 3is- 0
202 arm 1 folded. 202 202
w w w
xiaw aw
xito control the actions of arm 2. By pushing
It is used
aw
xi the handle
Control handle for
4 upward, the boom is unfolded, and by pushing downward, it is
arm 2
folded.
It is used to control the actions of arm 3. By pushing the handle
Control handle for
arm 3
folded.
Control handle for
arm 4
folded.
7 3 052 handle for
Control
- -02 and by pushing downward, it is 03-02
upward, the boom is unfolded,
3
3 -0
arm
folded. 3- 0 3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
wNOTE:Hydraulic w w w w
xia xia may
valve configurations xia
vary, depending on the boom system
on your machine.
3-19
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
0 2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
3.6.3 2Pump hydraulics 2 2
w w w
iaw heart of the concrete pumping system
xThe
w
xia is xia
w
Main valve block bracket
the main control valve located on a protective
bracket (see Fig. 3-22) on the chassis and
beneath the boom system.
The main control valve is ported to actuate

and control the two pumping cylinders. See
“Pumping System & Related Components” on
page 3-14. The result is a steady supply of
concrete from the hopper at any chosen Fig.3-22
flowrate thro - 0
u 2g h t h e b o o m - m o u n t e d -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
conveying
023
-
pipes and to the end hose at the
023
-
023-0
2
pointw of delivery. See “Main componentw 2 w 2
iaw
xlocations” on page 3-3 for locations
w
xia of xia
w
components.
3.6.4 Mixing control valve and mixing

cutoff valve
The auxiliary valve block with mixing and
water pump control valve block is mounted at
the left of hopper02(see Fig. 3-23). 02 02
3- 3- 3-
By co
3-0
0n2t r o l l i n g t h e r e v e r s e m i x i n g 2023-0 023-0
2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
electromagnetic valve (single-electromagnetic
change valve), the mixer switches over the
two rotary directions: When rotating clockwise
(the electromagnet is not electrified), the
mixer feeds concrete to the delivery cylinder;
when rotating anti-clockwise (the
electromagnet is electrified), the mixer
pushes concrete off the delivery cylinder.
Fig.3-23
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 [1]Auxiliary valve block
023-0
w 2 w 2 [2]Mixing cutoff valve
w 2
w w w
xia xia [3]Mixing motor
xia
3-20
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 3-0
02 023-0
2
NOTE:The bi-directional electromagnetic 2 2
ww c h a n g e v a l v e m o u n t e d xioaw
w w w
xia n the xia
auxiliary valve block which is shielded
by the cover plate as in the figure can
change between the oil circuit and
water pump system or mixing system
over the two directions. Thus, the
water pump system can not work with
mixing system at the same time, that
is, when the water pump is working,
the mixing system is not working, or
when
0 3 -02the mixing system is working, 03-02 3-02
0
- water pump is not working.
23the 0 23- 023-0
w w2 w2 w 2
xia xi Ball aw xia
w
3.6.5 Accumulator and Unloading
Valve of Accumulator
The accumulator installed at the left rear side

of truck-mounted concrete pump is used to
provide auxiliary energy for the change circuit
and reduce the impact over system. The
unloading ball valve of accumulator of truck-
mounted concrete pump is installed at the
position of tank oil return outlet. When the
unloading 0 3 -02 valve is open, the pressure oil 03-02
ball 3-02
023
-
of 2accumulator will be unloaded, so as 2to023
-
023-0
w maintenance convenient (see Fig. 2
wmake ww 3- w w
xia 24). xia xia
NOTE:When the load of accumulator relieves

but the host still runs, the S-valve and
delivery pipe may continue to run,
which may lead to danger of crushing
or cutting figures when checking the
hopper, S-valve and delivery pipe. So,
the machine must be stopped before
Fig.3-24
check.If the machine is still running,
do0 3 -02 access to the hopper from the 03-02
not 0 3 -02
- - [1]Accumulator 23-
2 023discharge port at the lower of hopper 2 023 [2]Auxiliary valve block 2 0
a ww ww
or the screen at the upper ofiahopper ww
x i x [3]Main valve block xia
and do not throw sundries into the [4]Unloading ball valve of accumulator
hopper either.
3-21
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
0 2 3-0 23-0 023-0
3.6.6 2Self-sealing Device of Main Oil 20 2
w ww w
iaw Oil Inlet and Gear PumpxiaOil
xPump xia
w
Suction Cut-off Valve
T h e o i l s u c t i on pi p el i n e of o i l p u m p i s
equipped with oil circuit sealing devices which
are mainly used to seal the oil suction
pipeline of pump when checking the hydraulic
system so as to prevent the hydraulic oil of
oil tank from leaking.
The oil tank inlet self-sealing device is used

for the main oil
0 3 -02 pump as the oil suction 0 3 -02 3-02
23- the cut-off valves are used for 2023-
sealing device;
0 023-0
2
gearwpump and boom pump as the oil suctionw w 2
iaw devices.
xsealing xia
w
xia
w
The self-sealing device of oil tank inlet is

installed on the oil tank wall. When the
adjusting threaded rod is tightened, the oil
suction of main pump is smooth; when the
Adjusting
threaded rod is released, the oil suction is threaded rod
blocked up, and it is not allowed the main 1 2 3 4 5
pump to work now to avoid to be
damaged(see Fig. 3-25). Fig.3-25
2 -02 -02
NOTE:The -oil 3-0
0 tank inlet self-sealing device -03 tank inlet self-sealing device 23-03
2 3 2 3[1]Oil
0 cut-off valve must be open so as 20 [2]Oil suction pipe of main pump 20
2and
w t o k e e p t h e o i l s u c t i o n s m o oiatwhw.
w w
iaw pump
xia x [3]Oil suction cut-off valve of gear
x
[4]Oil suction pipe of gear pump
Otherwise, the pump might be
[5]Hydraulic oil tank
damaged due to air suction.
Do remember to open the cut-off

valve of gear pump, and screw down
the adjusting threaded rod of the oil
tank inlet self-sealing device (the
method is pressing and screwing
down the threaded rod with hands at
the same
3 - 02 time) after checking the 3- 02 3-02
3-0
system.
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-22
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 Water pump
3.6.7
w 2 02
w 2 02
wThe w of w
xia xia
water pump is under the platform xia
truck-mounted concrete pump (see Fig. 3-26).
NOTE:The bi-directional electromagnetic

change valve mounted on the
auxiliary valve block which is shielded
by the cover plate as in the figure can
change between the oil circuit and
water pump system or mixing system
over the two directions. Thus, the 1 2 3 4
water02pump system can not work with
0 3 - 0 3 -02
Fig.3-26 0 3 -02
-
mixing system at the same time, that - -
2 023is, when the water pump is working, 2 023 [1]Water pump motor 2 023
ww ww or w
aw water pipe
xia xia
the mixing system is not working, [2]Mouthpiece of water gun iand
[3]Water pump
x
when the mixing system is working,
[4]Pressure gauge of water pump
the water pump is not working.
3.6.8 Filter
Cleanliness is a key factor in maintenance of
hydr aulic system.If t he hydrauli c oil is
polluted, the hydraulic system will not work
normally. The impurity in oil tank can be Oil intake filter
filtrated by passing through oil intake filter
3 - 02 3 -02 3-02
0
and oil return filter element GP.(see Fig. 3-27 0 3-0
) 20
23- 202
3-
2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia x
For new vehicle, oil return filter element GP
xia
must be replaced when running 500h.After
that, oil intake filter and oil return filter
element GP must be replaced every 1000h.
When replacing hydraulic oil, oil intake filter Oil return filter
element GP
and oil return filter element GP should be
changed, either.
Fig.3-27
You should obey local effective regulation
-02with old filter core
when dealing
3 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-23
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
20
3.7 wElectric Control System w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3.7.1 Electric Control Cabinet
The electric control cabinet of the truck-
Power
mounted concrete pump is installed in the
SY series truck mounted concrete pump
Info
Lang
uage
Output: STROKE: 0 times/min
Run
right side of revolving tower and mainly
Oil TEMP:
Start
E-stop
FOR
Press: CE
Rotary: PUMP
Bug PAR
SET
consists of operating panel, components &

elements and electric control cabinet body
(see Fig. 3-28, Fig. 3-29 and Fig. 3-30).
Table 3-1
Fig.3-28
Name3-0
2 02 02
No. Function 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
1 2
S Y CD The display serves to show the 2 2
w wDisplay various parameters concerningw w w w
xia xia
operation of the concrete pump, xia
such as the rotation speeds of
engine, pumping time, pumping
output, malfunction data, etc.
2 Functional The buttons F1-F6 can be applied

Buttons according to the specific prompt on
the SYLC display.
11 2
Fig.3-29
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w NOTICE w 1 2 3 4 5 6
w
xia xia xia
It is prohibited to wash the electric control
cabinet body and elements with water or
make them sprinkled.
7/8
Fig.3-30
[1]Electric control cabinet body
3-02 -02 board assembly SYEB

[2]Circuit
3 3 -02
023-0 - 0
[3]Central distribution box
023 [4]SYMC special controller 023
- 0
w 2 2 2
w ww [5]Emergency stop aw
w
xia xia [6]SYCD display x i
[7]SANY Truck pump electric plate SYMCEB
[8]SANY Truck pump electric plate SYEB
3-24
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
SYCD 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia Th e SYCD i s p r o v i d e d w i t h f u nxc t i o n o f xia
indicating various working conditions.
Homepage
This page contains the following information:
Strokes frequency, flux, rotation angle,

pumping press, temperature of oil, force
pump, force fan, force eddy, rotation speed of
motor and so2on(see Fig. 3-31).
3- 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
02 of the buttons are as follows:
Functions 02
0
3- Fig.3-31 023-0
w● w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia
F1: go to the system function page. xia
● F2: choose the language.
● F3: no function in this page.
● F4: press this button to start counting the
time and the cubic yard, press again to
stop.
● F5: force pump
● F6: to set the parameters.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 system function menu
Control 02 3-0 023-0
wOnw2 the homepage, press F1 to goaw w 2
w w 2
xia x i to the xia
system function page(see Fig. 3-32), this
page contains the following information:
● Realtime Working Info

● Working Statistic Info
● Fuel Consume
● Device Information Query
● I/O State and Feedback Current Fig.3-32
● -02 Boom Test

Intelligent
3 3-02 3-02
● 2 3-0
0Current Faults 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w● w w
xia History Faults xia xia
Functions of the buttons are as follows:
3-25
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
2 023-0 023-0
● F1:20return to home page. 2 2
ww w w w w
x●ia F2 F3: no function in this page. xia xia
● F4: choose the up item.
● F5: choose the down item.
● F6: to confirm the item which you
chosen.
(1) Realtime Working Info.
This screen displays the realtime working
information about currently flux, stroke times,
Fig.3-33
engine RPM, pump
0 3 -02 time, pump cube, pump 3-02 3-02
- on.
count and 3so
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
xFunctions of the buttons are as follows: iaw
x xia
w
● F1: return to home page.
● F2: go to the pre-page.
● F3~F6: no function in this page.
(2)Device Information Query
This page contains the following information
(see Fig. 3-34): Scan the information about
the device configuration, such as: SYMC
program version,
- 02 SYCD program version, 0 2 02
3-0
3
chassis, delivery volume, hydraulic system 3-03-
Fig.3-34
3-0
3-
0 2 02 02
etc. 2 2 2
w w w
iaw
xFunctions x iaw xia
w
of the buttons are as follows:

● F4~F6: no function in this page.
(3)I/O State and Feedback Current
This page displays all of the input and output
port information for the device(SYMC). Show
as onFig. 3-35 and2 Fig. 3-36.
3-0 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 F1 to return to the home page .
Press button 3-0
02Fig.3-35 023-0
w2 w 2 w 2
iawand F3 have no function in this page.xiaw
xF2 xia
w
Press F4 to go to the next page.
3-26
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202F5 to go to IO-OUT/IN menu.
Press 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia x service
NOTE:This display is mainly used for xia
engineers when eliminating the fault
codes.
3- 02 0
3-
2
Fig.3-36 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(4)Current Faults
This display will display current fault codes
which have occurred. If there is no fault
currently, it will display the contents as Fig. 3-
37
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.3-37
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
02 02 02
03-Faults
(5)History
3-0
3-
3-0
3-
23-
T h2i s0 d i s p l a y s h o w s a r e c o r d f o r t h
2
20e 2 02
w w w w w w
xia preveninet faul t for the device,and xia the xia
engineers just need to follow the prompts to Fig.3-38
carry out the appropriate troubleshooting
3-27
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
.
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0
Fig.3-39 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Force pump
Press F5 button on the home page to go to
the page shown as Fig. 3-40. On this page
the display has some notices that pertain to
force pump, force fan and force rotate.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0
02Fig.3-40 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PAR SET
This page contains the following information
(see Fig. 3-41):
● Pump Parameter Set
● Boom Damping Parameter Set
● Boom Parameter
2 Set
3 -0 3-02 3-02
0
- Function 3-0 3-0
023
● Assistant
2 2 02 2 02
● w
w Device Info Configure w w w w
xia xia xia
● Turn on Confirm
Fig.3-41
● Intelligent Diagnose System
3-28
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 Casket
0Black 02 3-0 023-0
●
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia
Functions of the buttons are as follows: xia
● F4: choose the up item.
● F5: choose the down item.
● F6: to confirm the item which you
chosen.
-02
03c c e s s i n g t h i s i t e m r e q u i r e s a 3-03-02 3-02
N O T E :-A
2 3 3-0
20 password. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia (1) Boom Damping Parameter Set x
ia xia
Modify the parameters in this page to start
the function of boom shock-absorbing.
Functions of the buttons are as follows:
● F4: perform.
2 -02 02
3-0 Fig.3-42
3 3-
3-0function in this page.
● F5: no
02 02 3- 0
023-0
2 2 2
w●wF6: to confirm the item which you chosen.
ww w w
xia xia xia
NOTE:When you need to modify it, please
contact the After-sales Service
Engineer
3.7.2 Small operation box

The small operation box is on the right side
of the chassis frame and in front of the steps
beside the hopper. The functions of the
switches on the panel are listed below.
02 02 02
03-
(1) E-STOP
- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 023 2 02 2 02
w Remote or Local Operation
(2) w w
xiaw xia
w
xia
w
(3) Pump Pressure High / Low Fig.3-43
3-29
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202 Forward / Backward
(4) Pumping 2 02 2 02
iaww iaw
w w w
x(5) Flush Water On / Hopper Agitator Onx xia
(6) Pump Delivery - Increase / Decrease
(7) Horn & Vibrate Hopper Grate
(1) E-STOP (see Fig. 3-44)
● 2
Press the 0button
-
to apply emergency
-02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
stop, 3 -
and then the concrete pump
02 and all operations become 2023
stops -
023-0
2
working 2
ww ww w w
xia ineffective. xia xia
● Turn the button clockwise to make it
return to the initial position, and then the
concrete pump works normally.
Fig.3-44
● Sound the horn before resuming normal
operations.
CAUTION
Failure to sound the horn before resuming
normal operations
0 3 -02 could result in minor or 3-02 3-02
-
major injury.
02 3 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw iaw w
x(2) REMOTE & LOCAL — Two-positionx xia
toggle switch (see Fig. 3-45).
Fig.3-45
● Turn the button leftward to apply remote
control mode, actuate the remote
controller and make the operating panel
and control handle for boom fail to work.
● Turn the button rightward to apply local
control mode, actuate the operating
panel and control handle for boom and
3 - 02 3-02 3-02
-0 remote controller fail to work.
make the
3 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
wPRESSURE ww w w
ia
x(3) HIGH-LOW — Three- xia xia
position momentary toggle switch (see
Fig.3-46
Fig. 3-46).
3-30
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0
0Turn 02 3-0 023-0
●
w 2 2
the button leftward to apply high-
w w 2
w iaw w
xia pressure mode and actuate thexconcrete xia
pump for high-pressure pumping.
● Turn the button rightward to apply low-
pressure mode and actuate the concrete
pump for low-pressure pumping.
CAUTION
Always check the pipe pressure rating
before operating. If the piping does not
indicate it is designed to handle high
pumping 0 3 -02
pressure, do NOT position the 03-0
2
3-02
-
023 to the “HIGH” pressure position.
switch 023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
wFailure ww
to do so will result in equipment w w
xia damage and could result in personal xia xia
injury.
(4) PUMPING FORWARD & BACKWARD —

Three-position toggle switch (see Fig. 3-
47).
● Turn the button leftward to apply forward Fig.3-47
pumping mode and actuate the concrete
pump to convey concrete from hopper to
boom -02
03end. 3-02 3-02
23- the button at middle position to make
0Set 02 3-0 023-0
2
● 2 2
ww the pump stopping working. ww w w
xia xia xia
● Turn the button rightward to apply
reverse pumping mode and actuate the
concrete pump to suck concrete from
boom end to hopper.
(5) FLUSH & AGITATE─ Three-position

toggle switch (see Fig. 3-48).
● Turn the button leftward to actuate the
water pump, and then washing of
02 02 02
03- pump can be carried out.
concrete
3-0
3-
3-0
3-
● 2 23-
0Turn 2
20
the button rightward to actuate the 2 02
w w w w
xia iaw
mixing shaft, and then mixing ofxconcrete xia
w
in the hopper can be carried out. Fig.3-48
3-31
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
3-0
2 button at middle position to apply 202
0the 3-0 023-0
● 2
Set 2
ww ww w w
xia standby mode, and then the water pumpxia xia
or mixing system will stop working.
NOTE :Always start the agitator before
beginning any pumping operations to
keep concrete in the hopper over the
material cylinder openings.
(6) DELIVERY INC & DEC (see Fig. 3-49).

● Turn the button leftward to increase Fig.3-49
pumping output steplessly, while
releasing0 3 -02 button, it returns to neutral
the 3- 02 3- 02
3- 3-0 3-0
202 automatically.
position 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
x●ia Turn xia
the button rightward to decrease xia
pumping output steplessly, while
releasing the button, it returns to neutral
position automatically.
(7) HORN & VIBRATE — Three-position

momentary switch (see Fig. 3-50). Fig.3-50
Turn the button rightward to make the
horn sound once, while releasing the
3 02
button, it -returns to neutral position
3- 02 3- 02
0 3-0 3-0
023-
automatically.
02 02
w2 w 2 w 2 4
iaw
x3.7.3 xi
Maintenance and operation box
aw xia
w
The maintenance and operation box is on the
rear boom support pedestal. The functions of
1 5
the switches are listed below:
(1) Piston exit /keep/reset 2 6
(2) Agitate reverse
(3) Main cylinder forward/backward
3 7
(4) E-STOP
2 2 8 02
(5) Preheat
0 3 -0 0 3 -0 3-
(6) Speed
-
023 up/down 023 -
023-0
w2 w 2 w 2
iaw Swing cylinder forward/backward xiaw
x(7) xia
w
(8) 24V-3A electrical outlet Fig.3-51
3-32
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
(1)20PISTON EXIT/KEEP/RESET (see Fig. 23-
0 2
w
w 60) w w w w
xia xia xia
PISTON
● It is a three-position toggle switch to
access the pump pistons during
maintenance procedures.
● KEEP position - Used for normal
operation.
● EXIT position - To draw the pump
pistons into the wash box for service. Fig.3-60
● RESET02position - For installing pump 02 02

3- 3- 3-
02 3-0
pistons.
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
(2) AGITATE REVERSE (see Fig. 3-53) xia
AGITATE REVERSE
After applying the switch, the mixing
blade begins to rotate reversely, and then
stops reverse rotation after several
seconds of delay.
CAUTION
Never reach into the hopper while the Fig.3-53
paddles are2 rotating. Be sure all hydraulic
0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
functions
23-
are shut down completely and
023
-
023-0
all20movement has stopped before reaching
2 2
ww ww iaw
w
xia into the hopper. Failure to doxiaso may x
MAIN CYLINDER
result in serious injury.
(3) MAIN CYLINDER FORWARD& BACKWARD

(see Fig. 3-54)
Two-position toggle switch controls the

direction of the pumping cylinders in case
the pumping cylinders require service.
Leaving
0 3 -02the switch in one position results 03Fig.3-54
-02 3-02
-
23the 3- 3-0
20in 202
cylinders moving in this direction. 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
3-33
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20 (see Fig. 3-56)
(4)E-STOP 2 2
ww aw
w w w
xia It is used for emergency situationsxionly, xia
pressing this large, red, round button
immediately shuts down all pumping and
hydraulic operations, except for the truck
engine.
When pressed, the button locks in the
STOP position until it is released by
simply rotating it clockwise as indicated
by the arrows on the button. All functions
0 3 - 2
will resume0normal operation after the E-
3- 02 3-02
02
-
STOP3button is released.
023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w Sound the horn before resuming normal
w w
xia operations. xia xia
CAUTION Fig.3-56
Failure to sound the horn before resuming

normal operations could result in minor or
major injury.
(5)PREHEAT (see Fig. 3-57)

Apply the switch at low temperature or PREHEAT
3 - 02 3 -02 3-02
before-0operating the machine, so as to 0
3 3- 3-0
202 the hydraulic oil.
preheat 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia NOTICE xia xia
Switch to the STOP position when the oil
has reached operating temperature. Do
not leave the switch in the START
position. Doing so could cause the Fig.3-57
hydraulic oil to overheat.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-34
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 02 3-0 023-0
(6)20
SPEED UP & DOWN (see Fig. 3-58) 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia It is used to adjust the rotation xspeed of SPEED xia
diesel engine and drive the loads through
controlling the diesel engine, namely
turning it upward for acceleration and
turning it downward for deceleration.
3-02 3 -02 3-02

23-0 2 3- 0Fig.3-58
023-0
(7)20SWING CYLINDER FORWARD/BACKWARD 20 2
w
w (see Fig. 3-59) w w w w
xia xia xia
SWING CYLINDER
● It is used to adjust the position of swing
cylinder in case of jamming or check.
● Turning it upward for moving forward;
● Turning it downward for moving backward.
3-02 02
Fig.3-59
3- 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w (8)24-volt Outlet (see Fig. 3-61) w w
xia xia xia
24V 3A
It is located on the switch panel shown
on. This outlet is always energized and
cannot be switched off.
Fig.3-61
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-35
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
3.7.4 2Electromagnetic valves for mixing 2 2
w w w
iaw electromagnetic valve of mixing valve
xThe
w
xia is xia
w
installed in the auxiliary valve block (see Fig.
3-62).
NOTE:Control the electromagnetic valve for

reverse mixing to switch the mixer
over the two rotary directions: during
forward rotating (the electromagnet is
1 2 3 4
not electrified), the mixer feeds
concrete to the delivery cylinder; while
3 02
reverse-rotating, (the electromagnet is
3 -02 3 -02
- 0 - 0 - 0
023 023 023
electrified), the mixer pushes concrete
2 2Fig.3-62 2
a ww off the delivery cylinder. ww ww
x i xia [1]Stamping electromagnetic xiavalve of
accumulator
[2]Mixing electromagnetic valve
[3]Electromagnetic valve for reverse mixing
[4]Electromagnetic valve for water pump
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-36
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 02 3-0
w 20 Electromagnetic valve of boom20
3.7.5 2
wTh ww ww
xia is a om is
e lect ro m a g n e t i c v a l v e o f xbio xia
installed in the fixed revolving tower of the
truck-mounted concrete pump (see Fig. 3-63).
NOTE:The electromagnetic valve of boom is

electrohydraulic proportion control
valve, which is featured by speed
control in accordance with current and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
stable starting.
The normal operations are of remote Fig.3-63

0 2 -02
- mode while the handle only 0[1]Electromagnetic -02
- 0 3
control - 3 valve for switchover - 0 3
2 023serves for emergent operation. 2 023 of outrigger and air cooling system 2 023
ww ww [2]Rotary electromagnetic valve w
iaw 1
xia xia [3]Electromagnetic valve ofxarm
[4]Electromagnetic valve of arm 2
3.7.6 System gauges & indicators [5]Electromagnetic valve of arm 3
The system gauges enable the equipment
operator to monitor the hydraulic system
performance, temperature and fluid level.
In addition to these system gauges, a water

4
level gauge is located on each outrigger to
provide a visual indication of the water level 1
remaining in
0 3 -02the water supply system built 3- 022 3-502
3- rear outrigger (see Fig. 3-64).
into each
02 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 3
w 2
w w w
xia NOTICE xia xia
Know the location and function of these
monitoring systems before beginning
Fig.3-64
operation. Failure to do so may result in
damage to the machine or a system [1]Main system pressure
malfunction. [2]Changeover pressure
[3]Agitator pressure
[4]Hydraulic fluid levels
[5]Cleaning water levels
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-37
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02System (Pump) Pressure (see Fig. 202 3-0 023-0
2
(1) Main 2
ww ww w w
xia 3-65) xia Oil Pressure of main system
xia
It activates for 2 minutes each time the Oil
20
Pressure toggle switch (see item 1, on
3000 30
page 3-33 Fig.3-52) on the quick-check 10 2000 S
1000
4000
5000
panel on the rear boom support pedestal MPs 6000
40
is used and the concrete pump is running.

NOTE:Main system (pump) hydraulic pressure
is set to relieve at approximately 34 Fig.3-65
MPa (4,931.3 psi).
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
3-0 Pressure (see Fig. 3-66)
(2) Change-over
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Change-over pressure
w 2
wIt displays the S-tube shift cylinder hydraulic
w w
xia xia xia
operating pressure during operation. 20
3000
10 2000 4000 30
S
The change-over pressure is the accumulator 1000
5000
pressure and it is always active. 0

MPs
6000
40
NOTE:This gauge will pulsate between 152-

117 bar (2,200-1,700 psi) each time Fig.3-66
the accumulator fires.
(3) Agitator Pressure

2 (see Fig. 3-67)
3-0 3 02 oil pressure
-Agitating 3-02
02 3-0
It displays the agitator circuit hydraulic 02 3- 0
023-0
w 2 2 2
wpressure. ww w w
xia xia 1500 2000
S 2500
xia
NOTE:Agitator hydraulic pressure is set to 1000
500
3000
3500
relieve at approximately 12 MPa MPs
(1,741 psi).
Fig.3-67
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-38
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
(5)20
Hydraulic 2
Fluid Levels & Temps (a) and 2
ww (b) (see Fig. 3-68) ww iaw
w
xia xia ax
It indicates the hydraulic oil level and its
temperature in the main hydraulic tank.
● (a) is used when the outriggers and
boom are in their travel (storage)
positions (outriggers folded/retracted into b
chassis, boom fully collapsed).
● (b) is used when the outriggers are fully
extended and in the operating mode, but
-02 is still fully collapsed.
the boom
3 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 NOTICE w 2 Fig.3-68 w 2
w iaw w
xia Always check the hydraulic oil x levels xia
before you travel to the job site and after
the outriggers have been extended. Use
(AW46) hydraulic oil. Failure to do so
could result in equipment damage if there
is a leak in the hydraulic oil circuit.
(6) Cleaning Water Level & Temp (c) (see

Fig. 3-69)
I t i n d i c0a2t e s l e v e l o f w a t e r a n d i t s
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
23-
temperature
0system
in the built-in water-wash 3-
02 023-0
2 for cleaning the machine 2
after 2
ww pumping operations are completed. ww w w
xia xia Use xia
tap water for refilling.
WARNING
Never use toxic or flammable fluids in the
wash system; use only fresh, clean tap
water. Using toxic or flammable fluids in
Fig.3-69
this system could cause injury or an
02
explosion resulting
3-
in death.
3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
20
NOTE:For
w w 20
operation in cold climate conditions,
w 2
w aw the w
xia mixing a nontoxic antifreezexiwith xia
water keeps it from freezing.
3-39
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 System (Boom & outrigger) 202 3-0 023-0
2
(7) Main 2
ww ww w w
xia Hydraulic Pressure (see Fig. 3-70) xia xia
It is behind the right valve body boom
control door, this gauge is normally off 7
but activates for 2 minutes each time the
Oil Pressure toggle switch (see item 1,
on page 3-33 Fig.3-52) on the quick-
check panel on the rear boom support
pedestal is used.
NOTE:Boom system hydraulic pressure is set

3
to relieve
0 -02 at approximately 34 MPa 3-02 3-02
023
- 3-0
02Fig.3-70 023-0
2(4,931.3 psi). 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
(8) Filter Flow Indicator (see Fig. 3-71)
8
It is on the left side of the deck and in
front of the hydraulic cooler on top of the
filter near the valve body, this device
monitors the hydraulic flow within the
filter.
● GREEN indicator in window – Normal

● RED indicator
3 - 02 in window –Blocked filter 3-02 3-02
-0 required)
(replacement
3 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia Fig.3-71
xia
(9 ) Auto-Grease Pressure Gauge (see Fig.
3-72) 10
It is located on the auto-grease unit near

the hopper, this gauge displays the
grease pumping system pressure. This 10
gauge pulsates between 0.035 and 0.103 0
MPa (5 and 15 psi) during normal

40
pumping operations.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
0 3
-
NOTE:It is2normal to see fresh grease around
023
-
023-0
2 2 2
a wwthe hopper during pumping operations. ww Fig.3-72 w w
x i xia xia
3-40
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 Light
3.7.7
w 2 02
w 2 02
wThe w w
xia xia
lamps and switches of truck-mounted
xia
concrete pump:
(1) The side marker lamp is at side of

platform (see Fig. 3-73).
3-02 3 -02 3-02

023-0 02
0
3- Fig.3-73 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(2) The number plate lamp is at the hopper
of truck-mounted concrete pump (See
Fig. 3-74).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w Fig.3-74 w
xia xia xia
(3) The operation lamp is on the operation
valve of outriggers at both sides of truck-
mounted concrete pump (see Fig. 3-75).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.3-75 xia
3-41
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 width lamp is behind the rear
(4) The
w w w2 w w 2
xia outrigger of truck-mounted concrete
xia xia
pump (see Fig. 3-76).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(5) The working lamp is at the platform at the Fig.3-76

rear of truck-mounted concrete pump
(see Fig. 3-77).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-77
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-42
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 rear fog lamp is at the hopper at the02 3-0 023-0
(6)20
The 2 2
ww rear of truck-mounted concreteiawpump w w w
xia x xia
with ISUZU chassis and HINO chassis.
(see Fig. 3-78).
Fig.3-78
3-02 3-02 3-02

(7)20
3-0
2 side response reflector is at front
The 023-0 023-0
2 2
ww iaw
w w w
Side Response reflector
xia outrigger of the truck-mounted xconcrete xia
pump (see Fig. 3-79).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
(8) The tail lamp is at rear outrigger of the

truck-mounted concrete pump (see Fig.
3-80).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-80
3-43
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02working lamp switch is behind the 202 3-0 023-0
2
(9) The 2
ww ww w w
xia working lamp (see Fig. 3-81). xia xia
3-02 -02 3-02

3-0 -03
Fig.3-81
3 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w
iaw From left to right, they are master switch
x(10) xia
w
xia
w
of power supply, pumping position
indicator lamp, driving position indicator
lamp, which located on the operating
panel in the cab (see Fig. 3-82).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w Fig.3-82 w
xia xia xia
(11) The common switch of lamps is at the

side of steering wheel (see Fig. 3-83).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-83
3-44
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
20 E-STOP buttons
3.7.8 2 2
wTwh e r e w w ww
xia a r e E - S T O P b u t t o n s a t xviaa r i o u s xia
locations on the SANY concrete pumping
equipment, plus one more on the portable
remote controller. Use any of these E-STOP
buttons to immediately stop all concrete
pump systems (except for the truck engine).
Production changes may result in additional
E-STOP locations on your machine not Power SY series truck mounted concrete pump
shown here. When pressed, the E-STOP

Info
Lang
uage
Output: STROKE: 0 times/min
Run Oil TEMP:
Start
button locks in the pressed position until it is E-stop

FOR
Press: CE
Rotary: PUMP
-02 and allowed to spring back 03-02 02

Bug PAR
SET
3
rotated clockwise
0 3-
3- 3- 3-0
202normal position.
to its 202 2 02
ww ww ww
xia xia xia
WARNING
All personnel involved with the job — no Fig.3-84
matter what their duties — must be aware
of all E-STOP button locations before any
concrete pumping operations are begun.
Failure to do so may result in damage,
injury or possibly loss of life.
(1) E-stop button on electrical control

cabinet.-02 02 02
3 3- 3-
2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
(2)20
E-STOP button on maintenance and 20 2
w
w operation box. w w ww
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.3-85
xia
3-45
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202 button on small operation box.
(3) E-STOP 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-86
(4) E-STOP button nearby the operating rod

of left outrigger.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-87
(5) E-STOP button nearby the operating rod

of right outrigger.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-88
3-46
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
(6)20
E-STOP 2
button on the bottom of right 2
ww side of the remote controller. ww w w
xia xia xia
-02 Control System

3.8 Remote
3 3-02 3- 02
2 3-0
0remote 02 3-0 023-0
w 2
The control system is consisted of 2in-
w Fig.3-89 w 2
xiawcab receiver and remote controller. iaw
x xia
w
3.8.1 In-Cab receiver

The in-cab receiver (see Fig. 3-90) assembly
consists of the following components: 2
(1) Antenna (mounted on cab exterior during

normal operation) 3
1
(2) Receiver (remains inside cab during
normal operation)
0 3 -02 3-02 3- 02
-
023 electrical connector
(3) Main
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiaw xia
w
xia
w
Fig.3-90
NOTE:Equipped with a magnetic base so that

it can be conveniently placed on metal
surfaces where desired. For maximum
recepti on, it is best to place the
antenna on the roof of the truck cab.
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-91
3-47
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3- 02
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
3.8.2 2Remote controller 2 2
w w w
iaw remote
xThe controller is carried byxiathe
w
xia
w
equipment operator.
Below are descriptions of the control

functions on the remote controller (see Fig. 3-
92) and Table. 3-2. Study and become
familiar with all functions on this unit before
operating the controller.
3-02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
12 11 10
Fig.3-92
[1]Main swcitch [6]Double-way handle 4# [12]Boom speed switch
[2]Operation Rod for boom [7]Double-way handle 5#
rotation [8]Cut off switch
[3]Double-way handle 1# [9]Boom speed switch
[4]Double-way handle 2# [10]Horn control switch
[5]Double-way handle 3# [11]Output adjustment switch
3-02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-48
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
CAUTION
Never set the remote controller transmitter
down when the equipment is ready for
operation. If this must occur, you are
required to press the E-STOP pushbutton,
disconnect the controller hard wire cable
(if used), and lock the remote controller
away. Failure to observe and follow this
directive could result in personal injury
and / or machine damage.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Table 3-2
No Name Functions
1 Main swcitch Control the power of remote controller

Control the boom rotation.
Operation Rod for boom
2 Up:clocwise rotation;
rotation
Down:inverted hour rotation
3 Double-way handle 1# Control boom 1.Up:unfold;Down:fold
4 Double-way handle 2# Control boom
2 2.Up:unfold;Down:fold
02 -0 -02
5- 03- Double-way handle 3# 0 3
- boom 3.Up:unfold;Down:fold
Control - 0 3
2 023 2 023 2 023
w w 6 Double-way handle 4# wwControl boom 4.Up:unfold;Down:fold ww
xia xia xia
7 Double-way handle 5# Control boom 5.Up:unfold;Down:fold
8 Cut off switch Cut off the chasis
9 Horn control switch Control the horn
Control pumping direction.
Forward/reverse pumping
10 Up:forward pumping;
switch
Down:reverse pumping
Adjust the output of pumping.
11 Output adjustment switch Inverted hour:reduce output;
Clocwise:add output
3-02 -02 3-02
3-0 Out:fast
3 -03step; 3-0
2 02
12 Boom speed switch 2
20 step
In:slow 2 02
w w ww w w
xia xia xia
3-49
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-93 Remote Controller of Intelligent Boom
02 02 02
3 - 03- indicator lamp of battery
[1]Undervoltage
3 - 03-
[15]Double-way handle 4#
3 - 03-
[2]LCD
2 02 2 02 [16]Double-way handle 5# 2 02
w
w[3]Page/OK knob (button) ww [17]Cut-off button of remote controllerww
xia [4]Forward/reverse pumpimg switch xia [18]Sound button xia
[5]Output adjustment switch [19]Emergency stop switch
[6]Automatic extension/retraction switch [20]Starting switch
[7]Orientation/reset toggle switch [21]Inching button for swing cylinder
[8]Fast/slow selector switch [22]Standby
[9]Boom lock switch [23]Hard-Wire connector port
[10]Mode selector switch [24]Intelligent key of remote controller
[11]Double-way handle of turntable [25]Flameout button of engine
[12]Double-way handle 1# [26]Remote controller display program
[13]Double-way handle 2# download interface
[14]Double-way handle 3# [27]Battery of remote controller
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-50
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
Iwn2t0e l l i g e n t boom remo 0
w t2e w 2
w w w
xia controller functions xia xia
(1) Undervoltage indicator lamp of battery
It is used to indicate the battery quantity of

remote transmitter.
● “Green” meaning normal.

● “Red” meaning insufficient and
replacement required.
(2) LCD
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 to display the working conditions2of023
It is used -
023-0
2
w and query the malfunction. 2
wpump ww w w
xia xia xia
NOTICE
The LCD on the remote controller is easy
to be damaged, please wear the straps of
remote controller well around the neck of
the operator when operating.
(3) Page/OK knob (button)
Rotate it 2to page the display;

●
3 -0 3-02 3-02
●
0
3- it
Press to increase the lighteness of2 3-0 3-0
202 w2
0 2 02
ww LCD.
w w w
xia (4) Forward/reverse pumping switch
xia xia
This is a three-position toggle switch used to

Fig.3-94
control the concrete flow direction.
● Up position - carry out forward pumping

● Down position - carry out reverse
pumping
● Center position - No pumping action.
02
(5) Output -adjustment
3 switch
3-02 3-02
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
20
Calibrated
w w
0
in increments from 1 through 102to
w 2
w w w
xia set pump output. xia xia
Fig.3-95
3-51
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(6) (Automatic
w
extension/retraction switch
w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw
xUnder x to iaw xia
w
the intelligent mode, it is used
automatically extend/retract the boom.
● Push the switch up and keep for at least

2 seconds to start the function of
automatic extension;
● Push the switch down and keep for at
least 2 seconds to start the function of
automatic retraction.
N O T E : W h e n -t0h2e b o o m i s e x t e n d e d o r -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
023
-
retracted automatically, if it may be
023
-
023-0
2 2 2
a ww blocked by any barrier, please switch ww Fig.3-96 w w
x i to the manual mode to continue xia to xia
extend or retract the boom fully.
(7) Orientation/reset toggle switch
It is temporarily unavailable.
3-02 3-0
Fig.3-97
2
3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw w w
x(8) Fast/slow selector switch xia xia
Three-position toggle switch used to select

the boom movement speed.
● “Rabbit” position - Fast boom speed

● “Snail” position - Slow boom speed
● F3- Unavailable temporarily.
Fig.3-98
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-52
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 lock switch 02 3-0 023-0
(9)20
Boom 2 2
ww w w w w
xia ● Up position - lock the arm 1; xia xia
● Down position - lock the arm 1 and arm
2;
● Center position - unlock the arm 1 and 2.
Fig.3-99
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202 selector switch
(10)Mode 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia x Plane/
It is used to switch the Manual/Column xia
Right Angle modes of boom action.
NOTE:Till now the column plane and right

angle modes are now opened.
Fig.3-100
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(11)Double-way handle of turntable 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia It is used to rotate the turntable. xia xia
● Push the handle upward to make the

turntable move clockwise;
● Push it downward to make the it move
anti-clockwise.
NOTE:When under the automatic extension
mode, only the arm 1 is lifted can the Fig.3-101
handle be operat ed to make the
0 3 -02 move. When the turntable is 03-02

turntable
3-02
0
-
23moving, the boom will stop to act. 23- 0 023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
3-53
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(12)Double-way handle 1# 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
x●ia Under the manual mode, it is used x to xia
control the unfolding/folding of arm 1;
● Under the intelligent mode, it is used to
control the vertical movement of the end
of boom.
Fig.3-102
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w
(13)Double-way handle 2# w w
xia xia xia
● Under the manual mode, it is used to
of boom.
Fig.3-103
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
x(14)Double-way handle 3# xia
w
xia
w
● Under the manual mode, it is used to

of boom.
Fig.3-104
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-54
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(15)Double-way handle 4# 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xia ● Under the manual mode, it isx used to xia
control the unfolding/folding of arm 4
of boom.
(16)Double-way handle 5# Fig.3-105
● IUnder the manual mode, it is used to

control the unfolding/folding of arm 5
-02 -02 3-02
● -03 the intelligent mode, it is used to23-03
Under
2 3 3-0
20control the vertical movement of thewend20 2 02
w
w of boom. w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-106
(17)Cut-off button of remote controller
It is used to cut
2 off the remote transmitter.
3-0 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.3-107
-02 -02 3-02

-03 the button for 2~3 seconds to23-03
NOTE:Press
2 3 3-0
20 turn off the remote controller. 20 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
3-55
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 button
(18)Sound 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xItiais used to control the horn of chassis. xia xia
Always sound the horn to alert others in the

area before starting any operation or
operating changes.
Fig.3-108
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(19)Emergency stop switch 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xI tiai s u s e d t o s t o p t h e p u m p i n g a tx a n y xia
condition.
NOTE:If the Emergency stop switch on the

remote controller is pressed, rotate it
up clockwise and then press the start
button to unlock the Emergency stop
switch.
3- 02 -02 3-02
3-0 -03
Fig.3-109
3 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
(20)Starting switch
Press the switch, so that the truck-mounted

concrete pump operates and each switch on
the remote controller is available.
3- 02 -02 3-02
3-0 -03
Fig.3-110
3 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
3-56
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 up button 02 3-0 023-0
20Page
(21) 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia It is used to control the movementxof swing xia
cylinder.
3-02 0
3-
2
Fig.3-111 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(22) Page down button
Unavailable temporarily..
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
(23)Hard-Wire connector port
It is used for direct line hook-up to the

receiver.
NOTE:It is best to use the direct hard- wire

hook-up feature if in an area where
radio frequency between the controller
and receiver could be hampered.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 the battery (27) from the battery
Remove
023
-
023-0
2
w before using the remote controller 2 2
wpack wwif a w w
xia hard-wire hook-up is to be used xia xia
Fig.3-113
3-57
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202 key of remote controller.
(24)Intelligent 2 02 2 02
ww iaw
w w w
xItiais used x
to lock and unlock the remote xia
transmitter; unscrew it to deactivate the
remote controller and screw it down to
activate the remote controller.
It is used to turn off the engine of chassis.
3-02 3-0
Fig.3-114
2
3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
x(25)Flameout button of engine xia
w
xia
w
It is used to turn off the engine of chassis.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0
02Fig.3-115 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(26)Remote controller display program
download interface
It is used to download the display program for

R&D engineer
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w Fig.3-116 w
xia xia xia
3-58
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(27)Battery of remote controller 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia Power supply of remote controller. xia xia
(28)Control handle of damping
It is used to control boom damping.
Fig.3-117
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-59
System Functions
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
G
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
02 02 02
AN
3- 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-60
Operations
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Operations
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
4 2Operation 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
4.1 Pre-operational Checks ....................................................................................4-3
4.2 Set-up Site ........................................................................................................4-5
4.3 Starting Up ........................................................................................................4-7
4.4 Outrigger Set-Up ...............................................................................................4-10
4.5 Function Checks ...............................................................................................4-18
4.6 Boom Movements .............................................................................................4-23
4.7 Hand Signals for Boom and Pump Operations .................................................4-28
- 02 - 02 - 02
-03
4.8 Extending
23 -03 -03
the Boom .........................................................................................4-34
23 23
2 0 2 0 2 0
w Pumping Operations
4.9 w w
.........................................................................................4-39
xiaw x iaw x iaw
4.10 Equipment Clean-up ........................................................................................4-53
4.11 Retracting the Boom & Outriggers ...................................................................4-61
4.12 Driving, Towing and Loading ...........................................................................4-62
4.13 Machine Decals ...............................................................................................4-67
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-1
Operations
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 3 -0 2
3-02
3-0
3-0
of this
3 - to operate
2 02 0
2 2 this
2 02
xia xia
death.
4-2
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
4w 2OPERATION w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4.1 Pre-operational Checks
Before starting your work operations, it is

important to perform a pre-operational check
to be sure your equipment is in safe
operating condition. If any problems are
found during your pre-operational check,
have them repaired immediately. Never
0 3 -02
operate a machine that is unsafe, damaged
0 3 -02 3-02
or in 2
0 3- of repair.
need 23-
0 023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia WARNING xia Fig.4-1 xia
Never operate a machine that is unsafe,
damaged or in need of repair. Using
inappropriate equipment can cause
accidents or possibly death. Always check
the maintenance record for this equipment
before operating.
Before operating this equipment read and

2 following:
understand the
0 02 02
3- 3- 3-
● 2 3-0
0Lookfor any obviously missing 02
or 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w damaged marks. w w
xia xia xia
● Inspect the outrigger system for damage
or missing components. Be sure the
outrigger locks are functional and that
the outriggers are properly retracted and
locked in place before you travel.
● Inspect the hopper area for loose,

missing or damaged items. Be sure this
area is clean and functional.
02
3- all safety and work-related -03-
Be -0sure
02 3-02
3-0
●
2 3
0equipment 023
necessary for the job is 2in 02
w 2 w w 2
xiaw place and properly secured for travel.
iaw x xia
w
4-3
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 the condition of all visible 202 3-0 023-0
● 2
Check 2
ww ww w w
xia hydraulic hoses. Look for worn or leaking
xia xia
fittings and cuts, scuffed or cracked hose
surfaces. Have worn, cracked or leaking
hoses repaired or replaced immediately.
● Inspect the boom system for damage,

loose or missing parts. Immediately
replace any missing or damaged parts
and repair or replace loose components
that could fall or break during operations.
● 2
Inspect the-0conveying piping for damage, -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
23- wear, dents, loose clamps or 2023-
excessive
0 023-0
2
mountings. Inspect gaskets and hoses,w 2
ww w w w
x blow-out adapter, sponge (clean-out)xiaball
i a xia
catchers and any related items. Never
use a worn hose or damaged piping.
● Inspect the hydraulic cylinders for

damage or leaks. Have damaged or
leaking hydraulic cylinders repaired
immediately.
● Be sure all safety decals are in place

and are not damaged. Be sure they are
-02 for all personnel to see.
clean and3visible 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
● Be2 sure the steps, walkways and otherw 2
w w 2
w aw w
xia areas are clean and not coveredxiwith xia
mud, concrete or debris.
● Check the hydraulic tank and cooler. Be

sure they are not damaged, loose,
leaking or blocked with debris.
NOTE: When at the first time to start the new

machine, check the piston rod of
swing cylinder and oil cylinder of
boom (4).2 If protective sleeves are
0 3 -0take off the protective sleeves 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
applied,
- -
2 023prevent the protective sleeves 2023
to 2 02
ww being entangled into oil cylinder ww w w
xia xia xia
during cylinder working. Failure to do
so may causing faults.
4-4
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Set-up Site
4.2
ww 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
Awareness of these three basic items
displayed in Fig. 4-9 are critical to safe
operation when performing concrete
thoroughly to be sure it will accommodate
your equipment and work operations. Review
all set up, pumping and safety rules with the
crew before starting.
WARNING
2 02 02
3t o-0 o b s e r v e
0 a n d f o l l o w t h e s e -03- 3-
3-0
Failure -
d i r2e02
3
c t i v e s m a y r e s u l t i n e q u i p m e2n0t2
3 02
w w w 2
wdamage, property damage, personal winjury w
xia or even death. xia xia
Overhead power lines
Working clearances
02 02 02
3- 03- 3-03- 3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w
xia awpoured
Slab to be
xi xia
w
Working clearances
Surface conditions Building
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2
Fig.4-2 w 2 w 2
xiaw xia
w
xia
w
4-5
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20conditions
Surface
w w 2 w 2
iaw
xAlways xia
w
xia
w
check in with the contractor and talk
with the superintendant or foreman regarding
where to set up safely. The contractor needs
to supply a safe set-up area where the soil
and surface are capable of supporting your
equipment.
Always check for hidden dangers such as

voids, pipes or any underground conditions
that could cause your machine to tip. Never Fig.4-3
set up in an area
0 3 -02 where recent excavations 3- 02 3-02
have taken3-place.
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
xWorking clearances xia
w
xia
w
It is essential to maintain a safe distance

between the boom and obstructions such as
cranes, scaffolding, buildings or any objects.
CAUTION
Always study the area thoroughly before
unfolding the boom. Never allow yourself
to get into a situation where equipment or
property could
0 3 -02be damaged or personnel 3- 02 3-02
3-
could be injured.
02 3-0
02Fig.4-4 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Overhead power lines
Always assume that all power lines are live.

Never take the word of someone on the job
site that it has been de-energized.
DANGER
Only a qualified representative of the
responsible power
0 3 -02 company can verify 0 3 -02 3-02
0 23-
that all electrical systems have been de-
0 23- 023-0
w 2
energized. Failure to follow this alert willw 2 w 2
a w w w
i
xresult in serious injury or death. xia Fig.4-5 xia
4-6
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w w 2 Starting Up
4.3
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
CAUTION
Never use starting aids to start the engine.
Starting aids are explosive and will
damage the engine or possible injury may
result.
When you take over the machine, you must

become so familiar with the equipment that
-02accidents cannot occur.
damage and
3 3- 02 3-02
23-0 2 3-0 02 3-0
20 time you use the machine, you take
Every
w w 2on0 w 2
w aw w
xia full responsibility for the safety ofxianyone xia
located in the machine's danger zone. You
are therefore under an obligation to ensure
that the mac hine is c om pletely s afe i n
operation.
4.3.1 Test run
You must have a test run and function

checks before starting work on the
construction site.
2
3- 0 3- 02 3-02
3-0
2 run should be made before operation.02
The 0test 3-0 02 3-0
w2
w(1) w2 w 2
xia aw the
After the handle brake is applied iwith
x xia
w
light on, do not move the pump truck
(see Fig. 4-6).
(2) Put the chassis at the neutral position

and turn off the engine. Confirm there is
no foreign material in the hopper and
clean off. Then, start the engine.
-02 -02 02
Releasing position
0 3 0 3 3-
of hand brake
023 -
02 3 -
02
Indicator lamp is on when 3-0
w 2 w 2 P w 2
the hand brake is pulled on
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-6
4-7
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02 the air pressure for more than 202 3-0 023-0
w 2
(3) Check
w w 2
xiaw700kPa (see Fig. 4-7). iawx xia
w
H
10
5 15
0 20 5
F
Barometer
3-02 -02 3-02

3-0 -03
Fig.4-7
3 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
(4) Press down the power button and wait for
20 sec., to finish SYMC programme
initialization (see Fig. 4-8).
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 3-0
02Fig.4-8 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(5) Put the chassis at the neutral position

and turn off the engine.Press down the oil
pump position button to exchange the
driving to pumping position of the transfer
case, with the indicator on (see Fig. 4-9).
NOTE: Press down the oil pump button and

remain until the indicator beeping.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.4-9 xia
4-8
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the engine. Step down the clutch2to02 3-0 023-0
(6)20Start 2
ww swift the gear per the instructionsiawofw the ww
xia x xia
sign in the cab.
(7) After stepping down the clutch (at 1:1
gear position with the transfer case),
release the clutch slowly, and the pump is
in pumping.
NOTE: In normal operation of the generator
and oil pump, the pumping is made
with the hopper screen closed. If the
hydraulic fluid temperature is below
20°C,
0 3 -02preheating should be made for 03-02 3-02
- system.
23the
0 23-0 023-0
w2
w(8) After pumping, shift empty gear, turn w2 w 2
xia x i aw off xia
w
the engine, press the traveling button,
check if the lamp of traveling position is
light, if not press the traveling button
again till it is light, and then start the
engine again and drive with shifting gear
(see Fig. 4-10).
Fig.4-10
3 - 02 3 -02 3-02
0
4.3.2 3Start the machine and engaging 0 3-0
2 -
the20transfer gearbox power take- off 20
23- 2 02
ww ww ww
xia xia xia
CAUTION
Be sure the truck chassis is sitting on a
firm and level surface. Failure to follow
this alert could result in loss of control or
possible injury.
(1) Set the parking brake on the truck

A
chassis to the park Position. LL
TO P
PL
Y
PU
3-02 3-02 PARKING

3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
BRAKE
2 02 2 02 P
U
Bendin
AS
E
2 02
w w w w SH
EL
E
ww
xia xia xia
TO
R
Fig.4-11
4-9
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 all wheels on the truck. The wheel 202 3-0 023-0
2
(2) Chock 2
ww ww w w
xia chocks are stored below the chassis xia xia
toward the front of the truck.
(3) The transfer gearbox is installed after the

truck gearbox in the Cardan shaft line.
NOTE: The following notes must be abided in

order to prevent damage when using
the transfer gearbox:
● When the transfer gearbox is engaged

and disengaged, the engine must be Fig.4-12
0 2
- and the Cardan shaft should -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
3-0
stopped
- -
2 023be turned. Furthermore, no gear 2023
not 2 02
w w w
xiaw may be selected. aw
xi xia
w
● The engine may only be restarted
after it has been shut down during
pumping operations if the concrete
pump is switched off and the pumping
rate has been turned down to 0".
NOTE: Refer to truck chassis operator’s

manual for details on starting the
engine.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4.4 Outrigger Set-Up

You must have read the safety section and
have completed the operations for starting up
the machine before you begin setting out the
machine supports.
-02area
4.4.1 Working
3 3-02 3-02
3-0
2 on page 4-5 for the working area. 023-0 023-0
204-2
See Fig. 2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
4-10
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 WARNING w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
People who remain in the working range
xia
without authorization can be injured. You
should therefore secure the working
range. Keep the working range under
constant observation. You must cease
working immediately and press the E-
STOP button if unauthorized person enter
the working range.
-02 zone
4.4.2 Danger
3 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 WARNING
w 2 w 2
w w w
xia ia area
There is a danger of crushing in xthe xia
through which the supports may be
swung out or extended. You should
secure the danger zone. Keep the danger
zone under observation. If anyone enters
the danger zone, you must halt work
immediately and press the E-STOP button.
When the rear outrigger is unfolded or folded,

the whole revolving area of the outrigger is
d a n g e r o u-s02f o r p e o p l e m a y b e h u r t b y -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
23- (see Fig. 4-13).
clamping
0 0 23- 023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
Fig.4-13
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-11
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 outrigger is put down, check if 202 3-0 023-0
When 2the 2
w ww w
iaw is anything under it to avoid being
xthere xia xia
w
pressed by the outrigger. The foreign
substances under the outrigger must be
cleared away (see Fig. 4-14).
3- 02 3-0
Fig.4-14
2
3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
4.4.3w 2Operation of outriggers w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(1) Unlock the rear outriggers (see Fig. 4-
15).
NOTICE
Failure to unlock the rear outriggers as
directed here may result in machine
damage as the control system attempts to
unfold the rear outriggers as described
later in this procedure.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2
w Fig.4-15 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(2) Unlock the front outriggers (see Fig. 4-
16).
NOTICE
Failure to unlock the front outriggers as
directed here may result in machine
damage as the control system attempts to
extend the front outriggers as described
-02
later in this procedure.
3 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-16
4-12
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the switch (a) on small operation box 02 3-0 023-0
(3)20Set 2 2
ww to the local position to activate ww w w
xia xia the xia
electrical system for the outriggers. See
“Main component locations” on page 3-3
for the location of the small operation box.
a
Turn the
switch right
O
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.4-17
xia
(4) Operation of left outriggers:
There is a group of (four) outrigger control

handles on both sides of the truck-mounted
concrete pump, and the left ones are in
charge of the actions of outrigger as follows:
1. lifting/descending of left front outrigger; 2.
extension/retraction of left front outrigger; 3.
Folding/unfolding of left rear outrigger; 4.
lifting/descending of left rear outrigger
-02
(see Fig. 4-18).
3 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02 the operation, turn on the control
During 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
wswitch of outrigger 5 (see Fig. 4-18), andwwthen w w
xia pull the corresponding control handle xia to
xia
1 2 3 4 5
operate the outrigger. The order for unfolding
outrigger is: 2-3-1-4;The order for folding Fig.4-18
outrigger is: 4-1-3-2.
For supporting, it is necessary to support to

the proper positions by two times: the first
supporting distance is about 30cm; for the
second time it has not supported to the
proper position until the tyre of truck-mounted
concrete pump
3 - 02 is lifted above the ground 3- 02 3-02
(see Fig.-04-19).
023 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
30cm
xia xia xia

Fig.4-19
4-13
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 of the right outriggers
(5) Operation
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw control handles at the right side are
xThe
w
xia in xia
w
charge of the actions of outrigger as follows:
1. lifting/descending of right rear outrigger; 2.
folding/unfolding of right rear outrigger; 3.
extension/retraction of right front outrigger; 4.
lifting/descending of right front outrigger. The
order for unfolding right outriggers is: 3-2-4-1;
the order for folding right outriggers is: 1-4-2-
3.
1 2 3 4
02 -02 02
3- 03- 0 3
Fig.4-20
3- 3-0
3-
2 02 202 2 02
w w ww ww
xia xia xia
(6) Ensure that outriggers are fully extended
or unfolded; the arrow decals markings on
both front and rear outrigger mountings
must align, indicating they are fully
extended and in the proper operating
position. See Fig.4-21.
WARNING
Never operate the equipment with the
0 -02 extended or partially
outriggers partially
3 0 3 -02 0 3 -02
unfolded. -
23Loss of control, serious injury 23-
The arrows of outrigger and lug well
23-
aligned
2 0 2 0 2 0
w may result.
or death
w w w w w
xia xia xia
The arrows of outrigger extended boom well aligned
Fig.4-21
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-14
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 023-0 023-0
20 OSS
4.4.4 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
NOTE: OSS is the abbreviation of One-Side-
Support which is a type of support for
supporting the machine in narrow
spaces.
(1) This truck-mounted concrete pump is

provided with OSS function.
(2) When the OSS function is used, the

placing scope of boom should be strictly
controlled02 to prevent the truck-mounted 02 02
3- 3- 3-
3-0 pump from overturning.
concrete
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wNOTE: The machine can be set up ifor
w safe w
xia xa
use with outrigger placement on the
xia
right or left side only if necessary.
Once the boom is elevated and
extended, it can then be positioned
above the placing area. This operation
requires careful planning and
continued monitoring of the outriggers.
WARNING
2
-0 the outriggers until the 03-0 2 02
Never retract
0 3 3-
boom23is
0
- folded into the transport position,23-
023-0
w 2
even if you will be moving the truck onlyw 20a w 2
w w w
xia short distance. If the truck must be xiamoved xia
for any reason, always retract the boom
back to the travel position and lock it
securely before retracting the outriggers.
Failure to do so may result in loss of
control, rollover, personal injury or death.
(3) When the OSS function is used, the

operation area is as follows:
a. With left 2 outriggers retracted and right

0 3 -0 fully extended, and taking the 03-02 3-02
3-0
outriggers
2 23- axial line as the origin, rotate the
0central 2 023
-
2 02
ww boom rightward from 0° to 120°(see w
iaw Fig. w w
xia 4-22);
x xia
Fig.4-22
4-15
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02right outriggers retracted and left 202 3-0 023-0
b. With2 2
ww ww w w
xia outriggers fully extended, and takingxiathe xia
central axial line as the origin, rotate the
boom leftward from 0° to 120° (see Fig.
4-23).
(4) The working area of the truck-concrete

pump depends on the length and rotation
angle of boom. Anyone is forbidden to
enlarge the working scope by means of
addition of spare parts.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
x4.4.5 Levelling the machine xia
w
xia
w
Fig.4-23
Once the outriggers are unfolded and
extended in the proper operating position, it is
important to level the chassis.
(1) Be sure there is solid, stable ground

beneath where the outrigger levelling
cylinders will sit. See table 2-2 on page 2-
32 for details on surface conditions.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0
02Fig.4-24 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(2) Place the approved factory-approved
cribbing pads (1) that came with the
pumping unit beneath where the outrigger
1
leveling cylinders will sit.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0
02Fig.4-25 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-16
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 switch (6) in the down position 2to02 3-0 023-0
(3)20Hold 2
ww operate the outriggers hydrauliciaw w w w
xia x control xia
levers (1 and 4).
NOTE: Switch (6) is a safety feature to

prevent accidental activation once the
outriggers are in place during the
pumping or boom movement
operations. If switch (6) is not held
down, the control levers (b and c) will
not function (see Fig. 4-26).
NOTE: See “Outrigger controls” on page 3-16
for 3 02 functions of control levers(1) 3-02 1
-the 4 6
3-02
- 0 -0 3-0
023and (4). 023 Fig.4-26 02
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
(4) Use the levelling gauges to determine
when the machine is level (see Fig. 4-27).
NOTE: All truck chassis wheels must be

slightly off the ground with full weight
of the machine resting on the
outriggers.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w Fig.4-27 w
xia xia xia
CAUTION
Always stand clear from the outrigger
levelling cylinders during set-up. Failure
to do so could result in serious injury.
Monitor the cribbing support under the
3 - 02
outrigger cylinder foot to be sure it remains
3 -02 3-02
central in
- 0 place and will support the weight of
3- 0 3-0
023 truck chassis.
the2pump 202 2 02
ww ww w w
4-17
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 each outrigger levelling cylinder 202 3-0 023-0
2
(5) Extend 2
ww ww w w
xia the same amount. Never exceed the xia 3° xia
range indicated on the levelling gauge
(see Fig. 4-29).
CAUTION
Operation outside the 3° operating range
may cause loss of control, a rollover and
serious injury.
Fig.4-29
3- 02 WARNING
3-02 3-02
3-0
02 any personnel to crawl under 202
Never 2allow
3-0 023-0
w w w 2
iaw part of the pump truck unit while
any
xraising x iaw xia
w
the truck chassis. Serious injury or
even death will result if the truck moves
or shifts.
4.5 Function Checks
You should check the following functions

before you begin using the machine on the
-02
construction site.
3 3-02 3-02
203-0 023-0 023-0
4.5.1w 2Pump functions w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
The fundamental prerequisite for problem-
free use is a fully functional pump.
Switch over
Check for an unimpeded switch over function
of the delivery pistons and the S-valve at
various engine speeds.
Magnetic switches
Check that the drive cylinders switch over
-02 the hydraulic pistons are
automatically 3once
0 0 3 -02 3-02
3- magnetic switches. When the 023-
close to02the 023-0
piston
w w approaches the magnetic switch wtow 2
2
w w 2
ia
xchange xia
direction, the mark colour of changing xia
direction in the page of SYCD will change for
one time.
4-18
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 time
Stroke
w 2 02
w 2 02
wMeasure iaw no w
xia the machine stroke time xunder xia
load, i.e. without concrete.
● Set the engine to maximum speed.
● Set the maximum pumping rate.
● Start the measurement at the first switch
over of the S-valve.
● The first single stroke is complete with
the next S-valve switch over.
● Measure
3 - 02the stroke time in a minute for 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0 times, get the average. The value023-0
three
023-0
w 2 pumping times in the test reading. ww 2 2
must match the data of maximal
w w w
xia ia
x xia
NOTE: Due to differences in reaction times
when using the stopwatch, the value
determined may vary from the value
stated by approximately 5%. You may
have to take the measurement several
times and calculate the mean of the
values measured.
4.5.2 Filter functions(Optional)

-02 -02 3-02
-03
The hydraulic
2 3 system of truck-mounted 3-03 3-0
2 0
concrete 02
pump has one high pressure 2oil 2 02
ww ww w w
xia filters. (see Fig. 4-30) xia xia
The checking processes of the filter is as
following:
● Bring the hydraulic fluid up to operating

temperature (122 F (50° C)).
● Set the maximum pumping rate.
● Press in the red button on the filter if it is

sticking out.
2
3-0 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 If the indicator at the top of oil filter
NOTE: 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 Fig.4-30 2
ww w
i w oil
turns green, it indicates thatathe w w
xia x
filter is in good condition, without any xia
blockage; if it turns red, in indicates
4-19
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 the filter core is seriously blocked 202 3-0 023-0
2that 2
ww and the operation is stopped, andiatheww w w
xia x xia
filter core must be replaced.
Environmental protection
Comply with the waste disposal regulations in
force for your area when changing the fluid
filter.
4.5.3 E-STOP function
It is only possible
0 3 -02 to intervene rapidly in the 0 3 -02 3-02
23- if all the E-STOP buttons are 2023-
event of danger
0 023-0
w 2
functioning. w w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
The machine is no longer safe in operation if
one of the E-STOP buttons is defective, as
you will no longer be able to switch the
machine off quickly enough if danger
threatens. You must therefore inspect the
function of the E-STOP buttons and the lever
position for the boom valves before starting
work each time.
The machine is only switched off electrically

when one of the
0 3 -02E-STOP buttons is pressed. 0 3 -02 3-02
Although
-
023this causes all the electrically 2023
-
023-0
2 2
ww hydraulic valves to be switchediaoff,
actuated ww w w
xania uncontrolled sinking of the boom causedx xia
by leakages in the hydraulic system, for
instance, cannot be prevented in this way.
In no event should you first press the E-

STOP button if the boom starts uncontrolled
movements. Should you do this you will have
no ability to counteract the movement.
Furthermore, the E-STOP circuit has no

influence on the 2accumulator pump and the
0 3 -0i.e. the accumulator is filled 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
agitator pump,
and the2 23-
0agitator continues to rotate, despite 202
3-
2 02
w w w
iawE-STOP button having been pressed. iaw
the
x x xia
w
The way of checking the function of E-STOP
buttons is as following:
4-20
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2
0Switch 023-0 023-0
●
w 2 the pump on.
w 2 w 2
w w w
xia ● Operate a boom function. xia xia
● Press one of the E-STOP buttons. The
pump and the boom must come to a halt
immediately.
● Check all E-STOP buttons on the
machine and on the remote control in the
same way.
4.5.4 Function check on the boom

control block
2
3-0 3-02 3-02
You02 3-0
may only operate the machine if the 02 3-0 023-0
2
w control block is fully functional. ww 2 w 2
wboom w
xia xia xia
● Switch on remote control.
● Operate the boom control levers briefly
several times while observing the levers
on the boom control block.
● The lever for the boom valve operated
and the lever for the operating mode
selector valve must move each time.
NOTE: As soon as you release the boom
0 3 -02 levers on the remote control 03-02

control
3-02
- the levers for the boom arm 3-
023valves previously actuated and for the
unit,
02 023-0
2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia operating mode selector valvexia must xia
return to the central position (zero
position). The reactions of the
operating mode selector valve on the
boom control block are delayed by
some 3 seconds if you use the cable
remote control.
4.5.5 Function check on the agitator

safety cutout
2
-0 is fitted with an agitator safety 03-0 2 02
This machine
0 3 3-
-
023A pressure roller switch is acted on 2as023
cutout. -
023-0
2
w as you open the grille. This causes 2
wsoon wwthe w w
xia agitator to halt and the pressure xia to be xia
dumped from the accumulator, ie the S-valve
will no longer be able to switch over. In
4-21
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
2 delivery pistons return to the end 202
0the 3-0 023-0
w 2
addition,
w w 2
iaw and the concrete pump halts. iaw
position
x x xia
w
WARNING
A defective agitator safety cutout can
cause you to believe that the machine is
safe, even though this is not really the
case. This can lead to the agitator
continuing to run or the S-valve switching
over when the grille is open. You must
therefore check the function of the
agitator safety
0 3 -02cutout before you start 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 job. Failure to do this could 2023
each pumping
-
023-0
2
w in damage to the agitator or serious 2
result
iaw to persons. ww w w
xinjury xia xia
● Open the grille with the concrete pump

running.
● The switching cam acts on the pressure

roller switch.
● The agitator must come to a halt

immediately.
2 02 02
● 3-0 must no longer switch over.
The S-valve 3- 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
●
w 20 concrete pump must run to the endw 20
The
w 2
xiaw position and halt. iaw x xia
w
WARNING
You must stop work if you open the grille,
but
●the agitator continues to run,
●the S-valve continues to switch,
●the concrete pump does not run to its
end position.
Failure to do this could result in serious
-02
injury to persons.
3 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
ww You must switch the concrete pump
NOTE:
aw
w w w
xia off and back on again to restart it.xi xia
4-22
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
w w 2 Boom Movements
4.6
w w 2
w w 2
xia Prohibited activities
xia xia
You must have read the safety section and
completed the operations to set up the
machine before you unfold the placing boom.
Only unfolding the placing boom once you
have set the machine up properly.
WARNING
Avoid the following actions. They overload
2
-0boom -02 02
the placing
0 3 and may lead to damage
0 3 3-
023
-
or endanger persons: -
023 Fig.4-31 023-0
2 2 2
w●wAllowing the placing boom to strike ww an w w
xia obstacle, see Fig. 4-31; xia xia
● Pushing with the placing boom, in order
to move an obstacle out of the way,
see Fig. 4-32;
● Tearing away a trapped end hose by
force.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-32
4.6.1 Restrictions on use
Extreme weather conditions, such as gales,

storms or low temperatures restrict the use of
the boom, or can even make its use
impossible.
Bad weather and storms

Shift the placing
3 - 02 boom to the rest position in 3-02 3-02
t h e e v -e0n t o f s t o r m s a n d b a d w e a t h e r , -0
23 4-33. 3 3-0
see20Fig. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia ● a m or
Booms with a vertical reach ofxi42 xia
more (M 42 and larger) may only be
Fig.4-33
4-23
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
2
operated in wind forces up to 7 (wind 202 2 02
w w w
xiaw speed 61 km/h = 17 m/s). iaw x xia
w
● Booms with a vertical reach of less than
42 m (< M 42) may only be operated in
wind forces up to 8 (wind speed 74 km/h
= 20 m/s).
Wind speeds in accordance with the
Beaufort scale are average wind speeds
measured over a period of 10 minutes.
Higher speed gusts of wind may occur
briefly during the measuring period.
Higher wind
0 3 -02speeds jeopardize stability 0 3 -02 3-02
0 3
- of the structural elements. 23-
and 2safety
023-0
w 2
There is a risk of lightning strike in aw
20 w 2
w w w
xia t h u n d e r s t o r m . T o w e r c r a n e sxiao n xia
construction sites generally have wind
speed measuring equipment, so that you
can ask about the wind speed at any
time. If no wind speed measuring
equipment is available, you can ask the
nearest meteorological office what the
wind speed is, or estimate the wind
speed using the following rule of thumb.
● In winds of force 7 and greater, green
2
l e a v e s 3-b0r e a k f r o m t r e e s a n d -02 02
0 0 3 3-
023
-
inconvenience is felt when walking 023- 023-0
2 2 2
ww
against the wind. ww w w
xia xia xia
● In winds of force 8 and greater, small
branches break from trees and progress
is impeded.
Cold weather
The boom must not be used in temperatures
below minus 15°C. There is a danger of
damage to the steel (brittle fracture) and the
seals throughout the system at such extreme
minus temperatures. In addition, such minus
2
-0should -02 02
temperatures 0 3 be considered the 0 3 3-
23- limit for concrete placement, as 2023-
realistic 0lower 023-0
2 2
it aisww w w
i no longer possible to prepare concrete
xsuch x iaw xia
w
that it can achieve its strength without
the use of special additives.
4-24
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20 Danger zone
4.6.2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
CAUTION
There is a risk of injury from parts of the
delivery line falling beneath the slewing
circle of the placing boom. There is a risk
of injury from falling concrete beneath the
end hose. You should therefore secure the
danger zone. Keep the danger zone under
constant observation. You must halt work
immediately and press the E-STOP button
02 the danger zone.
if anyone enters
3- 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
High-voltage lines
A spark can jump across from high-voltage
lines even if you just approach them and this Fig.4-34
will energize the machine and the
surrounding area. You must therefore always
maintain the specified safe clearance.
Minimum Safety Distance Between the

Boom and Electric Wire
Voltage (KV) Minimum Distance (m)
0 3 -02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0
0~1 1.5
0 23- 1~100 3.5 02 02
w w2 ww 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
100~200 4.5
200~300 5.5
>300 0.01(U-50)+3
Fig.4-35
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-25
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 working ranges
Overlapping
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw note
xTake xia
of the working ranges of other
w
xia
w
construction plant (e.g. cranes, other concrete
placing booms, etc.).
Signal boom movements

Move the placing boom with cautious
operation of the controls. Maintain visual
c on ta c t w i th t he pl ac i n g s i t e. W ar n by
sounding the horn before you move the
boom.
-02 -02 3-02
-03
Hand signals
23 3- 0 3
Fig.4-36 3-0
Move 2 0
the placing boom only if you can seew 202 2 02
a wofw the working range. If this is notiathe
w w w
i
all
x x xia
case, you must only move the placing boom
in response to signals from a signaller. Agree
unambiguous hand signals with the signallers
giving directions.
4.6.3 Spontaneous retraction of the

boom and support cylinders
The hydraulic fluid heats up to an average Fig.4-37

temperature of 60°-70°C during operation
because of the 3 02
-friction in the lines. When the 3 -02 3-02
0
3- cools, its volume reduces as 023- 0 3-0
hydraulic
2 02fluid 02
cold
w whydraulic fluid has a smaller volume than w w2 w w 2
ia hot hydraulic fluid. This causesxiathe
xdoes xia
cylinders on the boom, swing-out legs and
supports to retract a little and the boom and
the outrigger to sink.
NOTE: The boom can sink during lengthy

pauses in work due to cooling of the
hydraulic fluid. For this reason you
should never leave the boom in the
unfolded position during breaks in
working.02
3 - In addition, you must keep
3 -02 3-02
t h e3-0s u p p o r t s u n d e r c o n s t a n t 0 3-0
2 02
observation whilst the machine is in 20
23- 2 02
ww operation. You may have to readjust ww w w
xia xia xia
the swing-out cylinders and support
cylinders.
4-26
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202of volume
Loss
w 2 02
w 2 02
wThe iawtruck w
xia extent to which the boom and xthe xia
sink depends on the extent to which the
various boom and support cylinders have
been extended and the magnitude of the
temperature difference in the hydraulic fluid.
4.6.4 Uncontrolled boom movements

The following defects may be the cause of
uncontrolled boom movements:
● Malfunction in the remote control circuit
0 2 02 02
● 03-
Malfunctions on the boom control block
3-0
3-
3-0
3-
●
2 23- threaded unions or boom cylinders
0Lines, 2 02 2 02
ww leaking ww w w
xia xia xia
● Defective mono-isolator on the boom
cylinder
● Hydraulic system not carefully bled
● Insufficient hydraulic fluid in the reservoir
● Cooling of the hydraulic fluid
In this case, the boom may move as soon as

the remote control is switched on. Halt work
immediately. You can continue working only
after the causes
3 - 02 have been remedied and 3-02 3-02
-0
perfect functioning
23
of the machine is ensured.
3-0 3-0
N 2
O
0
T E : W h a t e v e r t h e r e a s o n f o r t 2
h
0e2 2 02
ww ww w w
xia uncontrolled movements of the xia boom, xia
you must halt the work on site and
have the cause for the breakdown
determined and rectified by qualified
personnel.
DANGER
In no event should you first press the E-
STOP button if the boom starts
uncontrolled movements. Should you do
this you will
0 3 -02have no ability to counteract 3-02 3-02
3-
the movement.
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-27
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
Countermeasures
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw must
xYou xia
proceed as follows if the boom
w
xia
w
starts uncontrolled movement:
● under the uncontrolled movement
immediately and attempt to steer the
boom out of the danger zone and bring it
to rest under control. If the uncontrolled
boom movement continues, despite
counter-measures:
● Press the E-STOP button.
NOTE: Repeated
3 - 02 practice is required to 3 -02 3-02
- 0 0 3-0
23-
ensure that it will be possible to
2 023
implement the measures described 20 2 02
ww above in an emergency. ww w w
xia xia xia
4.7 Hand Signals for Boom and
Pump Operations
4.7.1 Standard boom hand signals
Clear communications are a means for

avoiding accidents. In addition to voice
communication systems, hand signals are an
excellent method for communications
between the signal
0 3 -02 person and the operator 0 3 -02 3-02
-
0 3 controlling boom extension and 2023
(who will 2be -
023-0
2
boomw positioning). w w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
A set of one-hand and two-hand signals is
presented by the CPMA (Concrete Pumping
Manufactures Association). Never begin
o p er a t i o n s u nt i l a l l s i g n al s a r e c l e a r l y
understood. If nonstandard signals are used,
be sure the operator and signal person agree
on them before operations are to begin.
The operator shall respond to operating

signals from the proper signal person only,
but shall obey3-a02
stop signal at any time from 3 -02 3-02
anybody.23The
0
- signal person shall be in a 23- 0 3-0
2 0 20 2 02
w
clearly visible or lighted location. If signalw w
iaw
xcommunications iaw
are interrupted at any xtime, xia
w
the operator will stop all movement of the
equipment immediately.
4-28
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia Always operate the boom
x
slowly and
xia
cautiously. Rapid, jerky movements could
result in loss of control and possible
injury to nearby personnel.
OPEN OR EXTEND THE BOOM:

Use both right and left hands with the thumbs
pointing away from each other.
3 02
This is the -standard signal used by the signal
3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
2 023 to indicate to the operator to open 2or023
person
2 02
w w
extend the boom system (see Fig. 4-38). w
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-38
MOVE BOOM UP:

Use the right or left hand with a thumb-up
signal.
02 02 02
This is the
3 - 03-standard signal used by the signal 3-03- 3-0
3-
02 to indicate to the operator to raise the
person
2 2 02 2 02
w w w
xiawboom (see Fig. 4-39). iaw
x xia
w
Fig.4-39
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-29
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
MOVE 2BOOM DOWN: 2 2
w w w
iaw the right or left hand with a thumb-down
xUse xia
w
xia
w
signal.
This is the standard signal used by the signal

person to indicate to the operator to lower the
boom (see Fig. 4-40).
-02 2
Fig.4-40
-0 02
0 3 0 3 3-
023 -
023 -
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw BOOM TO LEFT:
xMOVE xia
w
xia
w
Use the right hand with a thumb pointing in
the direction as viewed by the operator you
are trying to signal.

person to indicate to the operator to move the
boom to the left (see Fig. 4-41).
3- 02 3 -02 3-02
023-0 023- 0 Fig.4-41
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
MOVE BOOM TO RIGHT:
Use the right hand with a thumb pointing in
the direction as viewed by the operator.

boom to the right (see Fig. 4-42).
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-42 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-30
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 THE BOOM A LITTLE BIT:
MOVE
w 2 02
w 2 02
wUsing w w
xia xia and
the right or left hand and opening xia
closing the thumb and index finger indicates
to the operator to move the boom in short or
slight movements.

boom slightly (see Fig. 4-43).
Fig.4-43
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 BOOM MOVEMENT:
STOP
w 2 02
w 2 02
wUse w w
xia xia fist to
the right or left hand with a closed xia
indicate to the operator to stop all boom
movements.

person to indicate to the operator to stop all
boom movements immediately (see Fig. 4-
44).
Fig.4-44
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

023
RETRACT - OR CLOSE THE BOOM:
023
-
023-0
2
w both right and left hands with the thumbs2 2
wUse ww w w
xia pointing inward towards each other. xia xia
person to indicate to the operator to retract or
close the boom system (see Fig. 4-45).
Fig.4-45
4.7.2 Pump2operation hand signals
-0 -02 3-02
These3one-
2 -03 and two-hand signals presented23-03 3-0
b y 20t h e C P M A ( C o n c r e t e P u m p i n
20g 2 02
w w w w
xia Manufactures Association) are xrequired iaw xia
w
during pumping operations by OSHA
(Occupational Safety and Health Association).
4-31
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 operations until all signals are 202 3-0 023-0
Never 2begin 2
w ww w
iaw understood. If nonstandard signals
xclearly xiaare xia
w
used, be sure the operator and signal person
agree on them before operations are to
begin. The operator shall respond to
operating signals from the proper signal
person only, but shall obey a stop signal at
any time from anybody. The signal person
shall be in a clearly visible or lighted location.
If signal communications are interrupted at

any time, the operator will stop all movement
-02immediately.
of the equipment
3 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw OR SPEED UP PUMPING:
xSTART xia
w
xia
w
Using the right or left hand at waist level,
make a fist and move the forearm in and out
to indicate to the operator to start pumping
operations.
Move the forearm in and out at a faster pace

to indicate an increase in pumping speed.

person to indicate 2 to the operator to start or
speed up the03 - 0
0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
pumping speed (see Fig. 4-46). Fig.4-46
023- 023- 02
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
SLOW DOWN PUMPING:
Using both hands with the palms facing down
at waist level, move the forearms up and
down to indicate to the operator to slow
pumping operations down.

person to indicate to the operator to slow
pumping operations down (see Fig. 4-47).
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-47
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-32
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 PUMPING SPEED SLIGHTLY:
CHANGE
w 2 02
w 2 02
wUsing w w
xia xia and
the right or left hand and opening xia
closing the thumb and index finger, indicates
to the operator to increase or decrease
pumping speed (flow).

person to increase or decrease pumping
speed (flow) by a small amount (see Fig. 4-
48).
Fig.4-48
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 PRESSURE IN PUMP SYSTEM:202
RELIEVE
w w 2 02
wUse iawtwice w
xia the right hand or left hand to xtap xia
on your hard hat to indi cate to put the
pumping system in the reverse mode to
relieve pressure on the piping system.
person to put the pumping system in the
reverse mode (see Fig. 4-49).
CAUTION
Stop pumping in the forward mode and Fig.4-49
0 2 0 2 02
place the
3 - 03- system in the reverse mode 3-03- 3-0
3-
02
immediately
2
if the signal person uses this2
2so0 2 02
w w
signal during operations. Failure to w w
do w w
xia may result in a sudden rupture xiain the xia
piping system or hose end-swing and
personal injury.
ADD WATER TO HOPPER:

Using the right hand and thumb pointing
toward your mouth, lift the right hand and tilt
the head as to indicate drinking. At the same
time, hold up the left hand and use your
fingers to indicate the amount in gallons
3 - 02 to be added to the mix. 3-02 3-02
-0
(liters) of
3
water
3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
wThis is the standard signal used by the w w
xia x i awsignal xia
w
person to indicate the concrete mix is too
thick and needs to be thinned out for better
flow (see Fig. 4-50). Fig.4-50
4-33
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 PUMP: 023-0 023-0
STOP 2
THE 2 2
w w w
iaw the right or left hand with a closed
xUse
w
xiafist xia
w
and extended index finger moving the hand
across the base of the throat (slashing
motion) to signal the operator to stop all
pumping operations.
person to indicate to the operator to stop all
pumping operations immediately (see Fig. 4-
51).
Fig.4-51
2 02 02
3-0 NOTICE
3- 3-
3-0
T h i s s0i 2g n a l m a y b e u s e d b y o t h e r 023-0 023-0
w w 2 in an emergency. The operator
personnel w w2 w w 2
ia
xshall ia xia
obey a STOP signal at any time xfrom
anybody.
DONE, CLEAN UP:

Using both hands with thumbs up motion
indicates to the operator that all pumping
operations are done and it is time to clean
up.
person to indicate
0 3 -02 to the operator that all 0 3 -02 3-02
0 3
-
pumping 2operations are completed (see Fig.
023
-
023-0
w
4-52). 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-52
4.8 Extending the Boom
Before extending the boom:

● See “Outrigger Set-Up” on page 4-10.
● Be sure your working radius, danger
zones and clearances are clear to raise
the boom. See “Set-up Site” on page 4-
5.
-0 2 -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
● Be sure - all personnel involved in
023 operations understand all boom 2023
-
023-0
2
pumping 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia hand signals. See “Pump operation xhand xia
signals” on page 4-31.
4-34
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2
0Be 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
●
w 2 2
sure all unauthorized personnel are
w w 2
w iaw w
xia clear of the work area.
x xia
4.8.1 Preparing the Remote Controller
(1) Be sure the receiver antenna (a) is

positioned on the cab roof of the truck for
clear communication between the remote
controller and in-cab receiver.
NOTE: The remote controller system

equipment is found inside the truck
cab. 02 02
Fig.4-53 02
- 3- 3-
-03
N O T2E3: I f s i g n a l i n t e r f e r e n c e w i l l b e a23-0 3-0
20 problem, you may want to usewthe 20 2 02
w w w w w
xia hard-wire connector. xia xia
(2) Set switch (a) on small operation box to

the REMOTE position to activate the in-
cab receiver. See “Main component
locations” on page 3-3 item 12.
a
Turn leftward
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-54
(3) The controller unit (a) is equipped with

straps (b) that must be worn around the
neck of the operator during normal
operating procedures. See “Remote
-02
control system”
3 on page 3-47.
3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 a w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-55
4-35
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
4.8.2 2Unfolding the boom 2 2
w w w
iaw details
xFor xia
on remote controller joystick
w
xia
w
functions, see “Remote Control System” on
page 3-47.
NOTE: See “Outrigger and boom backup
hydraulics” on page 3-19 if the
electronic control system fails while
unfolding the boom.
NOTICE
Lowering the boom with the hopper in the
open position 3 02 result in damage to the
-will 3 -02 3-02
- 0 3- 0 3-0
023 and hopper cover.
boom, hopper
2 2 02Fig.4-56 2 02
ww boom oil cylinder is not in working
If the ww w w
xia
station for a long time, oil temperaturexiaand xia
the pressure in oil cylinder will be decreased.
Fold boom 2, boom 3, boom 4 and boom 5
separately before unfolding boom 1,in order
to avoid the boom falling.
(1) Firstly unfold the boom 1 to about 90°

position (see Fig. 4-56), or when
unfolding the boom 2, it may cause the
boom, end 2base structure and other
3 0
-to 3-02 3-02
components
-30 bump.
3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w Fig.4-57 w w
xia xia xia
(2) After unfolding the boom 2 to over 70°
position, the boom 3 can be unfolded
(see Fig. 4-57).
(3) After unfolding the boom 3 to over 45°

position, the-02boom 4 can be unfolded 02 02
03 3- 3-
23-4-58).
(see Fig.
0 023-0 023-0
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
Fig.4-58
4-36
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
(4)20Firstly 2
unfold the boom 5 to over 15° 2
ww position, and the boom 4 can be unfolded.
ww w w
xia xia xia
which avoid arm5 head and tie rods (tie
rod 5,6) between arm3 and arm4 to bump
(see Fig. 4-59).
(5) Unfold the boom 4 and boom 5(see Fig.

4-60).
The sequence of folding the boom is the

opposition sequence of unfolding the boom.
Fig.4-59
2 02 02
3-0 NOTICE
3- 3-
When 3-0
02 unfolding or folding each boom,20it2 3-0 023-0
2
w provide enough height and space 2
wmust ww for w w
xia b o o m m o v e m e n t i n o r d e r t oxiaa v o i d xia
b um p . Wh e n tu r n i n g b o o m o p er at i o n
handle, don't turn to the dead position
once and move slowly to the maximal
opposition.
WARNING
When concrete putting in boom delivery
pipe, the total weight of boom increase
3
sharply,0and-02the weight distortion of boom 03Fig.4-60
-02 3-02
-
023 and the distortion is most at
increase, 023
-
023-0
2
w whole boom horizontal placing wstate, w 2 w 2
wthe w
xia a nd t h e bo o m en d d es c en d sxhiaar p l y , xia
which may cause personnel and
equipment damage.Therefore, the
minimum distance is over 3 meter from
boom and end hose to ground or obstacle
before placing.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wFig.4-61 w w
xia xia xia
4-37
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
4.8.3 2Unlocking the end hose 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
Hold the end hose upward and pull the
locking bar (a) downward to release the hose
for operation. See Fig. 4-62.
NOTE: Don’t unlock the end hose until the

boom is in place and ready for
pumping operation. a
Fig.4-62
4.8.4 Checking outrigger stability
-02 is very important and must

Stability of the3unit
0 3-02 3-02
be ensured23-after the boom is fully extended.
0 023-0 023-0
w2 w 2 w 2
iaw the steps below before beginningxiaany
xFollow
w
xia
w
pumping operations.
NOTICE
Lowering the boom with the hopper in the
Fig.4-63
open position will result in damage to the
boom, hopper and hopper cover.
(1) Slowly slew the extended boom over

-02
each outrigger.
3 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 see an outrigger jack sinking or 202 3-0 023-0
2
(2) If you 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia unstable, immediately slew the boomxback xia
to its original transport position.
(3) Adjust the amount of dunnage under the

cribbing pads until you have enough soil
contact to hold the unit without sinking.
(4) Repeat the procedure for each outrigger.
CAUTION
Failure to observe and follow these
directives could
0 3 -02result in machine tipover, 3-02 3-02
-
023 damage or personal injury.
equipment 023-0 023-0
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
4-38
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Pumping Operations
4.9
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
Normal pumping operation can begin only
after the boom is positioned in the desired
location.
4.9.1 Safety precautions
NOTICE
The pumping system can be started, only
after making
3 - 02sure that the change valve of 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0
the auxiliary valve group is set at the -0
023 023-0
2
mixing position, the mixing shaft runs 2 2
ww ww w w
xia properly, the engine, transfer casexiaand oil xia
pump run normally, the outriggers are
supported well and the boom is unfolded
as required, and all the examinations are
carried out. Failure to do so may result in
serious damage to the pumping system,
or personal injury.
(1) Once the forward/reverse pumping switch

is turned to the forward position, the
02 begin to work. Carefully 3-02
piston -will
3 3-02
3- whether the main oil cylinder and023-0
observe
0 2
0
023-0
w w 2the swing valve oil cylinder changew w2 w w 2
xia direction normally, whether the xia tube xia
clamps are loose, and whether adaptors
are leaky.
(2) Press reverse pumping button in case of

jamming in tube. However, never conduct
reverse pumping excessively. Or else, the
jamming in tube will become aggravated.
(3) In case of emergency, directly press E-

STOP button to stop the machine, so that
-02 of truck-mounted concrete 03-02
each part
0 3 3-02
0 23- stops.
pump 23-
0 023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
4-39
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 starting the truck-mounted 202 3-0 023-0
(4) When2 2
ww ww w w
xia concrete pump, accident may be caused
xia xia
by sudden swing of end hose, thus people
should be away from the dangerous area
of end hose (that may be covered by end
hose) during the starting course. The
diameter of this area is two times of the
length of end hose. If the maximum length
of end hose (1) is 4m, the diameter of this
area(2) is 8m (see Fig. 4-64).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-64
(5) During the operation, you should choose

a safe place to stand, and use the
appropriate support tools to guide the end
hose. Standing on the edge of the
building and holding the end hose is
forbidden, otherwise, the swing of hose or
boom may lead to the fall of operator
(see Fig. 4-65).
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

Fig.4-6502 3-0 023-0 023-0
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
4-40
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
(6)20Never allow the rubber hose from 2 2
ww bending or jamming, and the end ww w w
xia xia hose xia
cannot be immersed into the concrete.
Otherwise, it is easy to cause burst and
personnel injury due to the increase of
pipeline pressure (see Fig. 4-66).
3- 02 3 -02 3-02
023-0 02 3- 0Fig.4-66
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(7) The end hose should be hanged down
safely and reliably (see Fig. 4-67).
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0Fig.4-67 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(8) The hopper screen should be closed
when the pumping system is running, and
it is strictly prohibited to stretch the hands
into the hopper or water tank and touch
the swing mechanism (see Fig. 4-68, Fig.
4-69 and Fig. 4-70).
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-68
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-41
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-69
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-70
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

(9) When23-the pressure is applied, it is
0 0 23- 023-0
w 2
prohibited to open or remove the deliveryw 2 w 2
a wpipes, w w
x i xia
and it is necessary to decompress xia
the concrete inside the pipe by the
reverse pumping. Beware of the wounding
by the instant ejection of concrete
(see Fig. 4-71).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 3-0
02Fig.4-71 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-42
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
Do not to use the concrete pump at high
xia
pressure (concrete pressure greater than
85 bar) when connected to a pipe suitable
only for lower pressure (concrete pressure
less than 85 bar). The operator has to
make sure that he is using a suitable pipe
before switching on the high pressure.
SANY does not take any liability for wrong
use.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

23-
(10) Always
0
check weather conditions. Wind 3-
02 023-0
2speeds in excess of CPMA 2
(Concrete 2
ww Pump Manufacturers Assn.) andiawACPA w w w
xia x xia
(American Concrete Pumping Assn.)
standard ratings and electrical storms
could cause injury or even death.
Lower the boom system immediately and

take shelter if high winds or an electrical
storm should occur during pumping
operations.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-72 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(11) Never allow personnel to stand between
the mix truck and pumping equipment
when positioning the mix truck with the
hopper. Always stand at a safe distance
when positioning the equipment.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0Fig.4-73 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-43
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 sure all pumping material has 202 3-0 023-0
(12) Be2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia stopped discharging from the end xhose xia
before moving or retracting the boom.
Be sure there is no material residue that

could fall from the end hose onto the
equipment, work site or personnel below.
Stop or reverse pumping operations
before moving or retracting the boom.
4.9.2 Notes on correct pumping
-02
Bouncing boom
3 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0
02 bounces very heavily in pumping 202Fig.4-74
If the boom 023-0
2 2
ww
operations, check the support and correctwitw w w
xasia required. If the support is correct, reduce
xia xia
the pump speed or change the boom
position.
The boom can also bounce if air is taken in

and compressed in the delivery line. You
should therefore always make sure that the
agitator hopper is always filled with concrete
to the mixer shaft and that no air is sucked
in.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
23-0 023-0 023-0
20 boom position
Favourable 2 2
ww aw
w w w
xAiahorizontal position of the last armxi is xia
favourable for pumping (see Fig. 4-75). Last arm horizontal
If the last arm is lower than the horizontal,

the concrete in this part of the delivery line
will flow more quickly as a result of its self-
weight. The flow velocity is lower if the arm
position is horizontal, and thus the wear on
the delivery pipes and the end hose is less.
When the pump is stopped, only the content

2
-0flows -02 02
of the end hose
0 3 out if the arm position 0 3 3-
- 3-
023 the content of the delivery line 202Fig.4-75
is horizontal; 023-0
w 2 2
iawflow out if the arm position is below
can ww
the w w
xhorizontal. xia xia
4-44
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0
0strokes 02 3-0 023-0
The2 2
of the pump cause forces to act 2
ww ww w w
xia along the delivery line and thus along
xia the xia
boom. If the last arm is vertical, the forces
also act vertically on the boom end and move
the boom up and down. If the arm position is
horizontal, the boom is moved forwards and
backwards, which causes a light rocking
motion.
Damping valve
You must close the damping valve when you
are pumping02soft consistence concrete (snail 2 02
symbol)-0as3- otherwise the S-valve switches -03-0 3-
23 harshly. You must open the damping
0too 023 023-0
over2 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia valve (hare symbol) when you are xpumping xia
stiff consistence concrete as the concrete has
a damping effect.
4.9.3 Pre-operational checks
Before starting any pumping operations,

confirm that:
● All personnel involved are ready for the

concrete placing process and that they
-02 all rules and procedures and 03-02
understand
0 3 3-02
23- where all E-STOP buttons are
0know 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
a ww located. See “E-STOP buttons” on a
w
wpage w w
x i 3-45. x i xia
● All personnel have an unobstructed view
and are able to communicate with the
boom operator.
● All hand signals are understood.
● The end hose safety chain (a) is in place

and will support the end hose during
operations (see Fig. 4-76). Fig.4-76
2 02 02
3-0
0 03- 3-
NOTE: 3 -
Never remove this
02 pumping operations.
safety chain during
02 3 -
023-0
2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
4-45
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
iaw
xDo x iaw xia
w
not use the safety chain to position the
end hose. Do not hang onto the end hose
or boom during pumping operations.
Failure to observe and follow this directive
may result in equipment damage or
possible injury.
● The auto-grease system is full and

operating. It is important that the
3 02
operator -monitor this system during
3- 02 3-02
3- 0
operation. 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w
iaw
xNOTE: xia
w
Grease build-up under the hopper
xia
w
indicates the system is operating
normally.
NOTICE
Failure to monitor this system may result
in component damage or lock-up.
4.9.4 Pumping2
3-0 3- 02 3-02
3-0
2 system 023-0 023-0
20the
Priming 2 2
iaww aw
w w w
x(1) i
Open the hopper (a) and lock the xcover a xia
b
in a safe position using both locks (b) to
secure it on both ends (see Fig. 4-77).
NOTE: If the boom must be lowered for any

reason, be sure to close the hopper
cover first.
NOTICE
-02 with the hopper in the

Lowering the boom
3 -02 3-02
2
0
3- will result in damage to the
open position 3-03
Fig.4-77
3-0
0
boom,2hopper and hopper cover. 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
4-46
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the hopper with fresh water and add02 3-0 023-0
(2)20Fill 2 2
ww either a pump priming agent or igroutww to w w
xia xa xia
lubricate the conveying piping.
NOTE: Follow the instructions on the priming

agent/grout packaging for the amount
and mix time.
(3) Set switch (a) on the rear chassis switch

panel to the AGITATE position to mix the
material with the water (see Fig. 4-78).
(4) Once the priming agent/grout and water

3
are mixed,
0 -02 signal the personnel at the end 03-02 3-02
3-0
a
- -
2 023 before engaging the pump. See
hose
2 023 2 02
ww “Pump operation hand signals” oniapage ww 4- w w
xia 31 for details. x b
xia
Using the remote controller
(1) Set switch (b) on the rear chassis switch

panel to the REMOTE position and
prepare the remote controller for operation
(see Fig. 4-78).
Fig.4-78
(2) Move switch (a) to the discharge position
while regulating the flow with dial (b)
02 02 02
03- 4-79).
(see Fig.
3- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-79
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-47
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw the rear chassis switch panel xiaw
xUsing xia
w
(1) Set switch (a) to the LOCAL position

(turn rightward), see Fig. 4-80.
a
(2) Move switch (b) to the FORWARD
position while regulating the flow with
switch (c). c
NOTE: Always sound the horn with switch (d) b d

before you start the pump.
-02
03p i n g c y l i n d e r s w i l l b e g i n -02 3-02
T h e p3u-m
2 2 3 -03 3-0
20 and the mixed priming agent willw 20
operation 2 02
w w w w w
xia start moving through the conveying piping. xia xia
Fig.4-80
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-48
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
Pumping concrete w 2 w 2
xia x last of
Fill the hopper with concrete when the
iaw xia
w
the priming agent is near the bottom of the
hopper.
a
NOTE: To avoid concrete build-up on the
hopper grate, occasionally use the
Switch (a) on either the rear chassis
switch panel or the remote controller
to shake concrete residue from the
grate into the hopper (see Fig. 4-81 ).
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 NOTICE 2 2
w
wAlways keep more than enough concrete
w w w w
xia xia xia
in the hopper during pumping operations Fig.4-81
to a voi d t r a p p i n g a i r i n t h e m a t e r i a l
cylinder openings.
4.9.5 Possible faults
Faults may occur even if you have observed

all the notes on correct pumping. This section
lists the faults occurring most frequently, and
2 02 02
3-0 to rectify them.
indicates how 3- 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-49
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202
Blockages
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw following faults can lead to blockages: w w
1 2
xThe xia xia
● delivery line insufficiently wetted;
● S-tube leaking;
● lines leaking;
● concrete leavings in the S-tube and 3
delivery pipes;
Fig.4-82
● unfavourable concrete composition;
● segregated concrete;
● set concrete.2 2
3-0 3-0 3-02
-0 event of blockages, pump the 23-0
NOTE: In 3the
2 3-0
2concrete immediately back into thew 20
0 2 02
w
w agitator hopper and mix it up. iYou w w w
xia xa xia
can switch over to forwards pumping
when the delivery cylinders and the S-
valve are switching over automatically
again without problem. Begin pumping
again with care.
Overheating
Continuous operation under high loading can
lead to overheating of the hydraulic fluid. All
3 - 02
pumps have a thermo-electrical cut-out. The
3 -02 3-02
- 0
pump is automatically shut down if the fluid - 0 3-0
2
heats up 02to3 over 90 ℃ . Proceed as follows to 2023 2 02
w w w
iaw this: Check that the hydraulicxfluid
xprevent iaw xia
w
radiator is operating correctly. If not, you can
switch it on using the toggle switch on the
control cabinet.
● Reduce the output.
● Fill the water box with fresh water as
soon as the fluid temperature rises
above 80 ℃ .
Cooling
● Change the
0 3 -02 water continuously if the 3-02 3-02
023-
temperature continues to rise.
02 3-0 023-0
● w2
w Look w
for the cause of fluid overheating w 2
w w 2
xia and rectify it. xia xia
Fig.4-83
4-50
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
Additional cooling 2 02 2 02
w●w w w w w
xia ia
If you absolutely must supply xadditional xia
cooling, direct the water jet onto the
drive cylinders and the piston rods of the
drive cylinders.
NOTICE
Never spray water on the hydraulic fluid
reservoir. Damage may be caused to the
hydraulic pump.
Never use sea water or water containing
3 -02
salt for 0cooling. Otherwise the chrome 0Fig.4-843 -02 3-02
layer
-
023on the delivery piston rods and 023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
wdelivery cylinders will be destroyed. ww w w
xia xia xia
Restarting after overheating
Should the pump have, nevertheless, been
switched off because of overheating, you
should proceed as follows:
● Switch the pump off.

● Never switch the engine off, as the
hydraulic fluid radiator must remain in
2 02 02
3-0
operation. 3- 3-
2 3-0
0Refresh 02 3-0 023-0
2
● the water in the water box. 2 2
ww w
iaw if w w
xia ● Wait until the hydraulic fluid hasxcooled xia
you are not able to find the fault
immediately.
● Once the red indicator lamp has
extinguished, switch the pump back on
and continue pumping slowly at reduced
output.
● Determine the cause of the fluid
overheating once pumping operations
have been completed and rectify the
3 - 02 3-02 3-02
-0
fault.
3 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
4-51
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
4.9.6 2Special cases 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
On some construction sites, it may be the
case that the net reach of the boom is not
adequate. You then have the option of
connecting a continuation delivery line to the
boom tip or, if your machine is equipped with
a lateral outlet, connecting a delivery line
there.
Continuation delivery line

No forces must be 2 transferred from the fixed
- 0
to3 the boom or vice versa.
delivery line 0 3- 02 3-02
023- 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
The stationary delivery line may not place
iaw
xadditional iaw
loading on the boom. Thisx will xia
w
prejudice the stability of the machine. The
delivery hose may not be bend, nor may be it
be stretched. Blockages can occur if it is
bent. If it is stretched out, forces may be
transmitted which can lead to damage to the
structure, delivery hose or boom. The boom
can sink during pumping operations and
place the delivery hose under tension as a
consequence of cooling of the hydraulic fluid
0 3 -02
in the boom cylinders. This can cause forces
0 3 -02 3-02
0 23-
to be transferred or the delivery hose to tear.
0 23- 023-0
You w 2
should therefore keep the delivery hosew 2 w 2
a w constant observation. w w
x i
under xia xia
● Extend the boom to bring the last arm
approximately 1.5-2 m from the
stationary delivery line.
● Dismantle the end hose.
● Mount a 3 m long delivery hose in place

of the end hose.
● Connect the02delivery hose and the fixed 02 02

-
03line 3- 3-
delivery
0 2 3 - using a SKH attachment
023-0 023-0
2
coupling. Use an A seal as the seal. 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
● Fasten the SKH attachment coupling
securely to the structure.
4-52
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 Equipment Clean-up
4.10
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
After all pumping operations are completed, it
is important to remove and clean all concrete
material residue from the machine before
folding the boom.
NOTICE
Failure to thoroughly clean the pumping
system at the completion of pumping
operations will result in equipment
damage. 3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w4.10.1Cleaning the Boom Pipingiaw w
xia x xia
Clean the conveying piping before cleaning
any other parts of the concrete pump unit.
Timing is very important during this operation

because concrete can set up and harden
very quickly.
(1) Fully extend the boom vertically using the

joystick controls on the remote controller.
This position will aid in the extraction of
3 -02
any 0concrete within the boom piping 03-0
2
3-02
-
023 Fig. 4-85).
(see 023
-
023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-85
4-53
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
2 Remote/Local switch (a) on the 202 3-0 023-0
(2) Set20the 2
ww ww w w
xia rear chassis switch panel to the LOCAL
xia xia
position (turn rightward) and Pumping
Forward/Backward switch (b) to the
a
BACKWARD position to empty the
conveying piping as much as possible
(see Fig. 4-86). See “Main component
locations” on page 3-3.
b
NOTICE
Use only the rear chassis switch panel
when performing
0 3 -02 cleaning operations to 3- 02 3-02
3- to the remote controller.
avoid damage
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.4-86
xia
When no additional concrete exits the
boom piping, move the Pumping Forward
/ Backward switch (b) to the central
position to stop the reverse pumping
operation.
(3) Lower the boom to access the end hose.

Then soak the sponge ball in water and
insert it into the end hose (see Fig. 4-87).
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-87
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-54
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the saturated sponge ball inserted02 3-0 023-0
(4)20With 2 2
ww into the end hose, fully extend theww w w
xia xia boom xia
vertically once more to extract any
residual concrete from the boom
conveying piping.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-88
(5) Set the Pumping Forward / Backward

switch (b)
3 - 02 to the BACKWARD position 3-02 3-02
once-0more to begin reverse pumping flow, -0
023 the sponge ball through the 023 023-0
2draw 2 2
ww conveying piping and extract any iresidual
ww w w
xia xa xia
concrete from the boom conveying piping.
Residual concrete will empty into the

hopper and the sponge ball will follow
b
(see Fig. 4-89).
NOTE: As the sponge ball gets closer to the

hopper, use a wooden mallet to gently
tap on the piping to determine the
location of the sponge ball. A dull
sound
0 3 -02 indicates the conveying piping 0Fig.4-89 3 -02 3-02
-
is still full. A hollow, ringing sound
023i n d i c a t e s t h e p i p i n g i s c l e a r 2o0f23
-
023-0
2 2
ww ww w w
xia concrete and the ball is closer xia to the xia
end.
4-55
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 the sponge ball is close to the 202 3-0 023-0
(6) When2 2
ww ww a b a
ww
xia elbow near the hopper, set the Pumping
xia xia
Forward / Backward switch to the center
position to stop pumping action; then
remove the lock pins (a) and the elbow
(b) (see Fig. 4-90).
Fig.4-90
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
(7)wMove the
iaw w
lever (a) at the bottom of the
xia hopper to open the hopper bottom xdoor xia
and allow the hopper to drain (see Fig. 4-
91).
When the hopper is empty, retract the

boom for additional cleaning if necessary.
a
Retrieve the sponge ball and wash out the
remaining conveying piping by hand, then
reinstall the elbow and lock pins that
Fig.4-91
secure the elbow
2 to the hopper.
3-0 3-02 3-02
3-0
NOTE: It02may be necessary to repeat steps 4 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2for 10 several times to ensure that wallw 2 ww 2
xia concrete residue is removed fromxiathe xia
boom piping.
NOTICE
Be sure all conveying piping sections are
clean and clear of any concrete residue
before performing the final wash of the
pump and exterior. Failure to do so may
result in equipment damage when the
pump is next used.
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-56
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the lever (a) at the bottom of the 02 3-0 023-0
(8)20Move 2 2
ww hopper to close the hopper bottom ww w w
xia xia door xia
after all residual concrete has been
cleaned from the boom conveying piping,
then retract and lower the boom into place
for travel (see Fig. 4-92).
CAUTION a
If required, using compressed air to clean
the boom piping or a separate pipeline
should be done only under the Fig.4-92
supervision 2of a trained expert. All hoses
0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
must be - removed and a ball catcher must -
023
be 2attached 2
to the discharge end. Failure 023 2 02
w follow these procedures could result
wto ww in w w
xia serious injury. xia xia
4.10.2 Hopper, delivery cylinder and S-tube

One possible method of cleaning the hopper,
the delivery cylinder and the S-valve is
described below.
NOTE: This machine is equipped with an
agitator safety cutout. As soon as you
open02the grille, the agitator is halted
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
-
and the pressure is dumped from the
023accumulator. This means that the 2S-023
-
023-0
2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia switch
valve will no longer be able to
xia
over. In addition, the delivery pistons
return to the end position and the
concrete pump halts. You must switch
the concrete pump off and back on
again to restart it.
WARNING
In no event should you insert the water
hose, the spray gun or other objects
through the grille into the hopper to spray
3 -02 cylinders. Such objects may 03-02
out the delivery
0 3-02
023
- by the S-valve as it switches23-
be trapped 023-0
w 2
over and become damaged. The w 20
objects w 2
w aw w
xia may be caused to fly about, therebyxicausing xia
an injury to you or other persons.
4-57
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202the leavings
Drain off 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
x●ia Place a sheet beneath the hopper. xia xia
● Open the hopper flap beneath the
hopper and let the leavings flow out of
the hopper.
● Switch the pump over to reverse

pumping.
● This pumps the leavings out of the

delivery cylinders into the hopper and
02 hopper opening.
3-the
thus out of -02 3-02
3-0 -03
Fig.4-93
3 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
Spray out delivery cylinder
● Open the two cross pins on the hinged
elbow to take out the sponge ball, open
the hinged elbow.
● Allow the concrete pump to run slowly in

reverse.
● Spray the S-valve out carefully

downwards
3 - 02 from the hinged elbow. 3-02 3-02
0 2 3 0 the hose up to the marking
Slowly -insert
3-0
02Fig.4-94 023-0
as2you do this. 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
● Hold the water hose in this position,
introduced as far as the marking, for
several minutes, until only clean water
runs out.
This will flush out the two delivery

cylinders alternately.
● Carefully spray out the hopper using a

2 02 02
hose. 3-0 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
● w 2 down all components that havew 2
Hose w 2
w w w
xia come into contact with concrete. xia Fig.4-95 xia
4-58
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
w 20
4.10.3Truck superstructure and post-
w 20 w 2
w w w
xia cleaning procedure xia xia
Once the delivery line, hopper, delivery
cylinders and S-tube have been washed out,
you must then rinse down thoroughly all parts
of the machine that have come into contact
with concrete. Concrete that is not washed off
immediately can attack the paint, especially if
aggressive concrete additives have been
used.
-02 pressure washing system to 03-02

Use the built-in
0 3 3-02
-
023 residual concrete from the exterior2of023
remove -
023-0
2
w boom parts, hopper and other areaswwafter w 2
a wthe ia for w
i
x the boom conveying piping is clear. xWater xia
the pressure-washing system is located in the
rear outriggers.
(1) Connect the water pump and water gun

with flush hose at the left side rear of the
truck below the chassis.
02 02 02
03- (a) on the rear chassis switch 3-03-
(2) Set switch
3 - 3-0
3-
02 to the FLUSH position (turn202
panel
2 2 02
w w w
xiaw leftward), see Fig. 4-96 and the wateriawwill
x xia
w
spurt out from the water gun(see Fig.4-97 ). a
3-02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-96 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-59
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w NOTICE w a w
xia xia b
xia
Be careful not to let the pressure washing
system go dry during washing operations.
Damage to the pump may result.
(3) Use valve (a) to adjust the water

pressure making sure the pressure
reading remains within the green zone on
the gauge (b) (see Fig. 4-97).
3-02 NOTICE 02 02
3-0 03-
Fig.4-97
3-0
3-
2 remove all concrete residue may 2023-
Failure 0to
2 2 02
r ew wl t i n d a m a g e t o t h e m a c h i nwew,
su w w
ia
xespecially during later operation. xia xia
a
(4) Set switch (a) on the rear chassis switch
panel to the STOP position (turn
middle ) in 30s after close the ball valve of
water gun ( see Fig. 4-98), or it will effect
the lifetime of the water pump.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iawUse
x(5) xia
w
either of the following two methods
xia
w
to prevent the possibility of freeze-up Fig.4-98
during cold weather:
● Drain any water residue from the rear a

outrigger tanks after all pressure-washing
operations are complete. Each rear
outrigger has a drain cock (a) on the
bottom center of the frame (see Fig.4-
99 ).
● Add non-toxic
0 3 -02 antifreeze to the water to 3- 02 3-02
prevent
0 2 3- freezing and reduce cold climate
023-0 023-0
2
freeze-up. 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-99
4-60
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
20 Retracting
4.11
w the 0
Boomw 2& w 2
w w w
xia Outriggers xia xia
WARNING
Clear the work area of all personnel and
equipment before proceeding. Never
retract the outriggers with the boom
raised. Always be sure the boom is fully
collapsed and secured in place before
retracting the outriggers. Loss of control
or a rollover may occur, resulting in
equipment
0 3 -02damage, personal injury or 03-02 3-02
23-
death.
0 23- 0 023-0
w w2 w2 w 2
xia (1) x iaw
Ensure that all clean-up operations are xia
w
complete.
(2) Confirm that the parking brake on the
truck chassis is set to the PARK position
and that all wheels are chocked.
(3) Retract the boom to its fully collapsed
position and secure it in place. See
“Extending the Boom” on page 4-34 for
details.
(4)Standing
3 - 02 clear of the outriggers, retract 3-02 3-02
each-0outrigger jack the same amount until -0
023 outrigger is fully lowered, never 023 023-0
2each 2 2
ww exceeding the 3° range shown iaon ww the w w
xia x xia
level indicator during the process. If
necessary, use a spotter to help guide
you.
(5) With all personnel still clear of the work
area, retract the front outriggers into the
truck chassis, then fold the rear outriggers
in place against the exterior of the truck
chassis. Fig.4-100
(6) Ensure that all outriggers are properly

locked and
0 3 -02 secured in place before you 3-02 3-02
02 3-
travel.
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-61
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
20
4.12w Driving, Towing and Loadingw 20 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4.12.1Driving
General travel precautions

Before traveling, be sure the boom is properly
seated in its cradle, resting in the approved
location and locked in place.
Never travel with an incorrectly placed boom.
Loss of control may result (see Fig. 4-101).
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-101
Before traveling, ensure that all outriggers

and other equipment are secured in place
and all road safety devices are present and
secured (see Fig.24-102).
3- 0 3- 02 3-02
02
Double-check 3-0
these items before you travel 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
wwtime.
each ww w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-102
Always be aware of your travel height.

Bridges, power lines and overhanging objects
pose a hazard when traveling with your
equipment (see Fig.
2 4-103).
3- 0 3- 02 3-02
Check your 3-0
02 equipment dimensions in the 202 3-0 023-0
2 2
ww
specifications section of this manual and w bew w w
xsiuar e y o u r r o u t e w i l l a c c o m m o d a t exiat h e xia
equipment.
Fig.4-103
4-62
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02 travel at a safe, controllable speed. 02 3-0 023-0
2
Always 2 2
ww ww w w
xia Avoid sudden stops or high speed xia turns xia
which could cause loss of control or a
possible rollover (see Fig. 4-104).
Keep in mind, the larger the equipment on

the truck body, the higher the center of
gravity.
Driving on slopes
Driving on slopes may pose a hazard. In Fig.4-104
order to prevent tipping or losing control of
0 3 -02 it is important to follow some 03-02 3-02
3-0
the machine,
3- 3-
202simple rules.
basic 202 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia x i
Always drive straight up or straight down the xia
slope (see Fig. 4-105).
Keep the boom equipment fully retracted and

properly locked down.
You may have to back the machine up the

slope if the slope grade is too steep.
Never turn the ignition switch OFF when

driving on a slope.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
0
- low gear
Drive23in at a slow, controllable2
0 3- Fig.4-105 023-0
w 2
speed. w2 w 2
xiaw xia
w
xia
w
Never turn or maneuver the truck on a slope.
Due to the high center of gravity in the
concrete pumping equipment, loss of control,
tipping or a rollover may result (see Fig. 4-
106).
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
4-63
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
2 reverse 023-0 023-0
Driving20in 2 2
w w w
iaw in reverse may pose several hazards.
xDriving xia
w
xia
w
Below is a list of some basic rules to follow
when driving in reverse:
● Be sure the area behind you is clear of
people or objects that might be in the
way.
● Sound the horn before moving your
machine to warn others in your area you
are moving.
● Designate a person to direct your
movements0 3 -02when backing in areas that 0 3 -02 3-02
may 3- a hazard or where there is 023-
02pose 023-0
w 2 w2 w 2
a w poor visibility. a w w
x●i xi
Do not rely totally on your truck's mirrors;
xia
keep in mind there are blind spots when
using mirrors.
● Always use a spotter or guide when
backing this machine.
Parking and securing the equipment
When parking or securing your equipment, it

is important to follow several basic safety
0 3 -02 you are responsible for

rules. Keep in mind,
0 3 -02 3-02
the security- of your equipment when it is
023shut down. Below is a list of some 2023
-
023-0
parked2or 2
w w w
iaw rules to follow when parking xyour
xbasic iaw xia
w
equipment:
● Never leave a machine running and
unattended, even for a moment.
● Always park the machine in a flat, stable
level location away from moving
equipment, pedestrians or traffic.
● Retract all boom work equipment down
onto its supports, neutralize all controls
and secure boom equipment in place.
3 - 02
Retract all outriggers and secure them in
3-02 3-02
place. -0
3 3-0 3-0
● 202 the wheels.
Chock 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
x●ia Remove xia all
the ignition key and lock xia
areas on the machine equipped with a
locking security feature.
4-64
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0
0Be 02 3-0 023-0
●
w 2 sure the parking brake is set to the 2 2
w ww w w
xia PARK position.
xia xia
● Lock and secure access panels, truck
driver's cab, fuel and oil tanks to prevent
tampering while the equipment is
unattended.
● If necessary, cordon off the area with
security alerts to warn others of the
equipment's presence.
4.12.2Towing
Observe02the stipulations of manufacturer
●
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
2 - other towing machines
of3chassis
0with
when towing the Pump Truck
023
-
023-0
2 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia ● Do not use the pumping parts (forxexample, xia
hopper) to tow the Pump Truck, but only
the towing eye can be used to. The
towing eye is at the forepart of the Pump
Truck, and it is used to tow the Pump
Truck when the later is broken down.
● In addition, you may also use the
outrigger drag loop to tow the Pump
Truck. But the outriggers shall be
retracted and put at the axle of towing
direction. 2 When you tow the Pump
3 - 0
if the outrigger swings out or is at 03-
02 3-02
0
Truck,
3-0
2 23-angle to the towing direction, it may
0an 2 023
-
2 02
ww cause a serious consequence (see w
iaw Fig. w w
xia 4-107).
x xia
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-107
4-65
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20
4.12.3Loading 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
● Only use the special lifting holes on the
outriggers and on the securing turret can
you lift the Pump Truck.
● Strictly perform operation specifications

and safety regulations of lifting rigs, tools
and other devices when lifting.
● Confirm the nameplate of the Pump

Truck to make sure the lifting capacity of
02 is more than 1.2 times of
the lifting -rig
3 3-02 3-02
0
weight3-of the Pump Truck. 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
w You may use traveling crane, hoist, front-
w w w w
x●ia xia xia
face lifter etc. to lift the Pump Truck. The
lifting tool may be the anti-cut nylon
sling, D-type shackle or arc-type shackle.
You may use shackles to connect the
lifting hole and the nylon sling, and lock
the lifting tool and adjust the length of
sling to guarantee the leveling of the
Pump Truck (see Fig. 4-108).
● Do not use sling to lift the Pump Truck

0 3 -02 0 3 -02
Fig.4-108
3-02
● Do not
0 23-use at discretion a lifting point to 2023- 023-0
2
lift the Pump Truck (see Fig. 4-109). 2
a ww ww w w
x i xia xia
Fig.4-109
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-66
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
4.13
w 2 Machine Decals w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia
It is important that all safety, alert and
xia
warning decals are in place, not damaged,
covered or removed. It is also important for
the operator and all personnel involved to be
aware of the decal content and locations on
the equipment.
NOTE:Our SANY dealer can supply you with

new replacement decals if the ones
o n t he m ac hi ne ar e dam a ge d or
3 -02 Never modify or change 03-02
missing.
0 3-02
-
023existing decal information unless 023
-
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiaw iaw
authorized by your SANY distributor.
x xia
w
When replacing damaged or missing
decals, be sure they are placed in the
proper locations.
NOTE:Additional safety or warning decals

may be added to your machine if
necessary.
NOTE:The following images are typical
0 3 -02
representations and will differ from
0 3 -02 3-02
- machine, dependi ng on the 3-
023model in exact locations of placement,
your
02 023-0
2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia etc. xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-67
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
4.13.120Locations of safety marks on 20 2
w ww w
iawcomplete vehicle
xthe xia xia
w
注意
W AR NI NG
-0 2 02 02
3- 3-
注意
0 3
023 -
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 10 11 17271920 2122 23 24 26 18
Fig.4-110
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
注意
WARNING
28 29 32 33 34 35 31 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
02 02 02
03- 03- 3-0
3-
2 0 23- 2 02 3-
2 02
Fig.4-111
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
4-68
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Cab and Fixed revolving tower viewed from the roof
警告
警告
53 54 55 57 58 16
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 Front of revolving tower
w 2 revolving tower
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
49 50 51 52
48
One side of outrigger Mudguard of rear wheel
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 15
w 2 47
w 2
w w w
xia Rear outrigger xia xia
Cover plate of water tank
viewed from the roof
46
56 30 25
Fig.4-112
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-69
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
4.13.22Mark descriptions 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia Table 4-1 xia
NO. Mark Callout NO. Mark Callout
1 Warning Mark for Hand Scald 23 Caution mark for safety helmet
2 Information Mark about Outrigger 24 Warning Mark for Outrigger Activation

Pressure
3 Mark on Outrigger Lock 25 Mark for Concrete Piston Operation
4 -02Warning of Anti-falling
Mark for
3 26
3
2
-0Prohibition for Hopper 3-02
2 3-0 3-
0227
0
02 3-0
5 w 20Directive Mark 1 2 Warning Mark for Preventing Boom
2
w w w against Electric Shock ww
xia xia xia
Mark for Caution to Splashing
6 Smoking Prohibition 28
Concrete
7 Warning mark for water pump usage 29 Protective Mark on Swing Mechanism
8 Identification Mark on Water Pump 30 Mark for Checking Piston Head
Mark for Water Pump Drainage 31 Caution Mark for Delivery Pipe
9 Procedure Breakage
10 Mark for lubrication points 32 Warning Mark on Stair

11 Mark for left One-sided support 33 Mark about Agitating Oil Pressure
02 02 -02
12 Mark 03-
3- for Warning of Electrical injury 3-
34 03- Mark about Swing Valve System Oil3 -03
2 02 2 02 Pressure 20 2
w w w w w
xia13 Mark for Safety Guards xia 35 iawPressure
Mark about Main-systemxOil
14 Mark for working on equipment 36 Caution scutcheon for protective the

pump pipe
15 Mark for Arrow 37 Instruction Mark for Outriggers
16 Mark for CCC Authentication 38 Mark for right One-sided support
17 Warning Mark for Accumulator 39 Information Mark about Placing Range
Instruction Mark for Boom Supporting 40 Instructions Mark for Use

18
Rack
19 Mark for Warning of Breakage of Oil Tube
02Mark for boom usage
Cautions 41 02 02
20 3- 03-
Warning Mark for Delivery tube 432- 03-Directive Mark 2 3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w Name Mark of Truck-mounted w
w Concrete
xia21 Mark for Emission xia 43
Pump xia
22 Mark of Grease Cup 44 Marks for Boom Operation
4-7 0
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 3-0
02 4-1 023-0
w 2 w 2
Table
w 2
w w iaw
xia NO. Mark Callout xia NO. x
Mark Callout
45 Mark for Greasing 55 Warning Mark for Stepping on the Covering Parts
46 Mark at Water Inlet 56 Mark for Piston protection
47 Warning Mark for Hand Injury Due to 57 Mark for Speed Set and Brake
Tyre Pressing
48 Mark for Gear Oil Draining Outlet 58 Mark for Switchover of Driving and
Pumping
49 Mark 1 on Oil Tank
0 2 02 02
03- 2 on Oil Tank 3- 3-
50 Mark
23-Instruction Mark for Sealing Oil Tank202 3-0 023-0
20
w51 2
w ww w w
xia 52
xia
Mark of Exhaust Valve of Main Oil xia
Pump
53 Identification Mark of Hydraulic Oil Tank
54 Mark at Gear Oil Filler
4.13.3 Detailed explanation to safety

marks
(1) Warning Mark for Hand Scald (see Fig.

4-113) -02 02 02
3 3- 3-
3-0
0It2 warns 02 3-0 023-0
● 2 personnel to beware of scald 2 2
w w w w
xia iaw
caused by engine, oil tank or others.
x xia
w
Fig.4-113
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-71
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
(2)
w 2
Information Mark about Outrigger
w 2 w 2
x iawPressure (see Fig. 4-114) xia
w
xia
w
● It gives the information about the loads
imposed by the working truck-mounted
concrete pump with the outriggers laid.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-114
(3) Mark on Outrigger Lock (see Fig. 4-115)
● It indicates that
3 - 02 the outrigger must be 3-02 3-02
0
unlocked3-before telescoping or extending 3-0 3-0
0 2 02 02
w2
outriggers.
w w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
● It indicates that the outrigger must be
locked before moving vehicle.
Fig.4-115
02 02 02
3-03- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
4-7 2
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w(4) Mark for Warning of Anti-falling (see aw Fig. w
xia 4-116) x i xia
● It prohibits climbing the revolving tower
during pumping, or the person may slide
and fall off.
Fig.4-117
02 02 02
3-03- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
w(5) Directive Mark 1 (see Fig. 4-118) iaw w w w
xia x xia
● It indicates the operation of the handle
below is for controlling the retraction or
extension of outriggers.
Fig.4-118
(6) Smoking Prohibition (see Fig. 4-119)

2
-0 to prohibit smoking near the 03-0 2 02
● 3
It is 0used 3-
23- 3- 3-0
20machine. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-119
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-73
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 mark for water pump usage 202
(7) Warning
3-0 023-0
w 2 w w 2
x iaw (see Fig. 4-120) iaw x xia
w
● It is prohibited using alkaline detergent
instead of clean water.
● When the temperature is below 0°C,

drain the water residue after operations
are complete to prevent frost crack which
may happen to the water pump.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w Fig.4-120 w
xia xia xia
(8) Identification Mark on Water Pump (see

Fig. 4-121)
● It is used to identify Off/On position of

the water pump ball valve.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-121
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-7 4
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
(9)Mark
0 2 3-0 for Water Pump Drainage
02 3-0 023-0
w w 2Procedure (see Fig. 4-122). w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
● It introduce the water pump drainage
procedure.
● Note: the time of air pumping should not

exceed 30 second after no water
draining form water gun.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wFig.4-122 w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-75
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w Mark for lubrication points (see Fig.
iaw4- w
xia xia
(10)
123)
x
● It indicates the points where should be

added lubrication on the boom and the
swing machine. And it also indicates the
regulation of adding lubrication.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-123
(11) Mark for left One-sided support (see Fig.

4-124)
● When the truck-mounted pump is

supported only on its left side, i.e. with
3
only the front
0 -02and rear outriggers spread 0 3 -02 3-02
(fully 3- properly, as required), it is 023-
02and 023-0
w 2 w2 w 2
wforbidden to turn the boom to the placew w
xia as shadowed in the figure below.xiIts a xia
placing scope is confined as regulated.
2 Fig.4-1224
3 -0 3- 0 3-02
3- 0 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
4-7 6
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
(12) 3-0
02Mark for Warning of Electrical injury (see
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiaw Fig. 4-125) aw
xi xia
w
● It indicates that the personnel is
forbidden to operate this equipment
within 5 meters of power lines.
● Death or serious injury can result from

contacting with any part of this machine
or vehicle if they become electrically
charged.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-125
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

023
(13) Mark - for Safety Guards (see Fig. 4-126) 23-
023-0
w 2 w 20 w 2
●w Do not operate the equipment without w all w
xia xia xia
safety guards in position. Standing near
the running boom or outriggers is
forbidden.
● Outriggers must be fully extended and

on a firm base before raising boom.
Keep the tires off the ground while
operate the boom.
3-02 -02 3-02

3-0 03
3-Fig.4-126 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w ww w w
xia xia xia
4-77
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 for working on equipment (see Fig.202
(14) Mark
3-0 023-0
w 2 w w 2
xiaw4-127) aw xi xia
w
● It warns personnel to stop engine before
working on equipment in order to prevent
any injury on the vehicle.
● Manual controls on the machine must

not be used for standard operation, but
only in emergency and for assembling,
dismantling cleaning, maintenance and
servicing.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-127
(15) Mark for Arrow (see Fig. 4-128)
● It requests personnel to extend or retract

th e f our ou t r i gg er s t o t he r e qu i r e d
positions, setting where the arrows of
outriggers0and
- 2 lug, and the arrows of 02 02
-0 3 3- 3-
front 3outrigger
0 2
boom and front outrigger
023-0 023-0
2 well aligned.
boom 2 2
ww ww w w
(16)Mark for CCC Authentication
● It is used for authentication. Abbreviated

here
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-7 8
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
(17)20Warning Mark for Accumulator (see Fig.
20 2
w
w 4-129) w w w w
xia xia xia
● It indicates this accumulator can only be
inflated with nitrogen rather than any
other gas and the nitrogen inflation
pressure should range from 7 MPa to 8
MPa.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(18)Instruction Mark for Boom Supporting
Rack (see Fig. 4-130) Fig.4-129
● After using period of time, the last

section of boom would have natural
lateral movement to the boom supporting
rack. Please adjust the lateral position of
the boom supporting rack in time to
ensure the boom entirely contacting with
the supporting rack.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(19) Caution mark for boom usage
(see Fig. 4-131)
Fig.4-130
● It is shown to avoid the truck-mounted
concrete pump being used to lift loads
and prohibit persons standing below the
boom.
● It requests operators to stand outside the

range of boom to control the end hose. It
3 -02 to stand under the boom, or 03-02
is forbidden
0 3-02
23- the casualty may occur due to the
0else, 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
ww falling of parts. ww w w
4-79
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

23-0 2 3-0 023-0
20
(20) Warning
w Mark for Delivery tube (see Fig. 20 2
w ww w w
xia 4-132) xia xia
● It warns that concrete delivery pipe is not
allowed to be mounted on the end hose.
Fig.4-132
3-02 3-02 3-02

23-0 023-0 023-0
20 about Emission (see Fig. 4-133)
(21) Mark 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia
● It indicates that cement dust is toxic,x and xia
the lung protection should be used when
exposed to the dust.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-133
(22) Mark of Grease Cup (see Fig. 4-134)
● It reminds personnel to add butter full

every week working hours.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w Fig.4-134 w
xia xia xia
4-80
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 mark for safety helmet (see Fig.
(23) Caution
0 2 3-0 023-0
w w 2 4-135) w w2 w w 2
xia ● It is used to remind personnelxiato wear xia
safety helmet.
Fig.4-135
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w w 2 Warning Mark for Outrigger Activation
(24)
w w2 w w 2
xia (see Fig. 4-136) xia xia
● It warns the personnel to clear area
when activating outriggers and take
caution to crushing hazard.
Fig.4-136
(25)Mark for 0
- 2
Concrete Piston Operation (see 02 02
-0 3 3- 3-
Fig. 4-137).
02 3 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
●w It warns to follow the operating w w
xia procedure when changing concretexia xia
piston, otherwise it will cause physical
injury.
● It indicates the operating procedure of

changing concrete piston.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-137
4-81
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
23-0 023-0 023-0
20
(26)wProhibition for Hopper (see Fig. 4-138) w 2 w 2
w iaw w
x●ia It is used to prohibit
x
personnel from
xia
opening the screen during pumping,
there is a risk of injury during concrete
agitation.
● It is used to prevent personnel from

stepping on the hopper.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-138
(27) Warning Mark for Preventing Boom

-02 Shock (see Fig. 4-139)
against Electric
3 3-02 3-02
● 02
It requests
3-0
personnel to make sure the 202
3-0 023-0
2 2
ww ww w w
xia truck-mounted concrete pump is away
xia xia
from electric wires. When passing
through a high-voltage wire area or
working nearby such area, the machine
should keep a certain distance away
Fig.4-139
from the high-voltage wire.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-82
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w(28)Mark iaw
for Caution to Splashing Concrete w
xia (see Fig. 4-140)
x xia
● It asks personnel to beware of splashing

concrete during pumping.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-140
(29) Protective Mark on Swing Mechanism

(see Fig. 4-141)
● It prohibits personnel to touch the swing

mechanism when pumping.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-141
(30) Piston protection mark (see Fig. 4-142)
● It prohibits personnel to touch the

moving piston.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.4-142
xia
4-83
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw Caution Mark for Delivery Pipe Breakage
x(31) xia
w
xia
w
(see Fig. 4-143)
● It instructs personnel to only use pipes

bearable for the max. delivery pressure
of the concrete pump, there is a risk of
injury from cracked pipes under a
pressure too high.
Fig.4-143
3- 02 3-02 3-02
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
20
(32)wWarning Mark on Stair (see Fig. 4-144) w 20 w 2
w iaw w
x●ia It asks personnel to stay off
x
machine
xia
while it is in operation.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-144
(33) Mark about Agitating Oil Pressure (see

Fig. 4-145)
● It indicates the data displayed by

corresponding gauge is of agitating oil
pressure.
-02 025
Fig.4-14 02
0 3 3- 3-
02 3 -
023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-84
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
w Mark about Swing Valve System 202 2 02
a w(34) a ww Oil w w
x i Pressure (see Fig. 4-146) x i xia
● It indicates the data displayed by
corresponding gauge is of change-over
oil pressure.
Fig.4-146
(35) Mark about Main-system Oil Pressure

(see Fig. 4-147)
3 -02
It -0indicates the data displayed by -03
-02 3-02
●
2 3
0 corresponding gauge is of main-system023 023-0
2 2 2
ww oil pressure. ww Fig.4-147 w w
xia xia xia
(36) Mark for protective the pump pipe (see

Fig. 4-148)
● It is forbidden to use the hard objects (such

as stone,hammer,levering tools,etc.) knock
on the surface of the delivery pipe.
0 2 -0 2 02
● If there03is- a blockage, it is not recommen- 0 3 3-
ded
-
023to dismantle the front pipe to remove 2023
-
023-0
2 2
ww the blockage with quite some force.Ifamust
ww w w
xia adopt this method,please install thexiblock- xia
age protection ring.(see Fig. 8-15)
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-148 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-85
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3- 02
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
2
(37) Instruction Mark for Outriggers (see Fig. 202 2 02
w w w
xiaw 4-149) iaw x xia
w
● It suggests that outrigger should be fully
extended when the boom will be used,
and the forces transmitted to the
outriggers should be absorbed by the
outrigger reinforcements.
● Never extend the boom over retracted

outriggers.
3-02 3-02 3- 02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-149
(38) Mark for right One-sided support (see

Fig. 4-150)
● When the truck-mounted pump is

supported only on its right side, i.e. with
only the front
0 3 -02 and rear outriggers spread 0 3 -02 3- 02
023
(fully -and properly, as required), it is 23-
023-0
w 2
forbidden to turn the boom to the place w 20 w 2
w w w
xia as shadowed in the figure below. xia Its xia
placing scope is confined as regulated.
-
02 3-0
2 02
03- 3-
Fig.4-150
02 3- 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-86
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0
(39) Information Mark about Placing Range2
0 3-0 023-0
2
w (see Fig. 4-151) w2 w 2
xiaw xia
w
xia
w
● It shows the working range of the truck-
mounted concrete pump, which should
not be changed by any means.
2 02 02
(40) Instru0c3t-io0ns Mark for Use (see Fig. 4-152) 3- 3-
0 23- 02 3-0 023-0
2
● w It provides instructions for general w us2e w 2
xiaw w
a n d w a r n s p e r s o n n e l t o c o m pxliya w i t h xia
w
what indicated in the manual.
Fig.4-151
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-152
4-87
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
(41w
)Mark for Warning of Breakage of Oil
w w
xia Tube (see Fig. 4-153) xia xia
● It warns personnel not to touch the
leaking hydraulic oil. Get medical
examination immediately if oil splashing
on skin.
Fig.4-153
2 02 02
3-0 2 (see Fig. 4-154)
(42) Directive Mark 3- 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
● 2
Itw indicates the operation of the handlew 2 w 2
w w w
xia below is for controlling the retraction
xiaor xia
extension of outriggers.
Fig.4-154
(43) Name Mark of Truck-mounted Concrete

Pump (see Fig. 4-155)
● It shows the basic technical parameters

of the truck-mounted concrete pump,
including -model
3 02 , product brand ,
3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
2 023
max. theoretical output, max. theoretical
2 023 2 02
w
woutput pressure, max. vertical reach, w
w
3
w w
i a
x max. horizontal reach, engine model, xia xia
max. net power of engine, gross mass
kerb mass , overall dimension , date of
production and number.
Fig.4-155
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-88
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
(44)02 3-0 02
Marks for Boom Operation (see Fig. 4- 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
ww 156) ww w w
xia xia xia
● The marks indicate the control actions of
pump boom and turntable.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
Fig.4-156 2 02 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia xi
(45)Mark for Greasing (see Fig. 4-157). xia
● It indicates to add butter regularly on the
corresponding position on revolving
tower.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.4-157 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(46) Mark at Water Inlet (see Fig. 4-158)
● It indicates in the corresponding position

is a water inlet.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia Fig.4-158
xia
4-89
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
(47 )Warning
0 2 3-0Mark for Hand Injury Due to 02 3-0 023-0
2 Pressing (see Fig. 4-159)
Tyre 2 2
ww w w w w
x●ia xia
It calls attention to potential hand injury
xia
caused by tyre crush.
Fig.4-159
-
(48)Mark for03Gear
02
Oil Draining Outlet (see 3- 02 3-02
Fig.20 2 3 -
4-160). 02 3-0 023-0
2 2
ww w w w w
x●ia xia
It indicate the location of gear oil draining xia
outlet.
(49) Mark 1 on Oil Tank (see Fig. 4-161) Fig.4-160

-02
It gives-03the lowest oil level
-02 3-02
● allowable -03 3-0
2
when 023the boom is extended. If oil falls 20 2 3
2 02
ww ww w w
xia xiathe
below this oil level, stop operating xia
boom, and fill oil above this oil level
before extending the boom.
Fig.4-161
(50) Mark 2 on Oil Tank (see Fig. 4-162)
● It gives the lowest allowable oil level

when the truck-mounted concrete pump
is pumping.
0 3 -0If2oil falls below this oil level, 0 3 -02 3-02
3-
stop02operating the boom, and fill oil 023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
wabove this oil level before pumping ww Fig.4-162 w w
xia concrete. xia xia
4-90
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w(51)Instruction Mark for Sealing Oil Tank
w w
xia xia (see xia
Fig. 4-163)
● It instructs how to seal the hydraulic oil

during overhauling the truck-mounted
concrete pump and how to keep it clean.
Fig.4-163
(52) Mark of Exhaust Valve of Main Oil Pump

2 02 02
3-0 4-164)
(see Fig. 3- 3-
2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
●w 20It indicates the “OFF” and “ON” position
w 20 w 2
w of the exhaust valve of main oil pump.w w
xia xia xia
● The exhaust valve of main oil pump
should be remained shut off, and only
can be opened during main oil pump
exhausting.
Fig.4-164
(53) Mark for Hydraulic Oil Filler (see Fig. 4-

165) -02 02 02
3 3- 3-
●
3-0
0It2 indicates a2
the corresponding part is20
3-0 023-0
w 2 w w 2
w iaw w
xia hydraulic filler.
x xia
Fig.4-165
(54) Mark at Gear Oil Filler (see Fig. 4-166)
● It indicates the corresponding part is a

gear oil filler.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.4-166
4-91
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
(55) Warning Mark for Stepping on the
Covering Parts (see Fig. 4-167).
● Do not step on the covering parts of

revolving tower.
Fig.4-167
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
x(i5a6) Mark for Checking Piston Head (sexeiaFig. xia
4-168)
● It reminds personnel to check piston

head before pumping each time and
when water is getting turbid.
Fig.4-168
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w aw w
xia) Mark for Speed Set and Brake (seexiFig.
(57
xia
4-169)
● The symbols indicate setting on 11th

speed at oil pump place and stopping
and parking at driving position.
Fig.4-169
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-92
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0
(582)Mark for Switchover of Driving and 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 w 2
xiaw Pumping (see Fig. 4-170 ) aw
xi xia
w
● It requests personnel to stop engine
before switch over of driving and
pumping.
Fig.4-170
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-93
Operation
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4-94
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Troubleshooting
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
5 2Troubleshooting 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
5.1 General .............................................................................................................5-3
5.2 Troubleshooting Mechanical System ................................................................5-3
5.3 Troubleshooting Hydraulic System ...................................................................5-6
5.4 Troubleshooting Lubrication System ................................................................5-10
5.5 Troubleshooting Electric System ......................................................................5-11
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-1
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 3 -0 2
3-02
3-0
3-0
of this
3 - to operate
2 02 0
2 2 this
2 02
xia xia
death.
5-2
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
5w 2TROUBLESHOOTING w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5.1 General
SANY truck-mounted concrete pumps are
designed for continuous pumping and
dispensing of liquid concrete to locations
within reach of the placement boom
configured to the pump at various elevations,
both above and below the location of the
pump itself.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3- 02
0
-
5.2 23Troubleshooting
0 3
-
Mechanical 2System
02 3-0
2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
No. Malfunction Cause Troubleshooting
Check lubrication at the

connection of axis pin and
Insufficient lubrication at the bearing. If there is slight abrasion,
connection of axis pin and bearing coat lubricating oil; if there is
Abnormal sound of serious abrasion, replace the axis
1
boom and turntable pin or bearing.
Abrasion between end faces of

Replace it with a delivery pipe with
delivery pipe after the boom is
02 -02 2
standard length.
3-
properly extended or retracted.
3 3- 0
3-0
02 Abnormal sound 3-0
02 assembly
Abrasion of bimetallic bearing 02
Replace the bearing or add 3-0
w 2 w 2
shell of contact roller lubricating grease. w 2
w during extension/
iaw iaw
xia 2
retraction of front x resistance between
Big sliding Add lubricatingxgrease between
outriggers telescopic booms telescopic booms.
Improper extension of Incorrect position of drive chain

Re-install the drive chain.
front outriggers (the joint in the chain drive system
3
outriggers are driven
by chain) Powerless drive motor Replace the drive motor.
Check, clean and unblock the

Insufficient lubrication
lubricating pipeline and holes.
The concrete piston is worn out at Adjust the axiality of oil cylinder
one side. and delivery cylinder.
2
Short-0service life of -0 2 -0 2
4
- 0 3 0 3
Polluted water in the washing
- replacing
Check the washing room
0 3
02 3 piston room as a result of3not 3-
202 202
frequently and fill clean water
w 2 the water in time.
w timely.
w
w aw iaw
xia Corrodedxi concrete seal body x
Replace it with a new concrete
resulting in pyrohydrolysis of
seal body.
piston
5-3
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
No.w
2 2 2
w Malfunction
ww
Cause
ww
Troubleshooting
xia xia xia
The cutting ring itself has quality
Replace it with a new cutting ring.
problem.
Quick abrasion of Serious abrasion of the spectacle Replace it with a new spectacle
5
cutting ring wear plate wear plate.
The cutting ring is not of good Replace the cutting ring or

assembly quality. spectacle wear plate.
Abrasion of spectacle wear plate Replace it with a new spectacle

itself wear plate.
Replace the transitional bushing or

Too long transitional bushing
3- 02 3 -02
grind it on-site.
3- 02
023-0 Too big processed bottom 3-
02wear
0
02 3-0
w 2
Distortion of spectacle diameter of spectacle 2
win distortionplate w 2
6w w w
xia xia plate due to loose
thread, resulting of Replace it with a newiaspectacle
wear plate
spectacle wear wear plate. x
threaded connection when
ramming material
Grind the transitional bushing on-

Improperly assembled hopper and
site or replace the spectacle wear
transitional bushing
plate.
Improper reversing of hydraulic Ask hydraulic service engineer for

valve onsite adjustment.
Disalignment between
Serious abrasion of the small shaft
7 cutting ring and Replace the S-valve.
spline teeth of S-valve
spectacle wear plate
3- 02 -02
Serious abrasion of lower ball 3bearing Replace the lower ball bearing 3 -0 2
023-0 02 3- 0
seat of swing cylinder mechanism seat of swing cylinder. 3-
02
0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w
The slump or formula of concrete
iaw of
xia xia with the
is in no conformity x
Adjust the slump or formula
concrete
requirement.
Large clearance between the Check the clearance between the

spectacle wear plate and cutting spectacle wear plate and cutting
ring resulting in large pressure ring, if it is too large, screw down
loss the locking nut of S-valve.
Conduct reverse pumping and

then forward pumping to get it
8 Tube blocked Concrete solidified in the S-valve
through. If it doesn’t work, knock
or delivery pipe
and get it through after finding out
the blockage location.
3- 02 3 -0 2 -02
-03
Insufficient pressure or constant
3-0 0
3- of truck-
Ask electrical service engineer for
02 3
202 2
power in the main system
2 mounted concrete pump
onsite adjustment. 02
w w w
xiaw iaw
x of pipeline by using
No lubrication x iaw
It is necessary to lubricate the
water or mortar before concrete
pipeline before concrete pumping.
pumping
5-4
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2
wNo. 2
wCause 2
w Malfunction
w ww
Troubleshooting
xia xia xia
Check the piston seal of the
Malfunction of cylinder and
cylinder for damage. If any,
pneumatic change valve
replace the seal ring.
Take off the electrical plug of the

pneumatic change valve and
conduct reversing by hand. If the
Difficult switchover of
9 result shows that it is normal, then
the transfer case Malfunction of electrical appliance
it proves that the electrical
appliance has malfunction. Ask
electrical service engineer for
onsite troubleshooting.
3- 02 -02 -0 2
3-0 03chassis
Insufficient pressure-of
3 3- 0 3
Increase the pressure of chassis
02 02 02
to over 700 kPa before switchover.
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w of dynamic balance
Big tolerance
aw
xia xia
of the transmission shaft and big xi
Replace the transmission shaft
radial run-out
Damaged gear in the transfer case Replace the gear.

Severe jutter and large
10 Damaged bearing in the transfer
noise of transfer case Replace the bearing.
case
Damaged spline of connecting Replace the connecting disc

disc spline.
Damaged shock pad Replace the shock pad.
Big tolerance of dynamic balance

2
Huge-0vibration 02 big
of the transmission shaft and
-
Replace the transmission shaft.
02
3-
of
0 3 0 3
3-0
11 radial run-out
3 -
complete machine
23-
2 02 20 joint
Damaged universal 20 2
Replace the universal joint.
w w ww ww
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-5
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
0 2 3-0 0 2 3-0 02 3-0
5.3 w 2Troubleshooting w2
Hydraulic System w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Valve core of insertion valve of

Clean or replace the insertion
main overflow valve jammed at
valve of main overflow valve.
upper location
The main system without Abrasion of valve core of main Replace the insertion valve of
pressure or with the overflow valve main overflow valve.
1
pressure not up to the Abrasion of valve core of DT1 Replace DT1 electromagnetic
setting 31.5MPa electromagnetic change valve change valve.
Loose plug of proportional valve

02 -02of
Screw down the plug or replace
02
03- 3 03-
of main oil pump or abrasion
3- 0
3- core
constant pressure valve
the constant pressure valve.
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w Check circuit or replacew
aw electrified or get w
The control electromagnets
xia DT2~DT5xinot DT2~DT5 control xia
blocked electromagnets.
No reversing of the
pumping system (with The main four-way valve or Clean or replace the main four-
2
normal pressure of main swing cylinder four-way valve way valve or swing cylinder four-
system) blocked or damaged way valve.
Seizure of small oil controlled Clean the small oil controlled

valve valve.
Abrasion between the cones of

valve cores of insertion valves
22.1 and 22.2 leads to hydraulic
oil of main system leaking into Replace insertion valves 22.1
02 -02 02
03- 3 3-
rodless connecting chamber and 22.2.
- 0
- which 3-0
023 pumping at low 0of23hydraulic oil
from cone of valve core,
2When
2
results in increase 2 02
w w pressure, concrete w w
xia piston reverses more aw
of rodless connecting
xi
chamber.
xia
w
and more frequently Abrasion between valve core
3
before backing to the set and valve sleeve for insertion
stroke closed to the valves 22.10 and 22.11 leads to Replace insertion valves 22.10
washing room of delivery hydraulic oil of accumulator and 22.11.
cylinder leaking into rodless connecting
chamber at idle speed.
Damage of piston seal that has

Replace the sealing element of
retracted out of oil cylinder leads
piston that has retracted out of oil
to hydraulic oil leaking into
cylinder.
rodless connecting chamber.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-6
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2
wNo. 2
w Cause 2
w Malfunction
w ww
Troubleshooting
xia xia xia
Abrasion between valve core
and valve sleeve of insertion
valve of rod-side connecting
chamber of main oil cylinder
(insertion valve 22.9) leads to
Replace insertion valve 22.9.
hydraulic oil of rod-side
When pumping at high connecting chamber leaking into
pressure, concrete oil tank, which results in
piston steers more and diminishment of hydraulic oil of
4 more frequently before rod-side connecting chamber.
backing to the set stroke
closed to the washing Blockage of damping holes of
2 delivery cylinder
room0of
-02
cover plates of high pressure
-02
3- 3 3
3-0 0 0
change insertion valves
2 02 22.1~22.4 leads
2 0 23to- abnormal oil- holes of cover plates 2
3-
Check or replace the damping
of02
insertion
w w ww which
adding during reversing of main
ww
xia a xia
valves 22.1~22.4.
x i
oil cylinder, results in
diminishment of hydraulic oil of
rod-side connecting chamber.
Insufficient nitrogen pressure of

Check it and fill nitrogen.
accumulator
The plug of the main four-way

valve or swing cylinder four-way Check it and mount the plug.
valve broken off
The shuttle valve in the main oil

Check and clean or replace the
pump blocked, resulting in the
shuttle valve in the main oil
Weak reversing of the pressure in the accumulator fled
2 to the main system -02
pump.
02
3-0 cylinder
5
swing 3 3-
023-0 The one-way 0valve3-0
2 at the oil inlet 3-0
02 the
w 2 w 2
of the accumulator blocked, 2
Check and clean or replace
w oil inlet of
w win wthe
xia a a
one-way valve at
x i
resulting no pressure x i
the accumulator.
preservation
Damaged dual-gear pump Replace the dual-gear pump.
Internal leakage of swing Replace the swing cylinder seal

cylinder or the swing cylinder.
Blockage of the damping hole in

Get it through with airflow.
the oil-drain valve
Random reversing of the
6 The valve core of small oil Check or replace the small oil
pumping system
controlled valve of the swing controlled valve of the swing
cylinder blocked cylinder.
3- 02 3
2
-0 with -02
3-0
The main overflow valve
overflow during 3 - 0 03
Replace the main overflow-valve.
3
02 02 02
pumping
w 2 The hydraulic oil
w 2 w 2
w w of the air-cooled
No rotation
iaw
xia xiaor with low rotation speed
7 temperature rising
abnormally motor x
Replace the air-cooled motor.
due to decline of volume
efficiency
5-7
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
No.w
2 w 2 2
w Malfunction
iaw
Cause
ww
Troubleshooting
xia x xia
The slewing limit Check or replace the slewing
electromagnetic valve coil limit electromagnetic valve coil or
The boom only rotates burned out or the core blocked the whole electromagnetic valve.
8
leftward or rightward
The slewing balance valve core Replace the slewing balance
blocked or damaged valve.
Check the lines, if it is the

harness causes the problem,
replace the harness; if it is the
The by-pass valve of the multi-
blocked valve core, then
way valve not electrified
dismount it for cleaning or
replace the electromagnetic
3- 02 3- 02 valve. 3-02
023-0 3-0
02valve of the 02 3-0
w 2 2
The three-way flow
w blocked or the w 2
Clean or replace the three-way
w iaw broken off
multi-way valve w
xia dampingxadaptor
flow valve. ia
x
No action of boom and
9 For the truck-mounted concrete
outrigger
pump with boom switchover Check and replace the boom
valve, possibly it is the coil switchover valve coil or the
burned out or the valve core whole electromagnetic valve.
blocked
For the truck-mounted concrete

pump with variable boom pump,
Check, clean and replace the
possibly it is the load sensitive
control valve of the variable
valve, constant-pressure valve or
boom pump.
constant-power valve of the
3- 02 boom pump blocked

3- 0 2
3-02
023-0 23-0 Check the lines, if it is the
023-0
w 2 w 20 valve sheet
The reversing slide harness causes the problem,
w 2
w iaw valve with iaifwit is the
xia
of the multi-way replace the harness;
electricalxmalfunction, and the x
blocked valve core, then
The boom cannot act or correspondent electrical dismount it for cleaning or
rotate, or one outrigger proportional valve not electrified replace the electromagnetic
10
cannot move, while the valve.
remaining work normally
The two-way flow valve of the
reversing slide valve sheet of the Check and replace the two-way
multi-way valve blocked or its flow valve.
damping adaptor broke off
The reversing slide valve sheet

Replace the single sheet valve.
of the multi-way valve damaged
The boom 2extends or The pressure of the boom 2

0 -0
Lower the pressure of the boom
02
03-slowly balance valve is set too03 03-
11
retracts high. balance valve.
023- 23- 02 3-
w 2 20of the boom
The damping hole
w 2
w iaw blocked ww
Clean and get it through.
xia xia
balance valve
x
5-8
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2
wNo. 2
w Cause 2
w Malfunction
w ww
Troubleshooting
xia xia xia
The pressure of the boom
Increase the pressure of the
multiway valve main overflow
boom multi-way valve main
valve is set too low, resulting in
overflow valve.
overflow when the boom acts
Check and replace the three-way

The hydraulic oil flow valve (the method: check
temperature abnormally the unloading pressure when the
12 rises, although the boom is not acting under local
pumping and air cooling control state. If there is no
systems work normally. Abrasion of the three-way flow indication basically on the
valve of boom multi-way valve pressure gauge, then the three-
3- 02 3- 02 way flow valve is in normal

3 -02
3-0 3-0 0
conditions; if the indication on
02 02 the pressure gauge is 302MPa3- or
w 2 w 2 2
w w wwconditions.)
above, then the three-way flow
xia xia x i a
valve is in abnormal
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-9
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
0 2 3-0 23-0 02 3-0
5.4 w 2Troubleshooting 20
LubricationwSystem w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Check the pressure gauge of

lubricating grease pump. If the
pressure is abnormal (over 10
Pipeline malfunction
MPa), it indicates pipeline
malfunction. Clean the pipeline
for troubleshooting.
In case of seizure, clean and

2 02
Blockage of lubricating grease
-02
-03-0 distribution valve 03-
unblock the lubricating grease
0 3
3 3- distribution valve. 3-
202 2 02 02
w 2 of
ww iaw
w Check the pressure gauge
w
xia x of hydraulic
Malfunction
ia If the
lubricating greasexpump.
hand fails to move, remove the
synchronizing lubrication pump
lubricating grease pump plunger
and clean it with kerosene.
The lubricating grease
Check the pressure gauge of Check the pressure gauge of
distribution valve doesn’t
lubricating grease pump. If the lubricating grease pump. If the
1 act and each part is
hand fails to move, remove the hand fails to move, remove the
subject to poor
lubricating grease pump plunger lubricating grease pump plunger
lubrication.
and clean it with kerosene. and clean it with kerosene.
Remove the lubricating grease

pipe at each lubricating point on
Blockage of one or more
2 -02 of
the seats of big and small
-02
3-0
lubricating points on the seats
-0 0 3 bearing and mixing bearing in
0 3
3 3-
big and small bearings and
023
-
202 mixing bearing 02
turn to locate the malfunction.
w w 2 Clean and unblock the oil 2duct
w
xiaw x iaw and pipeline.
x iaw
Blockage or damage of sheet oil Clean or replace the sheet oil
separator separator; clean the grease filter.
Unclear lubricating grease or Clean the lubricating grease

foreign substances in the pump, pump, pipeline and valve;
leading to blockage of pipeline replace the lubricating grease
and valve with new lubricating grease.
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-10
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 23-0 02 3-0
w 2 Troubleshooting Electric w
5.5 20
System w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Poor contact of signal wire Re-lay wires.
Check and treat it in line with the

Low base resistance
drawings.
The display screen with
1
abnormal speed The dynatron works abnormally Replace the dynatron.
Poor contact of ground wire Re-lay the wires.
3- 02 02
Malfunction of speed -sensor
3 Replace the sensor.
3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0
Improper connection of display 02screw
Re-connect the plug and 3-0
w 2 w
screen and 2
SYMC down the screw w 2
w w w
xia 2
The display screen not
indicating the relevant
xia
Damage of display screen
xia
Replace the display screen.
information
Re-connect the power line of
Poor contact of power line
display.
The emergency stopping button Check and release the

pressed emergency stopping button.
Poor contact of intermediate

The display screen relay KA18, and the normally
Check the relay and its wiring.
3 indicating “Emergency closed contact not really
stop” disconnected
02 2 -02
Check the power of remote
-03- 3-0controller
Malfunction of remote
-0 3
controller and replace the remote
0
202
3
202
3 controller. 23-
20
ww ww case is not at the wwcase to oil
xia xia of oil pump actually. xia
The transfer Switch the transfer
The display screen position pump position.
4 indicating idle speed but Adjust the installation position of
no response after acting Malfunction of proximity switch of
proximity switch or replace the
transfer case
proximity switch.
Adjust the installation position of

The display screen Malfunction of proximity switch of
5 indicating “Incorrect turntable encoder
proximity switch.
rotation angle”
Incorrect zero Reset the zero.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-11
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
No.w
2 w 2 2
w Malfunction
iaw
Cause
ww
Troubleshooting
xia x xia
Check the toggle switch and
No signal detected by SYMC
wiring.
The transfer case not at the Switch the transfer case to oil
position of oil pump pump position.
Adjust the installation position of

Malfunction of proximity switch of
transfer case
proximity switch.
No startup of the engine or the Start the engine or check the

engine with malfunction in speed speed sensor and the relevant
measurement wiring.
0 3 -02 down
After pressing the
03-
02 3-02
3-0
Wrong gear engagement Engage a correct gear.
-
forward/reverse pumping -
023 the engine 023 2
6
2button,
w cannot accelerate. 2 20
Check the emergency stopping
w ww stop” state
Under “Emergency
switch and wiring. iaw
w
xia xia x
Poor contact of connectors on
the vehicle control modules Check, treat the wiring or replace
(applicable to BENZ chassis and it.
VOLVO chassis)
Check if the voltage value is

within the normal range (when
Abnormal output signal of circuit
idling, the voltage for wire 82 to
board (applicable to ISUZU
80 is 0.8V, and when
chassis)
accelerating, it will rise to 3V
slowly).
-02 -0 2 Check if the voltage value is

02
0 3 0 3 within the normal range (when 03-
3 - -
3 to the 2to3-
2 02 The speed doesn’t02rise
2
idling, the voltage for wire 82
2 0
w w w
specified value.
w 80 is 0.8V, and when w
xia xia iaw to 3V
accelerating, it willxrise
After pressing down the slowly).
7 forward/reverse pumping
button, no pumping No output from SYMC Check and replace the SYMC
Central distribution box relay

Check the relay and its wiring.
burned out
Fuse of central distribution box

Replace the fuse or reset it.
damaged or ejected
The proximity switch at the

location of oil pump not well Adjust the proximity switch.
The odometer with installed
8
2 pumping
indication when
0 -0 2 02
3- 3
Poor contact of intermediate 3-
3-0 3- 0 3-0
Check or replace the relay.
02 02 02
relay tripping the odometer
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-12
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2
wNo. 2
w Cause 2
w Malfunction
w ww
Troubleshooting
xia xia xia
No action of cooling Replace the temperature sensor
Temperature sensor damaged
blower or display screen or relay wires.
9
indicating “Too high/low Malfunction of air-cooled
temperature” Clean or replace it.
electromagnetic valve
No water in the water tank or Fill water into water tank or

damage of float switch replace the float switch.
10 Water pump not working
No input signal of water pump
Replace the wiring.
control
Q0.0 damaged Replace the SYMC.

02 2 02
The
0 3 -output cannot be 3-0
Malfunction of electromagnet Replace the electromagnet. 3-
3-adjusted when pumping 3-0 3-0
11
2 02 2 02pressure sensor
The differential 2
Replace the differential 2
0pressure
w w wwall the time
with signal sensor. ww
xia xia xia
No reversing for the
truck-mounted concrete
pump provided with Damage of SQ1-SQ4 proximity Replace the proximity switch or
12
electric control reversing switches or malfunction of wiring re-lay wires.
due to pressure
suppression
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-13
Troubleshooting
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5-14
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Maintenance
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
6 2Maintenance 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia
6.1 Routine Maintenance & Mandatory xia
Overhaul ...................................................6-3
6.2 General Tightening Torques .............................................................................6-8
6.3 Lubrication ........................................................................................................6-11
6.4 Visual Checks ...................................................................................................6-20
6.5 Pumping System ...............................................................................................6-25
6.6 Slewing Mechanism ..........................................................................................6-62
6.7 Transfer Case and Drive Shaft .........................................................................6-67
- 02 - 02 - 02
-03
6.8 Hydraulic
23 -03 -03
System ..............................................................................................6-71
23 23
2 0 2 0 2 0
6.9 Accumulator ......................................................................................................6-75
a ww ww ww
i xia xia
x 6.10 Oil Filter ...........................................................................................................6-79
6.11 Air Filter ..........................................................................................................6-81
6.12 Hoses ...............................................................................................................6-82
6.13 Electrical System .............................................................................................6-84
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-1
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 3 -0 2
3-02
3-0
3-0
of this
3 - to operate
2 02 0
2 2 this
2 02
xia xia
death.
6-2
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
6w 2MAINTENANCE w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
In order to guarantee normal operation of the
machine and avoid malfunctions affecting
construction, all inspection and maintenance
work should be earnestly carried out. Only in
this way, can the failure rate of product be
decreased, the service life of the machine be
prolonged, and the repair cost be reduced,
thus greater profits be achieved.
0 3 -02
Fill the inspection card for future reference,
0 3 -02 3-02
0 3-
when2carrying out maintenance work.
023- 023-0
w w2 w2 w 2
xia 6.1 Routine x
Maintenance
iaw & xia
w
Mandatory Overhaul
The routine maintenance and inspection is of
great importance for the normal operation of
the pump. Follow the Safety Inspection
Intervals (Table. 6-1), Maintenance Intervals
(Table. 6-2) and Mandatory Overhaul (Table.
6-3) during the maintenance process.
3-02 WARNING 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
You
w 20 must follow the Safety Inspection w 20 w 2
w iaw w
xia Intervals (Table 6-1), Maintenance xIntervals xia
(Table 6-2) and Mandatory Overhaul (Table
6-3) during the maintenance process. The
Manufacturer accepts no liability for any
safety accident arising from the failure to
perform due mandatory overhaul.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-3
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
Table 6-1 Safety Inspection Intervals xia
Every … Hours of Operation
Assembly Action
Daily 50 100 250 500 1000
Check outrigger for stuck rotation and abnormal

●
noise
Check outrigger chain or its protection function ●
Check limiting function of rotary encoder ●
Check slewing bearing bolts for looseness and

●
02 break 02 02
Revolving3- 03- 3-for 03- 3-0
3-
202
Check slewing mechanism idler pin-shaft
tower 202
axial play and abnormal noise
●
2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia xi
Check spread cylinder, telescopic cylinder
●
xia
connecting axis pin for looseness and break off
Check outrigger cylinder bolts for looseness ●
Check slewing head, fixed revolving tower,

●
outrigger for abnormal deformation and break
Check main shaft of reducer for axial play ●
Check boom for stuck slewing and abnormal

●
noise
Check boom for interference ●
3 02 end hose clamp and safety chain for3-02

-Check 3-02
3- 0 looseness 3-0 ●
3-0
0 2 0 2 02
w w2
Boom
Check bolts at boom end for w w2
looseness ● w w 2
xia xia xia
Check boom axis pin for wear and tear ●
Check delivery pipe for thickness ●
Check boom, linkage for abnormal deformation

●
and break
Check main system pressure (28~32MPa) ●

Hydraulic
Check switching pressure (8~16MPa) ●
system
Check agitator overflowing pressure (12Mpa) ●
Functional check on E-STOP button,

2 2 ●
02
Electrical
0 3-0 warning lamp and horn
0 3 -0 3-
system23- Check boom limit switch, outrigger limit 2switch
0 0 3
-
023-0
w 2 w 2
and hopper grill limit switch for abnormity
●
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-4
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w aw w
xia i Maintenance Intervals
Tablex6-2 xia
Assembly Action
Daily 50 100 250 500 1000
In accordance with the maintenance
Chassis
specifications specified by chassis manufacturer
Drive shaft Check bolts for looseness ●
Check transfer switch for abnormity ●
Transfer
Check oil level ●
case
Change gear oil ●first ●
- 0 2 -02 02
0 3 3
Clean out sundries for rotary bearing and gear0surface, 3-
023
-
Revolving and baste lubricating grease 023
- ●
02 3-0
2tower 2 2
ww Change reducer agear ww oil ●first w w ●
xia xi
Wear check of concrete piston and dustproof ring ●
xia
Check water tank for water level, mortar leakage,
hardness eyewinker, excessive hydraulic oil in ●
water
Check agitator motor for oil leakage, agitator
shaft for mortar leakage and agitator paddle for ●
wear
Pumping Check swing position for swing cylinder ●
system Wear check of spectacle wear plate and cutting
●
ring
3- 02Check clearance between cutting ring and3-end

02 3-02
02 3-0 face
of S-valve (≤ 4mm) 202
3- 0 ●
02 3-0
w 2 2
w ww w w
xia xiaabnormal wear
Check delivery cylinder for ●
xia
Wear check of transitional bushing (not lower
●
than delivery cylinder)
Check grease level in lubricating grease pump ●
Check oil distributor and lubrication point for
●
abnormity
Check delivery cylinder lubrication for abnormity ●
●or
Fill grease to boom shaft
weekly
Lubrication Fill grease to slewing bearing? pinion and slewing ●or
system mechanism idler axis pin weekly
3- 02Fill grease to outrigger shaft, outrigger bearing3 -02 ●or 3-02
02 3-0 - 0
023bearing
roller, outrigger lock, oil cylinder joint weekly 02 3-0
w 2 2
w linkage w 2
w aw
Fill grease to 66/72M front outrigger ●or w
xia mechanism connecting axisxipin and joint bearing weekly xia
Fill grease to extension part of drive shaft, ●or
and cross bearing weekly
6-5
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3- 02
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
w 2 202 Intervals
Table 6-2 Maintenance 2 02
w ww aw
w
xia xia xi
Assembly Action
Daily 50 100 250 500 1000
Check hydraulic oil level, oiliness ●
Check indicator on hydraulic oil filter ●
Check hydraulic elements for oil leakage ●
Drain off accumulated water in water pump ●
Drain off condensed water in hydraulic oil tank ●
Triple rubber hose ●
Check and clean radiator blade ●
3
Clean
0 -02filter of water pump 03-
02 ● 3- 02
023- 02 3- 02 3-0
w2
In case of Shenlong water pump, check 2water 2
w ● w
w level in pump
iaw w
xiaHydraulic x
system In case of Shenlong water pump, change water xia
●
pump oil
●or
red
Change hydraulic oil filter core
indica
tor
Clean oil suction filter core (new oil tank) ●
Change oil suction filter core (new oil tank) ●
Change oil return filter core (new oil tank) ●first ●
Change all hydraulic oil ●first ●
Clean
0 3 -02oil tank 0 3 -02 ● 3- 02
-
023 keep transmitter panel clean and check 2023
-
02 3-0
2 ● 2
a ww transmitter rocker casing for damage w
iaw w w
x i Check such threaded connectorsx as toggle switch xia
●
for looseness
Check such connectors as fuse and relay for
●
Electrical looseness
system
Check water tightness of small control box,
●
maintenance control box and outrigger control box
Check wiring for damage ●
Check mechanical encoder sensor mounting bolts
●
for looseness
Check electromagnetic valve for abnormity ●
Check
0 3 -02the socket of oil cylinder proximity switch03-02 3- 02
3-0
●
02 3-for looseness 3-
02 02
w 2 Check the socket of boom obliquity sensor w 2 w 2
w w ● w
xia for looseness
xia xia
6-6
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 3-0 3-0
w 2 202
Table 6-3 Mandatory Overhaul 2 02
w ww w w
xia xia xiaof Operation
Every … Hours
Assembly Action
1 year 2 years 5 years
In accordance with the maintenance
Chassis specifications specified by chassis
manufacturer
Check gear clearance of slewing
●
mechanism
Check pre-tightening torque of slewing
●
bearing bolts
Revolving 02 02 02
tower
3-03- O v e r h a u l o f r o t a r y r e d u c e r , 0c3h-a n g e
- ●
3-0
3-
2 02 023 parts
bearing of output shaft and sealing 02
w w w2
w of welds on
Defect detect or overhaul w w 2
xia xia xia
turntable, fixed revolving tower and ●
outrigger
Defect detect or overhaul of boom, linkage
Boom ●
and axis pin
Pumping Replace seals of main oil cylinder ●
mechanism
Check and adjust balance valve, multi-way
●
valve pressure
Check and adjust main oil pump, boom
02 02 ● 02
-03- pump pressure 03- 3- 3-0
3-
2 023
Hydraulic Check accumulator pressure
2 02and charge 2 02
w w w ● w
xia system nitrogen iaw x xia
w
Replace seals of all oil cylinders (main oil
●
cylinder excluded)
Replace all hoses ●
Replace all O-rings ●
Check wiring ●
Electrical
system
Replace all harness of complete vehicle ●
02 02 02
NOTE: The
3 - 03- actions in Mandatory Overhaul 3-03- 3-0
3-
s h 2a0l 2
l b e c a r r i e d o u t b y p r o f e s s i o n2a0l2 2 02
w
wmaintenance w w
personnel in workshops
xia shops authorized by SANY HeavyxIndustry iawor 6S xia
w
Co., Ltd.
6-7
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
2 3-0 2 3-0 023-0
20
6.2 wGeneral Tightening Torques w 20 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
NOTICE
Looseness or breakage could occur if
fasteners, hose or line couplings are not
torqued to the specified value. If you will
be doing any repairs or service
procedures on this machine, always refer
to this chart if the tightening torque value
is not listed or specified in the procedure.
F a i l u r e t o d o 2s o c o u l d d a m a g e t h e
3 -0 machine life or cause 3-02 3-02
3-
machine, shorten 0 3-0 3-0
premature 202 system failure. 2 02 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
(1) Table. 6-4 gives the pre-tightening
torques of bolts with lubrication.
Table 6-4 Pre-tightening Torques of Bolts (with lubrication)
Strength Grade(8.8) Strength Grade(10.9) Strength Grade (12.9)

Thread
Specification Pretightening torque T Pretightening torque T Pretightening torque
(N·m) (N·m) T(N·m)
M8 23±2 34±2 39±2
M10
3- 02 45±5 02
3-
67±5 78±5
3-02
02
M123-0 85±5 02 3-0 118±8 137±8 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w iaw
xia M16 210±10
xia 290±10 339±15
x
M20 408±15 568±18 666±18
M24 710±18 984±20 1147±25
M30 1410±25 1956±25 2280±25
M36 2470±30 3412±30 3988±30
(2) Table. 6-5 gives the pre-tightening

torques of bolts without lubrication.
NOTE: One bolt should be replaced with a
new one of 2 the same size and grade.
0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
The above
0 23-pre-tightening torques for bolt 2023- 023-0
2
connection are not applicable to hydraulicw 2
a ww w w w
i
xpipe connectors. xia xia
6-8
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w iaw Torques of Bolts (without lubrication)
iaw
xia Table 6-5 Pre-tightening
x x
Strength Grade(8.8) Strength Grade(10.9) Strength Grade (12.9)
Thread
Specification Pretightening torque T Pretightening torque T Pretightening torque T
(N·m) (N·m) (N·m)
M8×1 27±2 39±2 46±5
M10×1.25 52±5 76±5 90±5
M12×1.25 93±5 135±8 160±10
M12×1.5 89±5 130±8 155±10
M14×1.5 215±15 215±15 255±15
M16×1.5 225±15 330±18 390±18
0 3 -02 02
03- 485±18 3-02
3-0
M18×1.5 340±18 570±20
0 23- 023-
790±2520
2
w2 2
M20×1.5 475±20 680±25
w ww w
xia M22×1.5 630±20 xia 900±25 iaw
x1050±30
M24×2 800±25 1150±30 1350±30
M27×2 1150±30 1650±30 1950±30
M30×2 1650±30 2350±30 2750±30
(3) Don't apply excessive force when

disassembling pipe connectors. When
tightening pipe connector, the pre-tightening
torques should be moderate, and just
ensure there is no leakage.
2
0 the pre-tightening torques of 3-0
Table. 6-63-gives
2 02
3-
0
common2 3- pipe connectors (rubber hose and023-0
0
02 3-0
w w 2 pipe).
steel w w2 w w 2
xia a xi xia
Table 6-6 Pre-tightening Torques of Pipe Connectors
Preheating Preheating
No Metric Thread No Metric Thread
Torque(N.m) Torque(N.m)
1 M12×1.5 15~25 8 M26×1.5 85~125
2 M14×1.5 30~45 9 M30×2 115~155
3 M16×1.5 38~52 10 M36×2 140~192
4 M18×1.5 43~85 11 M42×2 210~270
5
3- 02 M20×1.5 50~65
3-02
12 M45×2 255~325
3-02
02 3-0
6 M22×1.5 60~88
023-0 13 M52×2 2
280~380
0 3-0
w 2 w 2 2
w aw ww
xia xia
7 M24×1.5 60~88
xi
6-9
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 gives the pre-tightening torques of 202 3-0 02 3-0
Table. 26-7 2
w ww w
iaw
xcommon pipe connectors (oil port). xia xia
w
Table 6-7 Pretightening Torques of Pipe Connectors (close to oil port)
Type A Seal Type B Seal Type E Seal Type F Seal

(Metal Washer) (Metal Plain Washer) (Elastic-ED) (O-ring)
Series Thread G
Pretightening Pretightening Pretightening Pretightening
Torque (N·m) Torque (N·m) Torque (N·m) Torque (N·m)
M10×1.0 9 18 18 15
M12×1.5 20 30 25 25
-02
M14×1.5
3 35 45
3-02 45 35
3-02
3-0
02 M16×1.5 45 3-0
0265 55 40 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w452
xiaw L
M18×1.5 55
xiaw 80 70
xia w
M20×1.5 65 140 125 60
M27×2 90 190 180 100
M33×2 150 340 310 160
M42×2 240 500 450 210
M48×2 290 630 540 260
M12×1.5 20 35 35 35
M14×1.5 35 55 55 45
-02
M16×1.5
3 45 70
3-02 70 55
3-02
3-0
02 M18×1.5 55 3-0
02110 90 90 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w802
xiaw S
M20×1.5 55
xiaw 150 125
xia w
M22×1.5 65 170 135 100
M27×2 90 270 180 170
M33×2 150 410 310 310
M42×2 240 540 450 330
M48×2 290 700 540 420
NOTE: The allowable tolerance for the pre

tightening torques in the two tables
2
above is-0±10%. 02 02
3 3- 3-
3-0
2 light low-pressure pipe connector; 202
L refers 0to 3-0 02 3-0
2
wS refers to heavy high-pressure pipe 2
iaw
and ww w w
xconnector. xia xia
6-10
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w w 2 Lubrication
6.3
w w 2
ww 2
xia xia xia
6.3.1 Lubrication Method
The correct lubrication method should be

adopted during operation in order to reduce
the machine depreciation.
The lubrication system comprises automatic

and manual lubrication.
Automatic lubrication
T h r o u g h3-t0h2e h y d r a u l i c s y n c h r o n i z i n g 3 -02 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
023 pump, the automatic lubrication
lubrication
2 2 023 2 02
w
wsystem can realize the lubrication of mixing ww ww
xia bearing and the large and small bearing xia of s- xia
tube. At the same time, the lubrication center
can realize the lubrication of concrete seal in
the delivery cylinder. This system is
characterized by simple structure and good
lubrication efficiency.
The key diagram of automatic lubrication

system is shown in Fig. 6-1.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 Pressure oil
w 2 Pressure oil
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Hydraulic synchronizing lubrication pump Double-line distribution valve
Sheet oil separator
Big bearing seat Mixing bearing Small bearing Mixing bearing Big bearing seat Concrete
of S-valve seat seat of S-valve seat of S-valve piston
Fig.6-1
Before every restarting machine, check and

add grease
0 3 -0in2 the tank of automatic grease 03-02 3-02
3- 3- 3-0
202
pump. 202 2 02
ww aw
w ww
xia xi the
If the grease pressure is too low, clean xia
overflow valve for pressure adjustment, check
valve at the outlet or discharge air.
6-11
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
iaw
xThe x iaw xia
w
hydraulic synchronizing lubrication
pump should be always clean and free of
dust and other foreign matters. In
addition, it should not contact acid or
alkali substances.The adopted grease
Pressure regulating
should comply with specification and overflow valve
must be clean and free of foreign matter.
Failure to do so may result in instability in
Drive oil port II
operating positions or serious damage to
the machine.
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
3-0 3-0 3-0
Drive oil port I
2
20 air in the hydraulic synchronizingw 20 2 2 02
Circular lubricating
Discharge
w w
grease port
iaw pump, as shown in Fig. 6-2.
xgrease xia
w Synchronizing lubricating grease port
xia
w
Air release valve
When the hydraulic synchronizing grease

pump can not pump grease for a long time Fig.6-2
due to the air absorbed caused by the initial
use of grease pump, the depletion of grease
or other reasons, unlock two exhaust valves
by half turn anti-clockwise until air is
discharged completely, the grease flows out
continuously and no air pocket is found. Then
-02
lock them again.
3 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
Manual2lubrication 023-0 02 3-0
w w 2 w 2
iaw manual lubrication system has two types.
xThe xia
w
xia
w
The first is adopting the forced filling grease
cup, wherein the grease is manually pressed
on the friction surface with the grease gun,
e.g. the pin shaft between booms has a
grease cup; the second is adopting the
grease cup with screw cover, wherein the
sufficient grease should be filled in the
grease cup first, and then press the grease
on the friction surface through the pressure
generated by -the
3 02 screw cover, e.g. each 3 -02 3- 02
- 0 - 0 3-0
023 oil cylinder seat has a grease 2023
swing valve
2 2 02
w screw cover, as shown in Fig. 6-3.ww
cupwwith w w
xia xia Fig.6-3 xia
(1) Swing valve oil cylinder seat
6-12
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02swing valve oil cylinder seat respectively
02 3-0 023-0
Both2 2 2
ww ww w w
xia has a lubricating grease cup. Before xia the xia
pumping work, the grease cup must be fully
filled with grease. Then rotate the cup cover
and add grease for lubrication.
During pumping operation, the screw cover

should be lubricated every four hours so that
the ball friction surface of swing valve oil
cylinder can be in good lubrication status.
(2) Boom, rotary table and outrigger

0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
23-
The hinged
0
adaptors on various booms of 3-
02 023-0
2 2 2
ww ww w
this pump truck, connecting shaft between oil
w
xia cylinder with four outriggers and base, xia the xia
slewing bearing of rotary table, the gear shaft
of reducer, etc., should be manually
lubricated.
Lubricating points of boom, rotary table and

outrigger, as shown in Table 6-8, Fig. 6-4 and
Fig. 6-5.
The maintenance work of this part requires

the grease gun
3 - 02 and lithium-based grease. 3-02 3-02
0 2 30
Unless -different time is specified, grease -0
023 023-0
2
should 2
be refilled in various lubricating points 2
ww ww w w
xia every week or every 50 hours of operation.
xia xia
Add grease in lubricating point until grease
flows out or grease can not be added.
NOTE: The calcium-based grease/butter is

not preferred to the lubrication system
because it is easily stuck and blocks
the lubrication line.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-13
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x Cup of Swing Valve Oil Cylinder
Table 6-8 The Grease xia
No Part to Be Lubricated Quantity of Lubricating Point Lubricating Grease
1 Each articulated joint of boom 27
2 Outrigger cylinder seat 4
Articulated shaft of rear
3 4
outrigger and revolving tower
2# extreme pressure
Articulated shaft of outrigger
4 4 lithium-based lubrication
spread cylinder
grease
Contact roller of front outrigger
5 8
telescopic
2 boom
3-0 3- 02 3-02
6
023-0 Slewing bearing
023-01 023-0
7
w 2 Rotary reducer and gear
w 2 2
w 2
w w w
xia 8 Drive shaft xia 8 xia lithium-
“00” or “000”
9 Swing-valve cylinder seat 2 based lubrication grease
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-4
6-14
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-5
6.3.2 Lubricant Recommendation

Gear oil
The rotary reducer adopts the APIG14 gear
oil with the viscosity grade of SAE 85W90.
2
-0 case adopts the Shell 150 gear 03-0 2 02
The transfer
0 3 3-
3- 629 gear oil.
oil 2or02Mobil 3- 3-0
202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia Grease xia xia
6-15
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
2
Lithium-based lubricating grease is adopted 202 2 02
w ww w
iawboth the automatic lubrication systemxiaand
xfor xia
w
manual lubricating points.
It is recommended to use “00” lithium-based

lubricating grease when the working ambient
temperature is higher than 10° C; to use
“000” lithium-based lubricating grease when
the working ambient temperature is lower
than 10° C.
-02 CAUTION 02 02
0 3 3- 3-
-
023 grease mixed with foreign 202
Do not use 3-0 023-0
w 2
matters; otherwise the valve core w ofw w 2
iaw
xdistribution a
valve will be easily stuckxiand xia
w
lead to faults in the lubrication system.
Thus the abrasion of parts of pumping
system will be aggravated. Failure to do
so may result in instability in operating
positions or serious damage to the
machine.
The special lithium-based grease for SANY is

preferred, as shown in Fig. 6-6.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
Engine oil
2
U n d e r20m o s t c l i m a t i c c o n d i t i o n s , t h e 20
2 2 02
w ww w
iaw
xSAE15W40 engine oil is preferred to water xia xia
w
SANYSPECIAL
pump. GREASENO.00
GENUINEPARTS
(1) Quality level
The quality of engine oil has different

standards:
Fig.6-6 Special Lubricating Grease of SANY
According to the API (American Petroleum Heavy Industry Co., Ltd.
Institute) grading standards, common engine
oils include: CF-4, CG-4,CH-4.
-02
A c c o r d i n g-0t 3
-02 3-02
2 3
o ACEA grading standards
2 3 -03 3-0
(European20 engine oil sequence), commonw 20 2 02
w w
iaw oils include: E1-E3-96+E4-98. iaw
engine
x x xia
w
6-16
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 023-0 023-0
(2)20
Viscosity 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia The selection on the viscosity x grade of xia
engine oil is shown in Fig. 6-7. The ambient
temperature determines the viscosity grade of
engine oil.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-7
Hydraulic fluid
The recommended hydraulic fluid types for
different ambient temperatures (see Table. 6-
9).
Table 6-9 Recommended Hydraulic Oil
2
-0special
-40 -30
02
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
02
0 3
3- wear hydraulic
32# SANY high-grade anti-
3- 03- 3-0
3-
0 2 02 02
w2 2 2
oil
w w w w w
xia Equivis ZS 46S
xia xia
68# SANY special high-grade anti-
wear hydraulic oil
(1) The hydraulic fluid used in the hydraulic

system is mineral hydraulic fluid (HLP46) or
biologically degradable hydraulic fluid (HLP-
E46) or non-readily flammable hydraulic fluid
(HFC46). The original hydraulic fluid used in
this pump truck is the special top grade anti-
wear hydraulic fluid Equivis ZS 46S..
-02
03 the places in hot weather (the 3-03 -02 3-02
(2) As3-to
0 2 02 023-0
2
temperature is higher than 35°C), the 2 2
ww ww w w
xia special top grade anti-wear hydraulic
xiafluid 68 xia
for SANY Heavy Industry is preferred.
6-17
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
(3) As 20to2 the places in cold weather (the 202 2 02
w ww w
aw
xitemperature xia
is lower than 10°C),before
xia
w
pumping concrete, pre-heat the hydraulic
fluid and adopt the special top grade anti-
wear hydraulic fluid 32 for SANY Heavy
Industry is preferred.
(4) Do not mix hydraulic fluid with different

characteristics.
(5) Preheating of hydraulic fluid
(6) The temperature of hydraulic fluid is

-02 therefore it should be
lower than0320°C; 0 3 -02 3-02
-
023 so as to ensure the safety of 2023
preheated
-
023-0
2 2
ww
hydraulic system. ww w w
xia xia xia
Start the engine and let it run idly for 5-10
minutes without load, turn the preheating
switch on the maintenance operation box to
the "preheating" position, increase the speed
of engine to 1700rpm and let it run for 10 or
more minutes, and raise the temperature of
hydraulic fluid to above 20°C.
The preheating time should be appropriately

2 condition.
adjusted as per-0local 02 02
3 3- 3-
3-0
02 the preheating of hydraulic fluid is 202 3-0 023-0
w 2
Only after
w w 2
iaw
xcompleted, the pumping operation caniaw
x be xia
w
carried out.
NOTE: If the hydraulic fluid temperature is

lower than 20°C, the display will
show: As the hydraulic fluid
temperature is too low, preheat or
operate with small capacity.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-18
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2
Recommended 2
capacities of lubricating oil/
w w 2
xiawgrease aw xi xia
w
Table 6-10 Recommended Capacities of Lubricating Oil / Grease
Adding
No Part to Be Lubricated Lubricating Oil / Grease
Capacity (L)
1 Rotary reducer 8 SAE85W90 gear oil
2 Transfer case 8 SHELL 150 gear oil or MOBIL 629 gear oil
3 Water pump 0.5 SAE 15W-40 engine oil
4 Hydraulic oil tank 650 46# SANY special anti-wear hydraulic oil
5 02 lubricating grease pump

Automatic
-
4
-02 “00” lithium-based lubricating grease
3- 02
3-03 3 - 0 3
3-0
2 02 Capacities in table are for reference.
NOTE: 2 02 2 02
ww n tw o f
D u r i n g e v e r y r e p l a c e mieaw w w
xia x xia
lubricating oil and grease, the oil level
must be checked at specified
checking points and with inspection
plug, oil ruler and oil level meter.
Storage of lubricants
Do not store oils and greases in the open air.
Water may be absorbed through the bung
hole in the event of changes in the exposure
to the weather.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3- 02
23- store the barrels lying on their side
Only ever
0 0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
ww
and supported on timber blocks, withwthe w
a w w
i
x bung hole facing upwards. xia xia
3-02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-19
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20
6.4 wVisual Checks w 2 w 2
iaw
xBefore xia
w
xia
w
you commence any maintenance
work, you must carry out visual checks that
this maintenance card describes. The service
intervals can be find in the maintenance
summary. The check should be carried out by
qualified personnel and the results should be
carefully recorded and kept. The potential risk
of equipment found in checking process
should be handled.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 DANGER
023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
Y owu s h o u l d p a r t i c u l a r l y c l o s e l y a nwd w
ia
xcarefully check the electrical cables. There xia xia
is a danger of overvoltages from defective
cables, especially in high air or ambient
humidity. There is a danger of fire and
explosion through the formation of sparks
in a potentially explosive atmosphere.
6.4.1 General check
3- 02 WARNING
3-02 3-02
3-0
02the truck parking brake is in the 202 3-0 023-0
Be sure2 2
ww position and all wheels are chocked ww w w
xia xia xia
PARK
be fore pro ceedi ng with any servi ce.
Failure to do so may result in unexpected
movement of the truck causing injury or
possibly death.
The followings items must always be checked

before operation of this machine.
Hydraulic tank oil level
(1) Locate the oil level gauges on the front of
2
-0side. -02 02
the tank, each0 3 0 3 3-
(2) Check
-
023the hydraulic oil level. 023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
a. wOutriggers and boom in travel position. ww w w
xb.ia Outriggers are fully extended and inxiathe xia
operating mode. (Boom is not Fig.6-8
extended).(see Fig. 6-8)
6-20
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
Lubricating oil level in transfer case 2 02 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia i level
(1) Position the truck chassis on axflat xia
surface.
(2) Remove plug (a) and visually check to

see if the oil level reaches within 10 mm
(0.4 in) of the bottom of the plug hole.
(3) If necessary, add the correct amount of

oil as needed, see Table. 6-10, on page 6-
19 for the type of oil.
(4) Reinstall
0 3 -02plug (a) and torque to 68 N.m 3-02
Fig.6-9
3-02
3-
(50 lbf.ft).
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wNOTE: See Fig. 6-9 for the location of plug
w (a). w
xia xia xia
Rotary reducer oil level
(1) Position the truck chassis on a flat level Min

surface.
(2) Visually checking if the oil level reaches

the Min level of the oil cup.
(3) If it is, add the correct oil as needed, see

2 02 02
Table. 6-9, 3-0on page 6-17 for the type of oil. 3- 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 See Fig. 6-10 for the location of Min level.
NOTE:
w w. 2
w w w 2
Pressure washer pump oil level

Remove plug (a) and insert your index finger
tip into the fill port to check the washer pump
oil level.
If oil is found on your finger tip, then the

a
washer pump oil level is correct.
If oil needs
0 3 -02to be added, see table6-9 on 03-02 3-02
3- for the type of oil.
page 26-17
0 23- 0 023-0
w2
wNOTE: See Fig. 6-11 for the locationiaofw plug w2 w w 2
xia x xia
(a).
Fig.6-11
6-21
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202 amount in the lubricating device
The grease
w w 2 02
w 2 02
iaw the auto-grease hopper to see ifxiaitwis
xCheck xia
w
full to the top with grease. If grease needs to
be added, unscrew lid (1) and add grease to
t he h op per (2 ). (See Fig . 6-12 fo r th e
locations of lid(1) and hopper (2)).
● Use "00" lubricating grease in the

summer;
● Use "000" lubricating grease in the
Fig.6-12
winter.
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02wash box 023-0 023-0
Check 2
the 2 2
iaww aw
w w w
x(1) xi
The wash box is located on the chassis xia
deck in the center between the pumping
cylinders and the hydraulic cylinders.
(2) Unscrew knobs (a) and open cover (b) to

check the water condition. If water level is
low, add water.
NOTE: See Fig. 6-13 for the locations of

knobs (a) and cover (b).
2
(3) If wash box 0needs
-
to be cleaned, remove 02 02
3 3- 3-
0 2 3-0 screws (d) and lift off safety
safety guard
3-0
02Fig.6-13 023-0
guard2(c) (if equipped with a safety guard). 2 2
w w w
iaw
xNOTE: x of
See Fig. 6-14 for the locations
iaw xia
w
knobs (a) and cover (b).
NOTE: If excessive amounts of concrete,

grout or sand are found in the wash
box, this is an indication that the
pumping cylinder piston is near the
end of its
3 - 02 life cycle and additional 3 -02 3-02
-
service0 is required. For details on - 0 3-0
2 023
replacing the pumping cylinder piston, 2 023 2 02
ww see “Pumping cylinder piston seal ww w w
xia xia xia
service” on page 6-27. Fig.6-14
6-22
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 and clean the wash box. 023-0 023-0
(4)20
Drain 2 2
ww iaw
w w w
xia ● x in the
The wash box drain is located xia
wash box on the right side.
● Rotate the drain valve knob (e) to the left

to open the drain port (f).(See Fig. 6-15
for the locations of knob (e) and the
drain port (f).
(5) After cleaning, close drain (f), install

safety guard (c) and fill with fresh water. Fig.6-15
Install cover2 (b). See Fig. 6-13, Fig. 6-14,
0 3 -0 for the locations of (b), (c) and 03-02 3-02
and Fig.
3- 6-15
3- 3-0
202
(f). 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
CAUTION
If your machine is equipped with a safety
guard, be sure this safety guard is
reinstalled before operating the pumping
system. Failure to install the safety guard
could result in possible injury to persons.
Rear outrigger tanks

-02 -02 3-02
-03 the water level gauges on the23-03
(1) Locate
2 3 3-0
20 part of each rear outrigger.
front 20 2 02
ww ww w w
xia (2) Check the water level (a)l xia xia a
NOTICE
If you will be operating in a cold climate,
you may want use an environmentally
approved antifreeze solution to prevent Fig.6-16
0 2
the water3-from freezing. Failure to do so -02 02
0 0 3 3-
may02 3- damage to your machine.
cause 023
-
023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
(3) If required, remove cap (c) and add water
until the outrigger water tank is full to level
6-23
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
2 3-0 3-0 3-0
gauge20(a).(See Fig. 6-16 and Fig. 6-17 for 202 2 02
w ww w
aw locations of gauge (a) and removexiacap
xithe xia
w
(c).)
Check all safety equipments

Check if all safety equipments are available
and in fully functioning condition.
(1) Check if all warning signs are sound.
(2) Check if all safety auxiliary devices are

complete (e.g. if the safety chain of the hose Fig.6-17
at the end is 2correctly connected, if the
0 3 -0 can be continuously used, 0 3 -02 3-02
screen of hopper
23- of water tank is good, if the 2023- 023-0
if the20cover 2
w is extending to the desired position ww w
aw
xioutrigger xia xia
w
and supported by the bearing plate as
required, etc.)
6.4.2 Check the hydraulic system
(1) Check all hydraulic rubber hoses for

leakage.
(2) Check all hydraulic adaptors secured by

screws for tightness or leakage
-02
3 oil filter is blocked. Start the -02 3-02
(3) Check if-0the
2 3 2 3 -03 3-0
machine,20 allow the hydraulic system to runw 20 2 02
w w
aw load, and observe the indicator xofiawoil
xiwithout xia
w
filter. When the indicator is pointing to red,
the oil filter has been blocked, and it should
be immediately replaced.
(4) Check the oil cooler for contamination

and deposits.
(5) Check all hydraulic threaded unions for

tightness and leaks.
(6) Check all hydraulic hoses for leaks.

3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-24
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
20 Check the electrical system
6.4.3 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
(1) Check all electrical adaptors for tightness
and rust.
(2) Check electrical cables for open circuit.
(3) Check the insulator on electrical cables

for aging and peeling.
6.5 Pumping System

Before every 2pumping operation, check if the 2
3-0foreign matter and put down the -03-0 3-02
hopper -has 0 3-0
2 023 fill sufficient clean tap water in the
screen; 2 023 2 02
ww w
awb i e n t w w
xia c l e a n i n g r o o m , w h e n t h e xaim xia
temperature is lower than 10°C, it is
practicable to add hydraulic fluid of about 1/3
capacity to improve the lubrication efficiency.
After every pumping operation, open the

water drain plug to completely drain off water
in the cleaning room and draw out the piston
head to conduct cleaning and checking. The
cleaning room should be clean and no
02
deposit is allowed
-
on the piston rod of oil
-02 3-02
cylinder.-0During forward pumping or reverse -03
3
023 if water in the cleaning room2is023 023-0
2
pumping, 2
ww ww w w
xia muddy, immediately stop the machine xia and xia
check the concrete seal. During pumping, if
the water temperature in the cleaning room is
too high, timely replace with fresh water.
For construction in cold weather, e.g. winter,

completely drain off water in the cleaning
room to avoid icing. Do not add lithium-based
grease in the cleaning room; otherwise the
hydraulic system is easily be polluted and
3- 02
faults will frequently occurs.
3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-25
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
0 23-0 023-0 023-0
6.5.1 2Pumping cylinder piston 2 2
w w w
iaw
xOverview xia
w
xia
w
connecting rod, bayonet adaptor and various
seals, as shown in Fig. 6-18
1 3
2
3- 02 4 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 5 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6
7
3- 02 3-02 3-02
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
Fig.6-1820Structural of Piston Head 2 2
ww w w w w
xia [1] Screw xia xia
[2] Washer
[3] Connecting rod
[4] Guide ring
[5] Concrete seal body
[6] O-ring
[7] Pressure plate
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-26
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
w 202 cylinder piston seal service
Pumping
w 2 02
w 2 02
wPre-inspection w w
xia procedures xia xia
Remove the wash box cover and safety
guard (if equipped). For details on accessing a
the wash box and cleaning, see “Check the
wash box” on page 6-22.
NOTE: Do not fill the wash box after

cleaning.
(1) Pull the pumping cylinder piston into the

wash box.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02
0 3
Hold 2the- switch (a) in the EXIT position as23-
023-0
w 2
shown w
in illustra tion until the pumpin 20g w 2
w w w
xia cylinder piston is completely in the wash
xia box. xia
See Fig. 6-19 for the location of switch (a).
NOTE: This function will position the pumping Fig.6-19

cylinder piston in the wash box for
inspection or removal.
(2) Once the pumping cylinder piston is in
the wash box, release switch (a) and allow it
to return to the KEEP position. See Fig. 6-
19 for the location of switch (a).
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 the condition of the piston seals023-0
(3) Inspect
023-0
w w(b)2 for extensive wear or damage. w w 2 If w w 2
xia extensive wear or damage to the xia piston xia
seals (b) are found, the piston assembly
needs to be replaced. Follow the
replacement procedures listed below. (See
Fig. 6-20 for the location of (b).)
NOTE: When inspecting piston seals, always

keep in mind both pumping cylinder
pistons must be inspected. Follow the
procedures outlined underlying for
each pumping cylinder piston.
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 Fig.6-20 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-27
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202 procedures
Replacement 2 02 2 02
iaww w w w w
x(1) Shut the truck engine OFF. xia xia
(2) Remove the hydraulic control system
housing cover.
(3) Locate the circuit dump valve (c) as

shown in the illustration. See Fig. 6-21 for
the location of (c).
(4) The circuit dump valve will be in the

CLOSED position for normal operation.
Move the circuit
0 3 -02 dump valve to the OPEN 0 3 -02 3-02
position 3as- shown in the illustration to
02 any excess pressure in the 2023
-
023-0
2
relieve
w 2
aw ww w w
xiaccumulator circuit. xia xia
WARNING
Failure to set the circuit dump valve in the Fig.6-21
OPEN position could result in unexpected
movement of the pumping cylinder piston
during service procedures. Unexpected
movement of a component could result in
serious injury.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

(5) Loosen -
023 the pumping cylinder piston 2023
-
023-0
2 2
ww collar fasteners (d) and removeiathe
locking
a ww w w
i
x top section of the locking collar (e), seex Fig. xia
6-22.
d d
Fig.6-22
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-28
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the worn or damaged pumping 02 3-0 023-0
(6)20
Lift 2 2
ww ww w w
xia cylinder piston assembly out of the
xia wash xia
box. See Fig. 6-23.
(7) Install a SANY approved new or

refurbished pumping cylinder piston
assembly.
(8) Reinstall the pumping cylinder piston

locking collar top section (e) and fasteners
(d). Torque all fasteners using the torque
values listed on page 6-8.
2
-0 wash box drain valve and fill 03-0 2 02
(9) Close
0 3the 3-
23- box with fresh clean water. Rotate
the0wash 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
wwthe circuit dump valve to the CLOSEDww Fig.6-23 w w
xia position as shown in Fig. 6-21. xia xia
(10) Start the truck engine. Using the rear
boom quick-check switch panel, hold switch
(a) in the RESET position to insert pumping
cylinder piston back into the pumping
cylinder bore.
(11) Once the pumping cylinder piston is in

the cylinder bore, release switch (a) and
allow it to return to the KEEP position. See a
02 3-0
2 02
03-
Fig. 6-24.
3-0 3-0
3-
2 0 23- 2 02 2 02
(12) Fill the wash box with fresh clean water.
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
(13) Reinstall the wash box safety guard (if
equipped) and cover, see “Check the wash
box” on page 6-22 for details.
If necessary, contact your SANY distributor

for repair procedures.
3-02 3 -02 3-02

023-0 02
0
3- Fig.6-24 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-29
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
6.5.2 2Agitator shaft and leaf 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia 7 3 xia
Check the agitator shaft for tightness daily 6
through the viewport on the agitator motor 2 5
seat. Check the abrasion of agitator blade,
which will result in the unsatisfied material
absorption efficiency and increment in deposit 1
at the bottom of hopper. Replace the agitator 3
blade (see Fig. 6-25) timely or reinforce it. 5
4
NOTE: For overlaying welding of agitator 2
blade, the2distance between the blade
and-0any 3-0 posi tion on hopper wal l Fig.6-25 0 3 -02 agitator shaft and agitator blade 03-02
3 3- 023
-
2s0h2o u l d n o t b e l e s s t h a n 5 c m ; 202 2
ww otherwise the hopper will be worn iout. ww [1] Agitator shaft ww
[6] Flat washer
xia xa xia
During installation of left and right [2] Left agitator blade [7] Nut
agitator blades, pay attention to the [3] Right agitator blade
correct installation direction of agitator [4] Bolt
blades. [5] Spring pad
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-30
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 023-0 023-0
w 20 S-valve Assembly
6.5.3
w 2 w 2
wOverview w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-26 S-valve Assembly (I)

[1] Transitional bushing [3] Screw [5] Spectacle wear plate [7] Rubber spring
[2] O-ring [4] Washer [6] Cutting ring [8] S-tube
Checking the 2S-tube and wear ring

-0
03 S-tube and wear ring for signs of 3-03 -02 3-02
Inspect -the
0 2 3 02 2 1 023-0
2
looseness, wear, damage or any abnormal 2 2
ww ww w w
xia conditions. xia xia
The S-tube and wear ring assembly should
be replaced if the following conditions are
found:
(1) Excess wear or damaged to the surface

(1) or swing mechanism (2) are found.
(2) The thickness of S-tube surface (1) is

less than 10 mm (0.4 in). Fig.6-27
2
-0Fig. 6-27 for the items (1) and 03-0 2 02
NOTE: See
0 3 3-
3- 3- 3-0
202 (2). 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
6-31
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 ex cessive wear, damage or 202 3-0 023-0
If you 2find 2
w ww w
iaw
xabnormal xia
surface conditions on the S-tube, xia
w
contact your SANY distributor for repairs. If
concrete flow is weak at the end hose outlet
or abnormal concrete leakage is found in the
hopper during pumping operations, check the
clearance between the spectacle wear plate
(3) and S-tube (4). If the clearance (1) is less
than 4 mm (0.2 in) the wear ring (2) is at the
end of its service life and should be replaced.
Contact your SANY distributor for repairs. If
the clearance 3(1)
0 -02between the spectacle wear 0 3 -02 3-02
plate (3) 2 3- S-tube (4) is greater than 4 mm 023-
0and 023-0
(0.2
2
win) adjust the clearance until 4 mm (0.2 w2 w 2
w
ia is achieved between the spectacle xwear ia w w
xin) xia
plate (3) and S-tube (4).
NOTE: See Fig. 6-28 for the items (1),(2), (3) Fig.6-28
and (4).
Adjustment
If concrete flow is weak at the end hose
outlet or abnormal concrete leakage is found
in the hopper during pumping operations,
3 -02 between the spectacle
check the clearance
0 3-02 3-02
3- 3-0 3-0
202 (3) and S-tube (4).
wear plate 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xIfiathe clearance (1) is less than 4 mm (0.2
xia in) xia
the wear ring (2) is at the end of its service
life and should be replaced. Contact your
SANY distributor for repairs.
If the clearance (1) between the spectacle

wear plate (3) and S-tube (4) is greater than
4 mm (0.2 in) adjust the clearance until 4 mm
(0.2 in) is achieved between the spectacle
wear plate (3) and S-tube (4). Follow
2 02 02
3-0
adjustment procedures be-low. 3- 3-
23-0 23-0 023-0
20 the clearance (1), rotate nut (5)w 20 Fig.6-29
To adjust
w w 2
iaw
xclock-wise or counterclockwise. xia
w
xia
w
6-32
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02 - decreases the clearance between 02 3-0 023-0
2
Clockwise 2 2
ww ww w w
xia the spectacle wear plate (3) and S-tube
xia (4). xia
Counterclockwise - increases the clearance
between the spectacle wear plate (3) and S-
tube (4).
NOTE: See Fig. 6-28 and Fig. 6-29 for the

items (1),(2), (3),(4) and (5).
Removing spectacle wear plate and wear ring
(1) Unloading, stop and switch off the power

supply Open
0 3 -02 the unloading ball valve of 03-02 3-02
23-
accumulator
0
to unload the pressure oil of23-
023-0
w 2 20
accumulator. Close the engine, take outw the w 2
w iaw to w
xia start key, and switch off the power xsupply xia
avoid the unauthorized starting.
(2) Remove the limit screw of rocker arm

and abnormal nut as shown in Fig. 6-30,
unlock the abnormal nut but do not loosen it
completely, wherein 2-3 turns of threads
should be left.
(3) Remove the coupling which connects the

delivery line with the hinge elbow; take out Fig.6-30 Abnormity Nuts and Limiting Screws
the split pin
0 3 -02 on the axle pin of the hinge 03-02 [1] Abnormity Nuts
0 3 -02
elbow.
2 0 23- Take out the axle pin, and then 2 0 23- [2] Limiting Screws 023
2
-
ww31 ww ww
remove the hinge elbow as shown in Fig. 6-
x i a x i a xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-33
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
.
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
7
1
8
6
9 5
3- 02 3- 02 4 3-02
023-0 023-0 10 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3
11
Fig.6-31 Hinge Elbow and Discharge Outlet
[1] Axis pin [5] Supporting bolt [9] O-ring

[2] Pin [6] Protective sleeve [10] Locknut
[3] Plug-in board [7] Nut [11] Cross pin stud
[4] Hinge elbow [8] Discharge outlett
02 02 02
03- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 0 23-
(4) Disassemble the material outlet by
2 02 2 02
w
loosening connecting screw between
ww w
aw
ximaterial outlet and bearing seat. xia xia
w
(5) Hoist the S-tube with crow bar to move

the S-tube towards the material outlet about
30mm. At this time, there will be about
30mm clearance between the spectacle
wear plate and wear ring.
(6) For replacement of wear ring, knock the

flange edge of wear ring with a brass rod,
take out the wear ring and then take out the
2 replacement of spectacle
rubber spring.-0For -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
wear plate,
0 23- remove the fastening screw of 2023- 023-0
w 2
spectacle wear plate and hopper, and take outw w 2
a w w w
i
x the spectacle wear plate. xia xia
6-34
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
(7)20
Clean 2
and care the installation positions 2
w w w
xiaw of spectacle wear plate and wear ring.
iaw x xia
w
NOTICE
When loosening the abnormal nut, do not
remove it completely so that the hoist
stroke of S-tube can be limited. If the S-
tube removes unlimitedly when hoisting,
and drops in the hopper, the installation
position of S-tube can be recovered after
disassembling the front and rear bearing
02 02 02
03-swing cylinder system.
seats and
3- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia ia
NOTE: Pay special attention to thexcleaning xia
of concrete at the installation position
of rubber spring.
Fitting the spectacle wear plate and wear ring
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-32 Spectacle wear plate and wear ring (I)

[1] Bolt [3] Spectacle wear plate [5] Rubber spring
[2] 02
Washer [4] Cutting ring 2 [6] S-tube 02
- -0 3-
3 -03 3 - 0 3
3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
6-35
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 the lubricated spectacle wear plate 202 3-0 023-0
2
(1) Install 2
ww ww w w
xiina the corresponding positions of hopper.
xia xia
Note that the spectacle wear plate must be
flat, and the clearance between the
spectacle wear plate and the fitting surface
of hopper should not be more than 0.1mm.
(2) Check the O-rings in the intermediate

rings on which the spectacle wear plate is
placed.
(3) Clean the mounting surfaces and grease

them. 023- 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION
w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xTiha e
s p e c t a c l e w e a r p l a t e r e s t s xo n l y xia
against the O-rings of the intermediate
rings. There is a small clearance between
the spectacle wear plate and the hopper
wall. The outer fastening bolts should
therefore initially only be tightened finger-
tight, as otherwise the spectacle wear
plate may be broken.
2
(4) Fit the new spectacle
0 wear plate.
02 02
3- 3- 3-
(5) Put 0the 3-0
2 new spectacle wear plate in place 202 3-0 023-0
and w 2 w w 2
aw fasten it with the outer fastening xbolts.
xiTighten i aw xia
w
these only to finger-tightness
initially.
(6) Bolt down the spectacle wear plate with

the top and bottom and tighten them to the
appropriate tightening torque.
(7) Tighten the outer fastening bolts to the

tightening torques given in the
accompanying spare parts sheet. The
spectacle wear plate may only be distorted
by a maximum
0 3 -0of2 0.5mm when the bolts are 3-02 3-02
023
tightened.
-
023-0 023-0
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
6-36
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 the wear ring
Replacing
w w 2 02
w 2 02
wReplace iawheavy w
xia the wear ring in the event xof xia
visible wear, if concrete is leaking or if there
is inadequate pressure buildup in the delivery
line.
(1) Remove the old wear ring and the thrust

ring.
(2) Fit a new thrust ring and a new wear ring

in the S-tube.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

23- the agitator motor
Checking
0 0 23- 023-0
2 2
Check the agitator motor mounting for loose 2
a ww ww w w
i xia
x or missing fasteners (a), leaking hydraulic xia
lines (b) or concrete leakage between the
motor and hopper mounting. If missing
fasteners are found, replace then with SANY
factory approved fasteners. See Fig. 6-33 for
the locations of (a) and (b).
a
If loose fasteners or hydraulic lines are found, b
torque the fasteners or hydraulic lines using
the torque values in Table. 6-4,Table. 6-5 and
Table. 6-6on
0 3 -02 page 6-9. If any damage, 03-02 3-02
023
excessive - wear or abnormality is found,23-
023-0
w 2
contact your SANY distributor for repairs.w
20 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-33
Removing the agitator motor
(1) Stop, switch off the power supply and

unloading. Open the unloading ball valve of
accumulator to unload the pressure oil of
accumulator. Close the engine, take out the
start key, and switch off the power supply to
avoid the unauthorized starting.
02 02 02
(2) Remove
3 - 03- the screen, unlock the 3-03- 3-0
3-
2 02
installation screw of agitator blade and
2 02 2 02
w w w
xiaw remove the agitator blade. aw xi xia
w
(3) Disassemble three oil pipe adaptors and
lubrication pipe (see Fig. 6-34) connecting to
6-37
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 motor. Seal the oil pipe and 202 3-0 023-0
2
the agitator
w 2
aw ww w w
xiadaptor xa
with plug to prevent the idust
xia
entering the hydraulic system.
(4) Loosen the fastening screw between the

agitator motor seat and hopper, remove the
motor seat and motor, and then remove the
waterproof plate (see Fig. 6-35, Fig. 6-36).
(5) Loosen the fastening screw of end cover

at both ends outside hopper and remove the
end cover.
2
-0 screw at both ends inside -0 2 -0 2
(6) Loosen 0M5 3 0 3 0 3
3-
hopper,02remove 3-
the pressure ring and allow 02Fig.6-34 Mixing Motor and Oil Tube
023
-
w 2 2 2
aw seal retainer ring to contact withxiathe
the ww ww
xishoulder. xia
(7) Loosen the fastening screw of seal cover
and hopper at both ends outside hopper.
(8) On the side of motor, knock the agitator

shaft with a brass rod to move the agitator
shaft towards another end. With the force of
shoulder, push the seal cover at another
end out from hopper hole and remove the
seal cover.
0 3 -02 3-02 3-02
(9) Push 2out
0 3- the seal cover with the same
023-0 023-0
2 2 2
ww w w
method at the another end.
a w w
x i xia xia
(10) Push the agitator shaft towards one end
and take out the agitator shaft from the top
of hopper.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-38
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
5
15
14
19
18
17
5
10 16
8 13
2 02 02
3-0
12
3- 3-
6
02 3-0 11
02 3-0 31
02 3-0
w 2 w 2 29
30
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
9
7 28
26
3
5
4 24
2 21
27
20 25
1
23
22
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
3-0agitator device (1)
Fig.6-35
02 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia [1] Screw M10 xia [17]Bearing seat xia
[2] Motor [18] Seal Ring
[3] Spline housing [19] O-ring 150 x 3.55
[4] Blot M12 [20] Oil Seal B
[5] Washer 12 [21] Bolt M8x16
[6] Motor seat [22] Seal cover
[7] Water catcher [23] Packing plate (2)
[8] Felt ring [24] J-type dust-proof ring
[9] Screw M8×20 [25] Shaft sleeve
[10] End sealing cover [26] Screw M5×8
[11] Packing plate [27] O-ring 46.2×2.65
[12] Retainer ring [28] Seal retainer ring
[13] Roller bearing [29] Pressure ring
3 02 Base ring
-[14] [30] Screw 3
2
-0M5×12 3-02
0
3- [15] Screw M12x20 - 0
[31]23Rubber plug 3-0
202 [16] Screw M12x35
w2
0 2 02
ww w ww
xia xia xia
6-39
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6
4
26
3
25
2
012 02 02
03- 3- 3-
24
3- 3-0 3-0
23
2 02 170
2 2 22
2 02
w w w
16 21
w
iaw14 w
15
xia x
13 19
20
xia
12 18
16
10
11
-02 3- 02 3-02
-03 device (2)
Fig.6-36 Agitator
3 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia [1] Rubber plug xia [14] Seal Ring xia
[2] Screw M5×12 [15]Bolt M12x20
[3] Pressure ring [16] Washer 12
[4] Seal retainer ring [17] Bearing seat
[5] O-ring 46.2×2.65 [18] Blot M12x35
[6] Screw M5×8 [19] Base ring
[7] Shaft sleeve [20]Rolling Bearing
[21] Shaft end pressure plate
[8] J-type dust-proof ring
[22]Washer
[9] Packing plate (2)
[23]Blot M8x25
[10] Seal cover
[24] Packing plate
[11] Bolt M8x16 [25]End cover
[12] Oil Seal B
02 150 x 3.55
3-O-ring
[13] 3-
2
[26] Screw M8×20
0 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-40
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02 the coupling which connects the 02 3-0 023-0
2
Remove 2 2
ww w
iaw out ww
xia delivery line with the hinge elbow;xtake xia
the split pin on the axle pin of the hinge
elbow. Take out the axle pin, and then
remove the hinge elbow as shown in Fig. 6-
31 on page 6-33.
Disassemble the material outlet

Disassemble the material outlet by loosening
connecting screw between material outlet and
bearing seat.
02 02 02
03- seal set
S-tube bearing
3- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w ww ww
xia xia xia
16
15
14
13
12
11
7
4 10
8
7
2 02 02
3-0 3- 3-
7
3-0 3-0 3-0

6
02 02 02
3
w 2 1
5
w 2 w 2
w w w
xia 2 xia xia
1
Fig.6-37 S-valve Assembly (II)
[1]M24 Protective rubber sleeve [9]ScrewR1/8

[2]Screw M24 [10] Bearing seat
[11]J-type dust-proof ring
[3]Screw M24x150
[12] Wearing sleeve
[4]M24 Rubber Screw block
[13] Rubber pad
[5] Discharge outlet
[14]Pressure plate
3
[6]
- 02 O-ring M236X7 -02 Screw M8×20
[15]
3 3-02
0 2 3-0 [7]Yx Seal Ring
[8]Nylon bearing 0
0
23- [16]Rubber plug 023-0
2 w2 2
ww w ww
xia xia xia
6-41
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02 two grease pipes on the bearing 202 3-0 023-0
w 2
(1) Remove
w w 2
x aw
iseat. iaw x xia
w
(2) Loosen the screw of pressure ring in
hopper and remove the pressure ring.
(3) Hoist the S-tube with crane and flexible

cable.
(4) Push the bearing seat out with two long

bolts and remove the bearing seat.
Removing the rocker arm and small bearing

seat 3 - 02 3- 02 3-02
0 3- 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
3 14
14
8 10
4
11
6 8
4
2 3
15
12
1 7
5
9 2 3
4 14
2 213
02
3-0 3-0 3-
6
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0

w 2 w 2 5
1
w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
15
Fig.6-38 Swing Mechanism
[1] Bearing plate [9] Rocker arm

[2] Screw M8x16 [10] Conversion joint
[3] Screw M8x16 [11] Washer 16
[4] Washer 8 [12] Upper ball bearing
[5] Lower ball bearing [13] Right swing valve cylinder
[6] Limit baffle [14] Oil cup M8x1
[7] Left swing valve cylinder [15] Bolt M16x20
[8] Ball head baffle
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
23-0 23-0 023-0
20
(1) Remove
w the ball head baffle and limit 20 2
aw Take out the piston rod of swing ww w w
xibaffle. xia xia
valve oil cylinder from the spherical bearing.
6-42
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
(2)20
Loosen 2
the limit screw of rocker arm and 2
w w w
xiaw abnormal nut and remove the abnormaliaw nut.
x xia
w
(3) Remove the ball head baffle which
connects the rocker arm and swing valve oil
cylinder.
(4) Remove two grease pipes on the bearing

seat.
(5) Loosen the screw connecting the bearing

seat at the end of rocker arm and hopper,
push out the bearing seat with two bolts and
2 02 02
3-0bearing seat.
remove0the 3- 3-
023- 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wChecking other wear parts w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-39 S-valve Assembly (III)
[1] Transitional bushing [5] Spectacle wear plate

[2] O-ring [6] Cutting ring
3- 02[3] Screw
3- 02 Rubber spring
[7]
3-02
023-0 [4] Washer 023-0 [8] S-valve 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-43
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 the S-tube toward the material 202 3-0 023-0
(1) Move
w 2 2
aw with a crow bar until the small shaftww w w
xioutlet xia is xia
detached from the hopper.
(2) If necessary, unlock the bolt of scraper at

the bottom of S-tube and remove the
scraper.
(3) Adjust the position of S-tube at the small

end and hoist S-tube from the hopper.
(4) Knock the flange edge of wear ring with a

brass rod, remove the wear ring and then
2 02 02
3-0 spring.
take out the0rubber 3- 3-
0 23- 023-0 023-0
w 2
(5) Unlock the fastening bolt of spectaclew 2 w 2
aw plate and remove the spectacle xwear
xiwear iaw xia
w
plate.
(6) Check the reducing bushing connecting

to the delivery cylinder and replace as per
abrasion degree.
(7) Check the wear sleeve at the material

outlet end of S-tube and replace as per
abrasion degree.
2 sleeve 2 02
3-0 3-0
Replacing the wear
3-
0 2 3-0 can be replaced without the 023-0
The wear sleeve
023-0
w w2
requirement to replace the S-tube if the wearw 2
w w w 2
ia
xsleeve is heavily worn. The S-tube must xia be xia
removed to do this.
(1) Carefully cut the wear sleeve at two

opposing points using an angle grinder and
remove the two parts.
NOTICE Fig.6-40 S-valve and Wearing Sleeve

Do not damage S-tube when cutting the [1] S-tube
wear sleeve. [2] Wearing sleeve
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 23-0 023-0
(2) Heat
w 20 the wear sleeve with heater andw 20 w 2
aw the heating temperature at 200-210°C
xikeep xia
w
xia
w
for about 10 minutes.
6-44
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the heated wear sleeve over the 02 3-0 023-0
(3)20
Place 2 2
ww ww to w w
xia tube outlet and allow the wear sleeve
xia xia
cool.
(4) Replace the S-tube.
NOTE: When heating the wear sleeve, the

temperature can not be too high.
If no heater is provided, the wear sleeve can
be put into an appropriate vessel and heated
after diesel oil is added. The oil level should
exceed the wear sleeve. The heating
temperate 0 3 -is02kept at 200-210°C for about 10 03-02 3-02
3- 3- 3-0
202
minutes. 202 2 02
ww aw
w w w
xia xi
Note that the heating temperature should not xia
be too high and firing should be avoided.
Never directly use flame to ignite the wear
sleeve.
NOTE: When assembling the wear sleeve,

note that the inner bevel of the wear
sleeve should face towards the large
end of S-tube and the outer bevel
should face towards the small end of
2 02 02
3-0
S-tube. 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 the S-tube
Fitting
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
(1) Install the wear sleeve into the straight
pipe position of S-tube.
(2) Hoist the S-tube with crane and flexible

cable, put rubber pads on both ends, set the
S-tube to the inclined position, put the outlet
port of S-tube in the installation hole for
material outlet of hopper, push it into the
end position and put the small end of S-tube
in the installation hole of hopper. Apply
2 rubber spring and wear ring
grease on-0the 02 02
0 3 3- 3-
3- them on S-tube.
and install
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w(3) Replace the Yx-type seal ring,iawJ-type w
xia x xia
dust ring, dust ring and seal ring with new
one, apply grease on the inner and outer of
6-45
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 3-0 3-0
seal, 2bearing and bearing seat; install the 202 2 02
w w w
aw bearing, Yx-seal ring and J-typexidust
xinylon aw xia
w
ring onto the large bearing seat at the outlet.
Install the bearing, dust ring and seal ring
onto the small bearing seat.
NOTICE
During installation, pay attention to the
correct installation direction of seal ring
and dust ring. Failure to do so may result
in oil leaking and the dust crushing into
2 02 02
3-0or pipes.
the containers 3- 3-
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iawInstall aw w
x(4) the large bearing seat of xiseal xia
between the hopper hole and S-tube, set
both grease inlets at 15°included angle to
the horizontal surface, and then install the
lubricating oil pipe and adaptor.
(5) Install the small bearing seat of seal in

the hopper hole; install the lubricated O-ring
in the end bearing sleeve, then install the
spline teeth, and then install the end bearing
sleeve at the small shaft end into the
02 from outside of hopper
bearing seat3-hole 3-02 3-02
- 0 3-0 3-0
023 rod.
with a brass 02 02
w2
wInstall w 2 w 2
ia
x(6) iawS-
rocker arm on the shaft end xof xia
w
tube.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-46
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 NOTICE w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
When installing the rocker arm, allow the
xia
S-tube to hang down freely. The center
lines of gravity of S-tube and rocker arm
must be overlapped when viewed from the
right behind the hopper (see Fig. 6-41).
Or fit the key way, which is located on
rocker arm and symmetrically coincides
with the center line, on the spline teeth
located on the shaft end of S-tube and has
a center line
0 3 -02symmetrically coincides with 03-02 3-02
that of3-S-tube.
0 2 0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
ww
If the installation positions of S-tubewand w
a
x rocker arm is not correct, S-tubexican
i aw not xia
w
swing to the desired position.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-41 Assembly Requirements for Rocker Arm and S-valve

[1] S-valve [2] Rocker arm
(7) Install the swing valve oil cylinder and

then install
0 3 -02the ball head baffle and limit 3-02 3-02
plate.3-
02 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w(8) iawat the w
xia xia
Install the O-ring into the key way
end face of abnormal nut, screw the
x
abnormal nut in the spline shaft of S-tube
6-47
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 distance between the end face of 202 3-0 023-0
2
until the
w and the wear ring is about 4mm, 2
aw ww w w
xiS-tube xia xia
align the notch on the abnormal nut with the
thread hole on the rocker arm and install the
limit screw.
(9) Install the pressure ring in the hopper,

tighten the screw of pressure ring and press
the rubber pad tightly.
(10) At last, secure the material outlet from

outside of hopper with screw M24×160 and
spring pad, and
3 - 02 the tightening torque is 3-02 3-02
650±18N.m.-03 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w
aw Install
(11)
xipin iaw
the hinge elbow, insert the cross
xia
w
and split pin and then installx the
coupling.
Fitting the agitator
(1) Apply the grease on O-ring, insert two O-

rings into the key way at both ends of
agitator shaft, install seal retainer ring on the
shaft shoulders at both ends, and put the
agitator shaft in the related hole of hopper.
0 3 -02
(2) Install the lubricated lip-Like seal ring with
0 3 -02 3-02
inner frame
23- and dust ring in the seal cover, 2023-
0the 023-0
install
w 2 assembled seal cover into thew w 2
w
a of hopper and secure it withxiabolt w w
xihole xia
M8×16 on the hopper.
(3) Install two shaft sleeves on the shaft,

align the notch with screw hole M5 on the
shaft and secure it with screw M5×8
(applied with sealant).
(4) Install the O-rings, seal ring and base

ring applied with grease on both bearing
seats, and secure the bearing seat on the
end face of -shaft
3 02 hole with bolt M12×35 3 -02 3-02
applied 3with 0
- sealant and washer. The - 0 3-0
2 02 oil hole of bearing seat should be 2023
lubricating 2 02
w w w
aw
xiInstalled towards the lower-rear section.xiaw xia
w
6-48
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the roller bearing into the left and02 3-0 023-0
(5)20
Install 2 2
ww ww w w
xia right bearing seats with the assembling
xia tools xia
for bearing.
(6) At the end without motor, secure the

pressure plate at the shaft end with screw
and then install the end cover; at the end
with motor, apply grease on the seal ring
and then install the seal end cover, then
install the seal end cover and waterproof
plate on the agitator shaft.
(7) Install the

3 - 02 motor seat: install the motor 3-02 3-02
seat on
0 2 3-0 the dome of the right plate for023-0 023-0
2
hopper,
winlet
set the installation groove of grease 2
wside, w 2
w w w
xia pipe towards the
xia
lower-right
xia
secure it with bolt M12×40 and spring pad,
and tighten bolt in strict accordance with the
tightening sequence.
(8) Measure the run out: measure the run

out of installation hole and end face of motor
seat to the center line of agitator shaft,
wherein the maximum permissible radial run
out is 0.32mm, and the maximum
permissible end run out is 0.16mm. This can
2
-0through 02 02
be ensured
3 adjustment.
3- 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
(9)20
Install the hydraulic motor and 2its 2
ww ww w w
xia hydraulic fluid pipe align the hydraulic
xia motor xia
with the spline, then install it on the motor
seat, and secure it on motor with screw
M10×90. Tighten bolt in strict accordance
with the tightening sequence.
(10) At last, install the agitator blade. Secure

the screw blade on the agitator shaft with
bolt M16×65, spring pad and nut, where in
the threads of said bolt should be cleaned,
dried and applied with sealant.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-49
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
2 3-0 3-0 3-0
NOTE:20 During replacement of said parts, all 202 2 02
ww r e l a t e d r u b b e r s e a l s s h o u l diabwew w w
xia x xia
replaced. The clearance between the
spectacle wear plate and wear ring
should not be too large or small, and
the clearance between the wear ring
and the end face of S-tube should be
4mm.
6.5.4 Hopper
Frequent inspection
3 - 02 and maintenance of the 3 -02 3-02
0
hopper and-related parts (see Fig. 6-42) can - 0 3-0
2 023 avoid the abnormal abrasion of 2023
effectively 2 02
w ww w
iaw
xhopper. xia xia
w
(1) After pumping, clean the hopper and no
deposit is allowed; otherwise the lower
section of S-tube will be easily worn and
even out of service.
(2) After every pumping, the recession in the Fig.6-42 Hopper

S-tube must be cleaned to avoid blockage in
next pumping.
(3) The transition 2 section between the

0 3 - 0
0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
spectacle wear plate and delivery cylinder is
- -
023with transition sleeve and should 2023
furnished
2 2 02
w w w
aw frequently checked. In the event
be
xisevere x iawof xia
w
abrasion, when its height is lower
than delivery cylinder, the transition sleeve
should be timely replaced; otherwise the
service life of delivery cylinder will be
influenced.
(4) The agitator motor must not be packed.

Check if there is slurry leakage via the
observation hole on the agitator motor seat
every day. When conducting the inner
0 3 -02 and maintenance work of Fig.6-43

cleaning, checking
0 3 -02Agitator control valve and agitator 03-02
-
hopper, close the agitator shutoff valve (see 3- valve -
2 023 and press the E-STOP button 202shutoff
Fig. 6-43) 2 023
w w ww
aw
xisynchronously; iaw
otherwise there will be xinjury xia
[1] Auxiliary valve block
to person. [2] Agitator shutoff valve
[3] Agitator motor
6-50
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20 Delivery cylinder
6.5.5
w 2 w 2
wBecause aw w
xia the working conditions ofxidelivery xia
cylinder (see Fig. 6-44) are adverse and
there i s long-term friction between the
concrete and delivery cylinder, if slurry
leakage not caused by the damage of
concrete seal is found, check if the delivery
cylinder is damaged or broken during pulling.
The broken position and damage degree of
delivery cylinder must be inspected with light
when the engine and agitator shutoff valve
02 -02 02
3- 03-
are closed.
3- 0 3
Fig.6-44 Delivery Cylinder 3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
w6.5.6 w w w w
xia xia xia
Delivery line
All metal pipes and pipeline components
should be checked for wall thickness and
condition at frequent intervals and all results
of such inspections must be recorded. Any
used components in storage should be tested
before being returned to service. Delivery
pipe that has a wall thickness less than the
recommended thickness for the pump’s
designed maximum concrete pressure should
not be used.
0 3 -02Hoses that are used to pump 03-02 3-02
-
023 should be visually inspected before
concrete
023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
a wconcrete pumping operations. Damaged
a ww or w w
i
x worn hoses shall not be used. x i xia
Overview
The delivery line is composed of tube
assembly and boom tube. The tube assembly
comprises the tube from the hinge elbow to
the slewing center of rotary tower. Boom pipe
comprises the tube from the slewing center to
the top of boom. The delivery line mainly
comprises straight tube, elbow, tapered tube,
2 02 02
3-0 support, etc.
coupling, tube 3- 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w 2 straight tube mainly comprises
The
w
2
wthe w w 2
xia standard 3m straight tube and matching
xia xia
straight tube with customized length. The
delivery line of boom is attached at outside
6-51
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02boom, and its length matches with 202 3-0 023-0
2
place of
w 2
iaw boom length through adjustingxiatheww w w
xthe xia
matching straight tube.
(1) Clearance
There must be 3mm clearance between

various tubes (see Fig. 6-45) of delivery line.
This clearance can be automatically gained
through installation a seal ring.
(2) Matching straight tube

02
3- matching straight tubes for 02 02
The lengths0of
3 - 3 - 03- 3-0
3-
platform 2 02and boom are different. Before 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xr eiap l a c i n g t h e m a t c h i n g s t r a i g h t txuiab e , xia
according to the related information on
matching tube assembly and matching tubes
of boom in the Spare Parts Drawing Volume,
confirm the positions and lengths of all
matching tubes.
Fig.6-45 Mounting Clearance of Pipeline
The related dimensions of pipelines produced
by SANY Heavy Industry Co., LTD can be [1] Pipe clamp
gained from the specifications. [2] Seal ring
2 2 [3] Delivery pipe
3 -0 3 -0 3-02
- 0 - 0 3-0
2 0 23 2 02 3
2 02
ww w w
Use of delivery line
a w w
i
xProper use of delivery xia
line can effectively xia
prolong the service life of delivery line.
(1) Straight tube
Turning the straight tube by 120o or 180 o

every pumping 5000 cubic meters can lead to
even distribution of abrasion and increment in
service life of straight tube. Especially to the
delivery line with longer service life (generally
the service life2is not less than 2 cubic
3-0 3- 02 3-02
meters), the-0efficiency
02 3 is more obvious.
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
(2)wElbow w w
xia xia xia
a. Turning the elbow by 180 o every
pumping 5000 cubic meters can lead to Fig.6-46 Elbow
6-52
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2
0even 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 distribution of abrasion (see Fig. 26-
w w 2
w aw is w
xia 46). The outside abrasion of an ielbow
x
larger than the inside abrasion or the
xia
abrasion of straight tube.
Therefore, when measuring the wall thickness
of an elbow, special attention should be paid
to the wall thickness at the side of external
arc.
b. As to the same type of elbow, since they

are installed at different positions of
boom, their service lives are also
3 -02Generally, the service life of the 03-02
different.
0 3-02
23- last elbow is the shortest. 2In023-
0second 023-0
2 2
ww addition to the general flow friction w
awwear, w w
xia x i
the elbow at this place also is subjected xia
to the impact of the gravity of concrete
when working, which increases the
abrasion of pipeline (see Fig. 6-47)
In order to uniform the service lives of the

whole set of delivery pipeline, SANY Heavy
Industry Co., LTD has specially produced
thickened elbow for this place. The detailed
specifications for this elbow refer to the Spare
-02 Volume.
Parts Drawing
3 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-53
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
2 replacement of the whole set of 202 3-0 023-0
NOTE:20 The 2
ww p i p e l i n e i s m o r e e c o n o m i c tihaawnw w w
xia x xia
replacement of the worn tube
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-47 Delivery Pipe

[1] Elbow [6] End hose
[2] Matching straight tube [7] Seal ring
[3] 3m standard straight tube [8] Clamp
2
-0Boom 2 02
[4]
0 3 (5) 3-0 clamp
[9] Fixing 3-
023- [5] Elbow (thickened) 02 3-0
[10] Rubber pad 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-54
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w2 2 2
.
w
Measuring the wall thickness
w w w w
xia xia using
Wall thickness testing should be tested xia
an ultrasonic test instrument or other suitable
approved methods. All testing shall be carried
out by competent authorized personnel. The
test equipment shall be calibrated regularly
and maintained according to the
manufacturer's requirements.
Pipe must not be used if the wall thickness is

less than that recommended by the pipe
manufacturer
0 3 -02 for the maximum concrete 03-02 3-02
-
023 of the pump. The suppliers of pipes
pressure
023
-
023-0
2
w concrete pumps should be able to provide2 2
a wfor ww w w
i
x data on the minimum pipe wall thickness xia for xia
differing pump pressures. The minimum wall
thickness of single wall pipe is dependent on
the grade of pipe, the maximum working
concrete pressure of the pump and the
diameter of the pipe.
Where the supplier's information is not

available, minimum wall thickness shall be
calculated using the formula in AS 4041. The
table below
0 3 -0is2 calculated using the formula in 03-02 3-02
23- which provides default minimum
AS 04041 023
-
023-0
2
w wall thicknesses for 108 mm & 133 2 2
wpipe wwmm w w
xia (4.3 in. & 5.2 in.) outside diameter seamless
xia xia
steel pipes at different concrete pressures.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-55
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
These 2minimum thickness values cannot be 202 2 02
w w w
iaw for pipe with diameters greaterxthan
xused iaw xia
w
those specified, nor can the table be
extrapolated for other grades of pipe.
Table 6-11 Minimum Pipe Wall Thickness
Minimum Pipe Wall Thickness/mm (in.)
Outside Diameter Of Pipe

Max.Pressure
Grade 200 Grade 250 Grade 350/ST-52
KPa psi 108mm(in) 133mm(in) 108mm(in) 133mm(in) 108mm(in) 133mm(in)

2
0653 -02 02
4.500
3- 2.2(0.1) 2.7(0.11) 1.7(0.06)
3 2.1(0.88) 1.3(0.05) 1.6(0.06)
3-
6.00002
3-0 870 2.9(0.2) 3.5(0.14)
3-0
022.3(0.1) 2.8(0.11) 1.7(0.06) 02 3-0
2.1(0.08)
w2 w 2 w2
xiaw8.000 1.160 3.8(0.15) xia
N/A w 3.0(0.12) 3.7(0.15) 2.3(0.10) w
xia 2.8(0.11)
10.000 1.451 N/A N/A 3.8(0.15) N/A 2.9(0.12) 3.5(0.14)
12.000 1.741 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.4(0.13) N/A
The min. wall thickness of delivery line (see

Fig. 6-48).
(1) Follow the Operating Instructions

supplied with the test instruments when
carrying out measurements. Do not measure
the wall thickness
3 - 02 of the delivery line at just 3 -02 3-02
one -
point,0 but around the entire
3- 0 3-0
2 023
circumference of the delivery pipes. The 202 2 02
w ww w
aw
ximinimum wall thickness is shown in iathe
x xia
w
graph below.
(2) When the wall thickness of delivery tube

reaches the min. value, immediately replace it.
Especially before pumping concrete with large
cubic meters, the pipelines with wall
thicknesses approaching the min. value must
be replaced. Otherwise, explosion may occur Fig.6-48 Minimum Wall Thickness
during construction, the progress of
engineering will be influenced, and even the
-02
life will be threatened.
3 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-56
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 NOTICE w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia Pipes and bends must be
x
replaced as
xia
soon as the wall thickness has declined to
the value for the minimum wall thickness.
It should be specially noted that the
influence on delivery line caused by the
impact of dynamic load during pumping
can not be accurately calculated. It
depends on many factors in the procedure
of pumping; therefore, the delivery line
may break 0 2 if the working pressure is
-even -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
2 - permissible range. In the event
within3the
0 0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
ww
of blockage, the working pressure w also w
a a w w
i i
x will fluctuate. If the wall thicknessx can not xia
reach requirements, the delivery line will
also break.
(3) If no test instrument is available, a hard

wood hammer or rubber hammer can be
used to knock the delivery line when the line
is empty, and judge the wall thickness
through the sound (see Fig. 6-49). The
method has2 large error and requires rich
3 -0 3-02 3-02
practical
3 - 0 experience.
3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia NOTICE
xia xia
No not use metal substances to knock the
delivery line; otherwise dent will occur
and lead to acceleration in abrasion as
well as the inner peeling of the reinforced
Fig.6-49 Check of Delivery Pipe Wall
layer on the high-strength compound Thickness by Knocking
wear-resistance tube.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-57
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
iaw
xNever x iaw xia
w
increase the wall thickness, outer
diameter and length of delivery line;
otherwise the service life of boom will be
reduced, influencing the stability of this
pump truck and potentially leading to
breaking of boom and tilting of pump.
Checking the pipe coupling

Check the concrete pipe couplings for signs
-02 loose fasteners, wear or
of leakage, damage,
0 3 3-02 3-02
23- condition.
any abnormal
0 023-0 023-0
ww2 w w 2
w w 2
xIfiaa coupling is found to be damaged, worn
xia or xia
in an abnormal condition, replace it with a
new SANY approved coupling.
If a coupling is leaking or has loose fasteners,

torque the fasteners using the torque values
Fig.6-50
in “Pre-tightening Torques of Bolts (without
lubrication)” on page 6-8.
Replacing the delivery line

The delivery line is2 subdivided into two sections:
3 -0 pump-boom delivery line. 3-02 3-02
boom delivery
- 0line;
3-0 3-0
2 023 2 02 2 02
wthickness w w
iaw iaw w
Wall
xThe x
starting points for laying the pipe on the xia
boom are the hinge pivot points. The straight
delivery line run from pivot point to pivot
point. They are no more than 3 m long. The
delivery line is matched to the arm length
concerned by means of the adapter pipes.
The length of the pump-boom delivery line is

also adapted by means of adapter pipes.
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-58
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 NOTICE w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia Do n ot exceed the delivery
x
line wall
xia
thickness specified on the rating plate and
in the machine card. The machine’s
stability can be impaired by additional
weight.
NOTICE
Should you wish to re-equip your machine
to a delivery2line of greater wall thickness,
0 3 -0 stability will have to be 03-02 3-02
- - 3-0
the machine’s
2 023
recalculated and checked and approved 2 023 2 02
w w w
xiawby an authorized inspector. iaw
x xia
w
Untensioned assembly
The boom delivery line must be fully fitted
with the arm assembly relieved of tension:
the arm assembly is not under tension in the
transport position if each arm is lying freely
on the rest provided for this purpose; when
unfolded if each arm is supported, the arm
assembly is not under tension.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 CAUTION
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wIf the tension on the arm packageiawis not w
xia x
fully relieved during assembly, stresses
xia
may occur in the delivery line on
movement of the placing boom and
consequential damage may be caused to
the pipe brackets and to the placing
boom. Furthermore, the boom may swing
up and down causing the end hose to
swing and strike out during pumping
operations.
-02 3-02 3-02

23-03
Clearance
3-0 3-0
2 0
Aw clearance of 4 mm must be maintained 2 02 2 02
w w w
iaw of
xia between the delivery pipes over thexwhole xia
w
the delivery line, so that the welding neck
6-59
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 butt against the couplings without 202 3-0 023-0
w 2
rings can
w w 2
iaw This clearance is achieved either: xiaw
xplay. xia
w
● automatically, through the use of a C
seal (triple-lip seal), or
● manually, by adjustment, using a feeler

gauge. seal C seals (triple-lip seals) are
used where the delivery line runs in a
straight line and there is no rotational
movement. The 4 mm clearance is
created automatically.
-02 -02 3-02
2 -03
NOTE: No3triple-lip seals may be used in the
2 3 -03 3-0
0 joints in the pipe bends. A seals 20
2pivot 2 02
w
w are used: ww w w
xia xia xia
● if the delivery line does not run in a
straight line;
● in the pivot joints; and at the assembly

coupling at the tip of the boom. The
spacing of 4 mm must be set using
the feeler gauge.
Coupling
Couplings with a02threaded closure are closed
0 3 - 0 3 -02 3-02
-
using self-locking nuts. These nuts may not
023 but must be replaced each time 2023
-
023-0
2
be re-used,
w 2
iawcoupling is fitted. ww w w
xthe xia xia
Fitting an A seal
● Push the A seal over the fixed delivery
line pipe.
● Lay the pipe to be attached in the pipe

bracket and push it up to the fixed pipe.
● Set the clearance of 4mm between the

pipes using a feeler gauge.
2
-0 to be attached in the pipe 02 02
● Fix the pipe
0 3 3- 3-
023
-
brackets. 023-0 023-0
w2
w Push w w 2
w w 2
x●ia xia
the A seal over the two weld-on xia
rings.
6-60
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
2 the coupling and secure it.
0Fit 023-0 023-0
●
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia Fitting a triple-lip seals
xia xia
● Push the triple-lip seals over the welded-
on ring of the fixed delivery line pipe.
● Lay the pipe to be attached in the pipe

bracket and push it up to the fixed pipe.
● Push the pipe to be attached as far as

the stop in the ring seal.
● Fix the pipe to be attached in the pipe

2 02 02
3-0
brackets. 3- 3-
3-0
2 the coupling and secure it.
0Fit 023-0 023-0
●
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia Boom delivery line xia xia
The starting points for laying the pipe on the
boom are the pivot points.
● Grease all couplings and seals well

internally before assembly.
NOTE: Use a multipurpose grease based on

lithium soap marked K2K. Install the
bends in the fitting couplings at the
pivot 2
-0points. 02 02
3 3- 3-
● 2 3-0
0Align the bends such that the straight 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
w ww
pipes can be connected without tension. w w
xia xia xia
Fix the bends.
● Install the fixed length delivery pipes.
● Install the adapter pipes last.
Pump boom delivery line

The pressure pipe is the starting point for
assembly.
NOTE: You 2 should use only high-pressure

0 3 - 0
0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
pipes
- when replacing these delivery -
2 023line pipes. Only C seals (triple-lip 2 023 2 02
ww ww w w
xia seals) are used throughout the
xia pumpxia
boom delivery line.
6-61
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 all couplings and seals well 202 3-0 023-0
●
w 2
Grease
w w 2
xiaw internally before assembly. iaw x xia
w
NOTE: Use a multipurpose grease based on
lithium soap marked K2K.
● Fit the reducer pipe to the pressure pipe
with a coupling. The coupling must be
capable of rotating with the pressure
pipe. The reducer pipe, which must be
located in a vibration absorber, may not
turn either.
02 02 02
● 03- connection pipes as far as
Fit the boom
3 - 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 on the riserpipe.
the 0bend 02 02
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
6.6 Slewing Mechanism
6.6.1 Overview
The slewing mechanism is a transmission
mechanism composed of the ball-bearing
slewing ring, Slewing gear transmission and
gear, as shown in Fig. 6-51.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-62
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
.
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wFig.6-51Slewing Mechanism w w
xia xia xia
[1] Rotary reducer [13] Washer [25] Annular plate
[2] Gasket [14] Bolt [26] Screw
[3] Washer [15] Bolt [27] Pin
[4] Bolt [16] Rubber protective bush [28] Shaft sleeve component
[5] Dust-proof ring [17] Washer [29] Oil cup
[6] Gear [18] Screw [30] Sealing plate
[7] Gear [19] Washer [31] Lubricating grease tube
[8] Copper mat [20] Washer [32] Gerotor motor
-02 metal bearing
[9] Double [21] Bolt
3-02 [33] Screw
3-02
[10]
2 3 -03
Pin [22] Oil cup 2 3-0 [34] Washer 3-0
0 20 02
w w 2[11] Slewing bearing [23] Tubew connector [35] Washer w 2
xia iaw xia
w
[12] Nut [24]x Screw plug [36] Oil cup
6-63
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
0 23-0 023-0 023-0
6.6.2w 2Slewing gear transmission w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Overview
The structure of Slewing gear transmission
(see Fig. 6-52), check and maintenance
intervals.
Checking slewing gear transmission brake

function
Below is the procedure outlining how to test
the performance of the braking function for
2 02 02
3-0transmission.
the slewing gear 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 up the machine in a clear area w
(1) Set
w
forw 2
w w 2
a
xinormal concrete pumping operations. xia xia
8
(2) Extend the boom as shown in the
9
illustration. See “Extending the Boom” on 11
page 4-34 for details on operating the boom
system.
10 12
(3) Carefully slew the boom in both
directions while monitoring the brake
function stopping distance.
Fig.6-52 Structure of Slewi n g gear
● If the stopping transmission
3 - 02 distance is unusually long 3
2
-0 3-02
o r s l o-w0 t o s t o p , t h e s l e w i n g g e a r 0
023 3- 3-0
transmission
2 braking system may be at 202 [1] Output Shaft
2 02
w w [2] oil cup w
xiaw the end of its life cycle. x iaw [3] vent plug xia
w
[4] vent elbow
● If the stopping distance is normal the [5] Reducer
[6] vent plug
slewing gear transmission braking [7] Nameplate
system is functioning properly. [8] Oil drain
[9] Rubber hose for brake
(4) After testing procedures are complete, [10] Brake
[11] Oil drain
retract the boom and outriggers and shut the [12] Fender cover
truck engine OFF.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-64
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
(5)20Remove the drain plug (a) from the 20 2
w w w w w w
xia slewing gear transmission and inspect xia the xia
drained fluid condition.(see Fig. 6-53)
● Dark colored fluid with a strong, unusual

odor indicates the fluid is probably
burned. As a result, the braking system
has been overheated and should be
a
replaced.
● Chunks or small fragments of braking

material in the fluid indicates that the
braking
0 3 -02material is failing or the brakes 0Fig.6-53
3 -02 3-02
23- simply worn out and in need 2of
are
0replacement. 023
-
023-0
w 2 w w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
● Contact your SANY distributor if the
braking system needs repair.
Changing the slewing gear transmission oil
(1) Position the truck chassis on a flat level

b
surface.
(2) Place a suitable container under the drain

Min
plug to catch the oil. Remove plugs (a)
2 case to properly drain. 02 02
3-0
to allow reducer 3- 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
(3)20Once drained, install plug (a) and fill case
20 2
w w w w w w
xia through oil cup (b) until oil level reaches
xia Min a xia
level of the oil cup.
(4) For correct oil and amount. See Table 6-

9 on page 6-17 for the type of oil.
(5) Torque plugs (a) to 15 N.m.
-02 Fig.6-54
02 02
0 3 3- 3-
023 -
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-65
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
6.6.3 2Ball-Bearing Slewing Ring 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
Overview
The structure of ball-bearing slewing ring (see
Fig. 6-55), maintenance interval (see Table.
6-1 on page 6-4, Table. 6-2 on page 6-5 and
Table. 6-3 on page 6-7 ).
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw
xFig.6-55 x iaw xia
w
Structure of Ball-bearing Slewing ring
[1] Slewing bearing [6] Screw
[2] Ring plate [7] Oil cup
[3] Screw [8] Plug
[4] Gear [9] Pipe connector
[5] Washer [10] Lubricating grease tube
Checking the ball-bearing slewing ring
(1) Grease the

0 3 -02 ball-bearing slewing ring 0 3 -02 3-02
through 3the - filling seat of ball-bearing
02ring every 50 hours of operation or 2023
-
023-0
w 2
slewing w w 2
aw week. As to the lubrication ofxiball-
xievery aw xia
w
bearing slewing ring, apply grease on
6-66
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
02 lubricating points of bearing through02 3-0 023-0
w 2
various
w 2 w 2
xiaw the delivery line of grease. iaw
x xia
w
(2) Check if foreign matter exists between
gears. If any, immediately remove them.
(3) Check the gear surface of reducer for

abrasion every three months and apply
grease on the gear surface.
NOTE: After long-term stop of pump, apply

sufficient grease on the ball-bearing
slewing
2 ring.
0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
- the connecting bolts on the ball-23-
023 slewing ring
Checking
023-0
2
bearing
w w 20 w 2
w aw w
xia (1) Check the torque condition xifor the xia
fasteners (a) on the rotary tower system
every 1000 hours of operation or every year.
(2) The tightening torque for the slewing

bearing fasteners is 1,210 N.m (892 lbf.ft).
Visually inspect all connecting bolts on the
ball-bearing slewing ring for looseness, ware
or damage. Any missing bolts should be
replaced.
2
-0loosened connecting bolt of ball- 03-0 2 02
NOTE: The
0 3 3-
-
023bearing slewing ring should not 2be023
-
023-0
2 2
ww w
iaw new
directly tightened. Replace it with w w
xia x
high-strength bolt of the same size.
xia
Oil the thread and the head bearing
surface and tighten the replacement
bolts.
6.7 Transfer Case and Drive Shaft

The transfer case is used to switch the power
output, and transfer power to the chassis
during traveling as well as the oil pump
02 02 02
03- pumping.
during concrete
3- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
6-67
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
6.7.1 2Transfer case 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
The structure of transfer case is as shown in
Fig. 6-56.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 2
023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia 3
xia xia
Fig.6-56 Transfer Case

[1] Oil filler connector
[2] Plug at oil level checking port
[3] Plug at oil-drain outlet
Daily inspection and maintenance of transfer

case
0 3 -02 oil for transfer case and

Check the lubricating
0 3 -02 3-02
023
-
the pre-tightening torque for the bolts for
023
-
023-0
2 2 2
ww
connecting
a
the drive shaft and transfer casew
iaw w w
i
xas well as the bolts of the transfer xcase xia
hanger, and fill lubricating grease to the
extension section of drive shaft once every
week or every 50 working hours.
(1) After the pump is placed horizontally,

close the engine and cut off the power
supply to avoid unauthorized starting.
(2) Check two stroke switches and cables on

the transfer case2 for readiness, water
- 0 3- 02 3-02
03 insulation.
resistance and
- 3-0 3-0
2 023 2 02 2 02
w
(3) Check the tightening torques of w
bolts w
aw
xiconnecting iaw
the drive shaft and transferxcase xia
w
and transfer hanger bolt for looseness. If
any, tighten them.
6-68
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia When the lubricating oil
x
level in
the
xia
transfer case exceeds the required
position, the transfer case will easily
generate heat when working, so as to
make the lubricating oil easily get bad,
affecting the lubrication of inner gear and
bearing of the transfer case. In case of
serious situation, the bearing and tooth
surface of gear will be burnt out due to
bad lubrication.
3-02 3-02 3- 02
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
20 2 2
ww w w
Changing the transfer case oil
w w
xia xia case
Change the lubricating oil of transfer xia
every 500 hours of operation or every half
year and clean the transfer case. Remove dirt
and hazardous substance to ensure the
reliable operation of transfer case.
(1) Park the truck-mounted concrete pump

flatly, shut down the engine and cut off the
power to avoid unauthorized startup.
(2) Screw off the plug at oil-drain outlet to

-02
03lubricating
drain the oil in the transfer case. 3-02 3- 02
0 23- 02 3-0 023-0
2
w Screw
(3) off the breathing cover and w 2fill w 2
xiaw w
a the
appropriate volume of diesel oil xiinto xia
w
transfer case to remove the deposits and
dirt inside. The breathing cover of transfer
case filler pipe is at the inner side of the Breathing
cover
revolving tower (see Fig. 6-57).
(4) Collect the drained lubricating oil with a

proper container, and then dispose it
according to the relevant environmental
protection regulations.
Fig.6-57 Schematic Diagram of Breathing
(5) Mount the
0 3 -02 plug at the oil-drain outlet. 0 3 -02 of Transfer Case Filler Pipe
Cover
0 3 -02
(6)20
23-
Fill gear oil of the appropriate grade from 2 023
-
2 023
-
ww ww ww
xia the oil filler at the breathing cover xia till it xia
reaches the bottom of oil level checking port
of the transfer case and some oil overflows.
6-69
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 the plug at oil level checking port 202 3-0 02 3-0
w 2
(7) Mount
w w 2
x aw the breathing cover.
iand iaw
x xia
w
(8) Start the truck-mounted concrete pump
and check if the transfer case works
normally.
6.7.2 Drive shaft
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Connecting to transmission Connecting to rear axle
Fig.6-58 Drive Shaft
Use a grease gun to apply lubricating grease

to the extension section of the front/rear drive
shaft and the cross bearing of the transfer
case once a week (See Fig. 6-58).
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

Check the
0 23- pre-tightening torque for the 2023- 02 3-0
2
connecting bolts of drive shaft and transferw 2
a ww w w w
i
xcase, gearbox and differential, etc. Check xia if xia
the seal rings of cross bearings at both ends
of drive shaft are in good condition.
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-70
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 02 3-0 023-0
6.8
w 2 Hydraulic System w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia
The hydraulic system is composed of the
xia
hydraulic pump, valve bank, accumulator,
hydraulic motor, oil cylinder, line, etc. When
pumping, carefully observe the working status
of hydraulic system, e.g. if the hydraulic fluid
temperature is normal, the operation of
radiator is normal and if the oil pump and
motor have abnormal noise, etc.
02
6.8.1 Overview
3- 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
4
5
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 1 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2
Fig.6-59 Structural Drawing of Hydraulic Oil Tank
[1] Air filter [4] Oil filler

[2] Oil-drain valve [5] Hydraulic oil tank
[3] Oil level gauge
02 02 02
3- 03- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w ww w w
xia xia xia
6-71
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

0 23-0 023-0 023-0
6.8.2 2Changing the hydraulic fluid 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
NOTE: Cleanliness is of the greatest possible
importance in the maintenance of
hydraulic systems. You must make it
impossible for dirt or other impurities
to enter the system. Even small
particles may cause valves to be
scored, pumps to seize and choke
and control bores to become blocked.
Hydraulic fluid drums must stand for
some time
0 3 -02 before the fluid is taken 0 3 -02 3-02
023
from - them. Never roll the barrels to 23-
0 023-0
w 2where you will be drawing off the fluid.w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia Clean bungs, filler caps and xtheir xia
surroundings before opening them. If
possible, you should use a filler unit to
fill up the hydraulic system. Never
leave the tank lid open longer than
necessary.
Preparation
The following work must be completed before
starting the full fluid change:
02
- remote control. 3-02 3-02
03the
(1) Switch off
- 3-0 3-0
2 023 2 02 2 02
a ww
(2) Switch the hydraulic pumps off.
w w w w
x i xia xia
(3) Reduce fluid pressure completely.
(4) Check the contamination indicator on the

vent filter of the fluid reservoir. When the red
check ring is visible in the inspection glass,
you must replace the filter element for the
vent filter .Close the engine.
(5) Switch the drive engine off.
(6) Secure the system

2 against unauthorized
- 0 3-02 3-02
starting. 03 - 3-0 3-0
2 023 2 02 2 02
ww
(7) Secure your working area and fix
ww
notices
w w
xitoa the blocked controls and setting devices.
xia xia
6-72
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 WARNING w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
The accumulator pressure in pressurized
xia
systems must be released. Failure to do
so may result in a sudden rupture in the
accumulator or even endanger persons.
Changing the fluid
NOTICE
You must make sure you collect the old
2
i c-0f l u i d a n d d i s p o s e o f i t i n -02 02
h y d r a u l3
0 0 3 3-
-
a c c0o2r3d a n c e w i t h t h e r e g u l a t i o n s0.23
-
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
wBiologically degradable hydraulic w fluids w
xia must also be disposed of separately xia from xia
other waste, just like mineral hydraulic
fluids. Failure to do so will result in
pollution to the environment.
(1) Remove a hose from the hydraulic

system tank and drain off the fluid. Position
of the drain valve.
2
(2) hen disconnect
0 all hoses from the tank.
02 02
3- 3- 3-
(3) 0Wipe3-0
2 out all the openings with a lint-free02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
wwcloth. Wipe as far into the tank as ipossible
ww w w
xia when doing this. You should also remember
xa xia
that there may also be separate apertures
intended for tank cleaning.
(4) Remove all filter inserts.
(5) Change all filters and refit the filter

elements.
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-73
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 NOTICE w 2 w 2
iaw
xOnly x iaw xia
w
fill the tank through the mesh in the
filler inlet. Fill up the tank up to the
Maximum" marking after bleeding and a test
run. Use only the hydraulic fluids specified in
the lubrication recommendations. Failure to
do so may result in instability in operating
positions or serious damage to the machine.
(6) Replace any defective hoses.

0 3 -02 3- 02 3-02
023
(7) Fill the - with new fluid.
tank
023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iawRemove the dirt deposits
x(8) from theiaw
x oil
xia
w
cooler.
(9) Check all screwed joints and tighten

where necessary. Check all flared screwed
joints.
b
(10) Check the electrical connections.
52
(11) Carry out all function checks.
(12) Bleed hydraulic system. a
0 3 -02 test runs. 03-

02 3-02
(13) Carry out
023
- several
023- 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
(14)
aw Refit all the safety equipment,
xiand
markings
xia
w Fig.6-60
xia
w
notices you have removed.
Draining the hydraulic oil tank
(1) Remove the vent filters (b) from the

hydraulic tank fill port (a).
(2) Locate the drain locations (c) below the

pump chassis hydraulic tank on the left side
of the unit. See Fig. 6-61for the position of
(c).
0 3 -02 3- 02 3-02
(3) Place23an
0
- appropriate container under the
023-0 023-0
drain 2 2 e c 2
a ww port. w w d w w
x i xia xia
NOTE: For proper container size, see Table.
6-10 on page 6-19 for details. Fig.6-61
6-74
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
(4)20
Remove plug (d) and open valve (e) 2to 2
ww ww w w
xia drain the hydraulic oil from the tank.xia See xia
Fig. 6-61 for the position of (d) and (e). f
Cleaning and inspecting the hydraulic tank
(1) Remove covers (f) to inspect or clean the

inside of the tank sections after it has been
emptied.
NOTICE
Never use water or toxic liquids to clean
the inside
0 3 -0of2 the tank. These chemicals 0Fig.6-62
3 -02 3-02
-
023damage the system.
could 023
-
02 3-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia xia xia
(2) If you will be cleaning the tank, it is
recommended to use mineral spirits to wash
the inside of the tank.
(3) Once the tank is clean and dry, reinstall

access covers (f).
(4) Close valve (e) and reinstall plug (d). See

Fig.6-61 for the location of e and d.
(5) Refill hydraulic tank with fresh oil through

3 - 02 3- 02 3-02
-0 fill ports on the top of the tank.
the vent
3-0 3-0
023
1
2 2 02 2 02
w
wNOTE: w
For fluid type and amount, seewtable w w
xia 6-9 on page 6-17 and table 6-10 onxipage
a
6- xia 2
19. 3
(6) Install the vent filter and resume normal

operation.
4
6.9 Accumulator
6.9.1 Overview
The accumulator is composed of housing, Fig.6-63 Structure of accumulator
3
capsule, 0oil - valve, gas valve, etc. (see Fig. 6- 03-02
0 2
0 3 -02
- - [1] Gas valve
23-
63)0. 2C3 o m m o n s e n s e a b o u t t h e u s e o0f23 0
w 2 2 [2] Capsule 2
a waccumulator: a ww ww
x i x i xia
[3] Housing of accumulator
[4] Oil valve
6-75
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
02rubber capsule storing nitrogen in 202 3-0 02 3-0
(1) The
w 2 2
ww
aw accumulator has slight gas permeability. w w
xithe xia xia
Air pressure
bar (MPa)
After using for a certain time, the gas 78.4 (8)
pressure will decrease; therefore the
working pressure of accumulator should be Upper limit
68.6 (7)
checked at least once every year. When the
63.7 (6.5)
oil temperature is 50°С, its pressure is Allowable
pressure
7MPa (68.6bar). The permissible pressure 58.8 (6) range
range of accumulator (see Fig. 6-64). 53.9 (5.5)
49 (5) Lower limit

(2) If the actual value is 75% or less than
44.1 (4.5)
specified value, the accumulator must be
0 -02 The accumulator can only

filled with gas.(3)
3 0 3 -02 0 10 30 50
oil temperature (°C) 3
70
0 -02
be filled23-with nitrogen. Never use other 23- 23-
2 0 2 0 2 0
w
gases.(4)
w
The working pressure, gas fillingw Fig.6-64 Allowable Pressure of Accumulator
w ww
i a
x pressure and capacity (See Table. 6-12).xia xia
Table 6-12 Charging Pressure and Capacity
Working Charging
Capacity
Pressure Pressure
16MPa 7-8 MPa 10L
NOTICE
T h e c h e ck i n g a n d o i l f i l li n g w o r k o f
2 ust be performed by
a c c u m u l a t o -r 0m -02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
professional
0 23- person to avoid nonstandard 2023- 02 3-0
w 2
operation. w w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
DANGER
The accumulator should be filled with
nitrogen. Never use other gases. If it is
filled with air, nitrogen, etc., explosion
may occur.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-76
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
20 Checking the nitrogen pressure
6.9.2
w w 20 w 2
w w w
xia of accumulator xia xia
How to test the nitrogen pressure of the
accumulator when no gas filling equipment is
available:
(1) Start the machine to build the pressure in

accumulator until it reaches 10MPa.
(2) Press E-STOP button.
(3) Slightly open

3 - 02 the unloading ball valve of 3-02 3-02
-0 to slowly relieve pressure in the23-0
accumulator
2 3 3-0
20
accumulator. 20
With the gradually relieving 2 02
w
w pressure in accumulator, the pointeriaw w w w
xia pressure gauge will move slowly. xAs xia
on the
soon
as the pre-filled pressure of accumulator is
reached, the reading on pressure gauge will
suddenly decrease, that is, the indication at
this time is the nitrogen pressure in the
accumulator.
(4) If the nitrogen pressure in the

accumulator is not between 7-8MPa, adjust
it to 7-8MPa.
0 3 -02 3-02 3-02

0
-
6.9.323Nitrogen filling and pressure2
0 3-0 023-0
w 2
adjustment of accumulator w2 w 2
xiaw xia
w
xia
w
(1) Preparation work before nitrogen filling:
● remove the gas filling gap and protective

hood from the accumulator;
● turn the handle of gas filling tool anti-

clockwise to the end position and then
connect it to the gas filling valve on the
accumulator;
● Connect02the joint at another end of hose 02 02

- 3- 3-
-03nitrogen bottle.
to3the 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
w(2) w
w in w w
xia xia
Gas filling or gas supplement: screw
xia
the handle of gas filling equipment clockwise
until the pressure gauge on the gas filling
6-77
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 displays pressure; then slowly 202 3-0 023-0
2
equipment
w 2
aw the cut-off valve on nitrogen bottle ww w w
xiopen xia to xia
gradually fill nitrogen in the capsule, and
then close the cut-off valve on the nitrogen
bottle. Observe the pressure gauge on the
gas filling equipment and repeat above
procedure until the reading reaches the
upper limit in figure; unlock the vent valve
on the gas filling equipment to discharge the
remained nitrogen; disassemble the gas
filling equipment; check the gas filling valve
for leakage; if not, install gas filling cap and
02 02 02
03-
protective hood.
3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 0 23- 02 02
(3) Gasw discharging or adjustment: open thew 2 w 2
a w w w
i
x vent valve; turn the handle clockwise xia to xia
allow the crown bar to open the vent valve
core downwards for discharging gas; when
the gas discharging is completed, turn the
handle back to the original position; remove
the gas filling equipment; check the gas
filling valve for leakage; if not, install the gas
filling cap and protective hood.
The method of pressure adjustment is similar

to that of gas filling. If the pressure is high,
3 02 discharging procedure; if
-gas 3 -02 3-02
operate as per
- 0 - 0 3-0
023 is low, operate as per gas 2023
the pressure
2 2 02
w w w
iaw
supplement
x procedure. iaw
x xia
w
(4) Temperature compensation of nitrogen:
the gas pressure changes with the
temperature. The gas pressure of
accumulator at 50 ℃ is set as 7MPa
(68.6bar).
For gas filling at normal temperature, adjust

in accordance with figure; for general
inspection, observe the hydraulic fluid
temperature, e.g.
0 3 -02if pressure is lower than the 3-02 3-02
- gas.
lower limit,3refill
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-78
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 23-0 023-0 023-0
w w 2 Oil Filter
6.10
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
6.10.1 Replacing hydraulic oil filters
Cleanliness is a key factor in maintenance of
hydraulic system.If the hydraulic oil is
polluted, the hydraulic system will not work
normally
For new vehicle, oil return filter element GP
must be replaced when running 500h.After
that, oil intake filter and oil return filter
element GP must be replaced every 1000h.
When replacing
0 3 -02 hydraulic oil, oil intake filter 03-02 3-02
-
023 return filter element GP should 2be023
and oil -
023-0
w 2 2
wchanged, either. ww w w
xia xia xia
You should obey local effective regulation
when dealing with old filter core
Replacing oil return filter element
(1) Release pressure, stop the machine and

cut off the power.
(2) Remove the bolt on the oil-return cover of

hydraulic oil tank.
2 oil-return cover.
(3) Remove the
0 02 02
3- 3- 3-
(4) 0Get3-0
2 out the oil return filter element GP02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
wwfrom the oil tank. ww w w
xia xia xia
(5) Reinstall the new oil return filter element
GP into the oil tank.
(6) Put the oil-return cover back and tighten

all bolts.
Replacing and cleaning oil intake filter)

Fig.6-65 Oil intake Filter
cut off the power.
(2) Remove 3 - 02the bolt on the oil-intake cover 3[1] - 02 Compressing [5] Nut
3-02
2 3-0 oil tank.
of hydraulic
0 0 2 3-0 spring [6] Tie rod
02 3-0
w w2 w w2 [2] Nut
w 2core
[7] Filter
w
xia (3) Remove the oil-intake cover. xia [3] Plan cushion [8]xiaO-ring
[4] Spring cushion
6-79
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0
2 the oil intake filter from the oil 202 3-0 023-0
(4) Get20out 2
w w w
x aw and remove the filter core.
itank iaw x xia
w
(5) Reinstall the new oil intake filter on tie
rod. Please notice the fitted position
requirements when assembling, You should
obey the rule that the pin on oil-intake cover
can be pressed tightly to the tie rod.
(6) Put the assembled oil intake filter into the

oil tank.
(7) Put the oil-intake cover back and tighten

2 02 02
all bolts. 03-0 3- 3-
023- 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
NOTICE
You should make sure the fitted position
unchanged when assembling the oil intake
filter element. If the fitted position is
greater than the specified, the oil-intake
cover will cannot be covered. If the the
fitted position is less than the specified,
the oil-intake filter will might be dumped
in the oil tank. 02 02 02
3- 3- 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw cleaning method of oil intake filter:
The
xImmerge x iaw xia
w
the filter core into the coal oil for 10
minutes, Get out. the core and blow it from
inside to outside by compressed air which is
<=0.6MPa until the exterior surface of the
filter core is cleaned.
NOTICE
It is prohibited that contacting with the
filter core by such things as hand and
brush that might
0 3 -02 lead screen to deform 0 3 -02 3-02
-
a n d b r0e2a3k d o w n . I f d e f o r m a t i o n a n d 023
-
023-0
w 2 2 2
iaw
breakage happed, replace the filter core ww w w
ximmediately. xia xia
6-80
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 high pressure filter element(Optional)
Replacing 202 2 02
wIfwhigh pressure filter is installed, youiashould
ww w w
xia x xia
often check whether blocked. When the
indicator shows red, the filter core must be
replaced (The core of high pressure filter
cannot be cleaned, replace only). Steps as
follows:

cut off the power.
(2) remove canister (a) and get out the

hydraulic filter element
-02 3- 02 a
3-02
-03the canister inside.
(3) Clean
3 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w
w(4) w
Reinstall new filter element and canister
w w w
xia (a) xia Fig.6-66 xia
NOTE: When installing the filter cartridge, if
the threads are not aligned, the screwing of
filter cartridge will immediately be subjected to
large resistance. Do not apply excessive force
and the installation threads of filter cartridge
should not be damaged. Draw back the filter
cartridge, realign the tread and screw it to
install it. When the filter cartridge is tightened
-02
to the end3position,
0 it should be unscrewed by
0 3 -02 3-02
-
023turn.
1/4-1/2 023
-
023-0
w w2 w w2 w w 2
xia 6.11 Air Filter xia xia
The air filter is located on the hydraulic fluid

tank of revolving tower (see Fig. 6-67). Since
the construction site has plenty of dust, the
air filter should be replaced every year. The
air filter is integrated with its filter element.
For replacement, remove the old filter and
just install a new one.
3-02 NOTICE 3- 02 3-02

23-0 23-0 023-0
20 the old filter in accordance withwthe
Treat
w 20 w 2
w w w
xia local regulation to avoid the pollution
xia to Fig.6-67 Air Filter xia
the environment.
6-81
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

23-0 023-0 023-0
20
6.12w Hoses w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
Check all hoses (including hose fittings)
with the machine running. The hoses at
the slightest sign of damage or even mere
indications of threatened damage must be
replaced. Know the maximum pressure
that your machine can exert on the
concrete, and be sure that the hoses,
02 -02 02
pipes and clamps are capable of handling
0 3 - 0 3 3-
- - 3-0
the pressure. Failure to do so may result
2 023 rupture in the hose or piping 2023
in a sudden 2 02
w ww w
iaw or hose end-swing and personal
xsystem xia xia
w
injury.
6.12.1Checking the hoses
(1) Hydraulic hose (see Fig. 6-68)
Check the hydraulic hose: Dark and moist

patches on the fitting are external signs of
incipient damage, and carefully check:
-02 -02 3-02
a. The hose
2 3 -03for any defect, break or porous 3-03
Fig.6-68
3-0
20
surface. 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xb.ia The coupling of hose for tightness. xia xia
c. The middle part of hose is nonmetal. The
hose should be prevented from aging due
to strong sunlight, thermal effect and
chemical action.
NOTE: Hoses should not be more than six

years old, including a storage time of
two years. Take note of the date of
manufacture on the hoses.
3 -02 3-02 3-02
3-0
(2) hose joints
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
a. wCheck the house joint for tightness. w w
xia xia xia
b. The hose joints with leakage only can be
tightened with the permissible torque. If
6-82
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0
0no2 torque wrench is available, tighten the02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
ww joint until hand feels obvious incrementww of w w
xia xia xia
force. If the leakage can not be stopped,
replace these hose joints.
6.12.2Replacing the hoses

The procedure for replacing hoses is as
follows:
(1) Close the engine.
(2) Completely relieve the residual pressure

2 02 02
3-0 system.
in the hydraulic 3- 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
(3)20
When disassembling the hose joints, 20 2
w w w w w w
xia slightly open it to allow the hydraulicxiafluid to xia
flow out. After relieving the residual pressure
of hydraulic fluid in hose, continuously
disassemble the hose.
(4) Take care when undoing the joints.
(5) Close the connection points with a plug

immediately you have removed the old
hoses. No dirt may enter the hydraulic circuit
and the hydraulic circuit must not run empty.
2
Collect the0overflowed 2 02
3-0
oil with a vessel and
3-
treat 3it-0in accordance with the environment 3-0
3-
3-0
202
protection requirements. 202 2 02
ww ww w w
xia (6) Keep the hoses free from dirt.
xia xia
(7) Fit the hoses to be free from bends or

points of abrasion.
(8) Bleed the hydraulic system.
(9) Carry out a test run and inspect all hoses

again after fitting new hoses.
CAUTION
02 -02 02
-03-
The hydraulic
3 line can not work without -03
3-0
3-
2
oil.20The inner of new house should be 2 023 2 02
ww ww w w
xia cl ea n a nd fr e e o f d us t. Th e cxriaoo ke d xia
hydraulic hose is subjected to mechanical
pre-stressing force; therefore, the hose
6-83
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
02 when disassembling and lead 202 3-0 023-0
w 2
will rebound
w w 2
toiaw iaw w
x injury.
x xia
6.12.3Identifying the hoses

The hose is composed of the hydraulic hose
in the middle and joints at both ends
(1) Type of hose
1SB —- hydraulic rubber hose wrapped with

a layer of steel wire.
0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

0 23-
2SN—- hydraulic rubber hose wrapped with
0 23- 023-0
2
two layers of steel wire. 2 2
a ww ww w w
x i xia xia
4SP —- hydraulic rubber hose wrapped with
four layers of steel wire (medium pressure).
4SH —- hydraulic rubber hose wrapped with

four layers of steel wire (high pressure)
(2) Identification of hose
The related specifications of hose produced

by Sany Heavy Industry Co., LTD can be
obtained from 0
- 2 name of material. Take
the
-02 02
0 3 0 3 3-
023
-
hose 4SP20-DKOS-DKOS90-1000- V90-XXX
023
-
023-0
2
for example:
w w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Rubber hose 4SP20-DKOS-DKOS90-1000-V90-XXX
Rubber hose type Type of accessory
Type of connector at one side Mounting angle
Type of connector at the other side Assembly length
6.13 Electrical System

02 02 02
The electrical
3 - 03-system is composed of the 3 - 03- 3-0
3-
02
control2cabinet, remote control, control box, 202 2 02
w etc. Periodically check the cables w w w
iaw
xharness, xia on xia
w
the plug of electromagnetic valve, joint of
6-84
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
3-0 3-0 3-0
s e 2n0s2o r , t e r m i n a l r o w , t o g g l e s w i t c2h0,2 2 02
ww ww w w
xia instrument, etc. for tightness. xia xia
WARNING
The electrical cables can not connect
other unauthorized electrical elements.
Failure to do so may result serious
damage to the elements or even personal
injury.
0 2 02 02
03- control cabinet
6.13.1Electric
3- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
The2 2
0electric 02
control cabinet is the key part2of 2 02
ww ww of w w
xia pump truck control system and composed xia xia
the electrical control cabinet body, SANY
motion controller assembly (SYMC), Central
Power Distribution Box, SANY communicat-
ion display (SYCD), etc.(see Fig.6-69).Check
and maintenance interval (see table 6-1 on
page 6-4).
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-85
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia 1 2 3 4xia 5 6 xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 7/8 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.6-69 Structural Drawing of Electric Control Cabinet

[1]Electric control cabinet body
[2]Circuit board assembly SYEB
[3]Central distribution box
[4]SYMC special controller
[5]Emergency stop
[6]SYCD display
[7]SANY Truck pump electric plate SYMCEB
[8]SANY Truck 02 electric plate SYEB
3-pump 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w CAUTION w w
xia xia xia
Do not put other items in the electric
control cabinet, e.g. tool, gloves to avoid
disrepair to the items inherent in the
electric control cabinet. The door of
e le c tr i c c o nt r o l c ab i ne t is ge n er a ll y
closed. Do not open it casually. In
addition, the inner of cabinet should also
be dry and protected from rain water and
washing. Failure to do so may result in
the circuitry or02connection in the electric 02 02
- 3- 3-
control cabinet
3 -03 to be affected with damp. 3-0 3-0
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
6-86
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia When repairing other
x
components, if
xia
welding work is required, the general
switch of power supply for chassis should
be closed, and the ground wire of welder
should be directly connected to the part to
be welded so as to avoid damage to the
electrical elements in the electric control
cabinet.
0 3 -02 check the connection of relay 03-02

(1) Periodically
3-02
2 - for tightness. If the relay 2is023-
and 3box
0 023-0
2
damaged, replace it with new one ofw the 2
a wwsame specification. w w w
x i xia xia
(2) If trip occurs in the circuit breaker, timely
check the circuit to find the reason. When
short-circuit or other faults of circuit are
eliminated, replace it with new circuit
breaker of the same specification. If you
have any question about the specification of
circuit breaker and in the event of circuit
fault, connect the after-sale service engineer
in time.
0 3 -02 3-02 3-02
0 23-
(3) Periodically check the connections
02 3-0 023-0
2
between plug board and central power 2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia SANY
distribution box, electric circuit board, xia
motion controller (SYMC), SANY communica-
tion display (SYCD) and aviation plug for
tightness. If any, tighten it timely.
WARNING
When replacing the circuit breaker, only
the circuit breaker of the same
specification can be adopted. Never use
product with current larger than specified
3
value. Failure
0 -02 to do so may result in 03-02 3-02
-
023 damage to the circuitry or even
serious 023
-
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiawinjury to persons. iaw x xia
w
6-87
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20
6.13.2Maintenance operation box 2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
The maintenance operation box is located on
the main support of boom and mainly used to
operate the pump truck when checking and
maintaining it (see Fig. 6-70). Check and
maintenance interval (see table 6-2 on page
6-5).
(1) Periodically check the E-STOP button of

maintenance operation box, push-button
switch and aviation plug for tightness. If any,
2 02 02
3-0
tighten it in 0time. 3- 3-
023
-
02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
(2) Periodically
aw
check the waterproof
ww
seal
w w
xibetween xia
the panel and box. If necessary, xia
replace it.
NOTICE Fig.6-70 Control Box for Maintenance
The maintenance operation box is

generally closed. Do not open it casually.
The inner of operation box should be dry
and protected from rain water and
washing. Failure to do so may result in
t h e c i r c u i t r y 2o r c o n n e c t i o n i n t h e
3 -0 3-02 3-02
maintenance
3- 0 operation box to be affected
3-0 3-0
2
with damp.0 2 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
CAUTION
After every construction, the concrete on
maintenance operation box panel should
be timely cleaned; otherwise it will cure at
the acting position of switch and result in
malfunction of switch which may cause
injury to persons or machines. Do not
damage switch and its wire during
2
-0handling
construction or items. 02 02
3 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-88
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 20
6.13.3Small operation box
w 2 w 2
wThe iaw the w
xia small operation box is locatedxnear xia
main support of the platform and convenient
for operating this pump truck when pumping
(see Fig. 6-71). Check and maintenance
intervals (see table 6-2 on page 6-5).
(1) Periodically check the E-STOP button of

small operation box, toggle switch and
aviation plug for tightness. If any, tighten it
in time.
2
-0 check the waterproof seal 03-0 2 02
3
(2) Periodically
0 3-
-
023 the panel and box. If necessary,
between 023
-
023-0
2 2 2
wwreplace it. ww w w
xia xia xia
NOTICE
The maintenance operation box is generally
closed. Do not open it casually. The inner of
operation box should be dry and protected Fig.6-71
from rain water and washing. Failure to do
so may result in the circuitry or connection
in the maintenance operation box to be
affected with damp.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 CAUTION w 2 w 2
w iaw w
xia x
xia
maintenance operation box panel should be
timely cleaned; otherwise it will cure at the
acting position of switch and result in
malfunction of switch which may cause
injury to persons or machines.
6.13.4Outrigger operation box

The outrigger2operation box is mainly used to
0 3 -0 0 3 -02 3-02
3-0
conduct - related operation on outrigger -
2 023 cooperating with the multi-way valve
through 2 023 2 02
ww w
iaw of w w
xia of outrigger (see Fig. 6-72). In thexevent xia
emergency, the E-STOP button on panel can
be used to ensure the safety of equipment.
6-89
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0
02 maintenance intervals (see Table 202 3-0 023-0
Check 2and 2
w ww w
iawon page 6-5)
x6-2 xia xia
w
3
(1) Periodically check the installation screw

of support operation leg for tightness. If any,
2
immediately tighten the screw to ensure it is
reliably secured.
(2) Waterproof seal is used between the

operation box panel and box. If the fixing 1
screw of panel is loosened, check the seal.
If necessary, replace it and then tighten the
02 of panel.
installation screw
3- 3-02 3-02
3-0
02
(3) Periodically check the E-STOP button of 202
3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w w 2
aw
operation
xiplug
box, toggle switch, and aviation
x iaw x iaw
for tightness. If any, tighten it in time. Fig.6-72 Control Box for Outriggers
CAUTION [1] E-STOP button

[2] Toggle switch
After every construction, the operation
[3] Control box
box panel should be timely cleaned;
otherwise the concrete will cure at the
acting position of E-STOP button or push-
button switch and result in malfunction of
switch.
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
202
6.13.5Mechanical encoder 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
1
The mechanical encoder is used to measure 2
and limit the rotation control angle of boom
(see Fig. 6-73). Check and maintenance 3
intervals (see Table 6-2 on page 6-5)
(1) Apply grease on the slewing part of

mechanical encoder every 50 hours of
operation or every week.
(2) Periodically check the working condition

of two sensors
0 3 -02on the mechanical encoder Fig.6-73 0 3 -02Mechanical Encoder 0 3 -02
2 0 2 -
and the 3sensing distance of sensor (less
2 0 23- 2 0 23-
thanw5mm); if the installation nut of sensor isw [1] Sensor
aw w ww
i
x loosened, xia
re-adjust the measuring distance xia
[2] Mechanical encoder
of sensor and tighten it. [3] Rotary reducer
6-90
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 023-0 02 3-0
(3)20
Periodically check the tightening condition2 2
ww ww w w
xia of plug board of mechanical encoder xia and xia
harness for tightness. If not, tighten it timely;
the plug board should be fixed with the
harness to prevent the wire from
disconnecting.
(4) After every maintenance operation of

mechanical encoder, re-fix the wire to avoid
damage caused by gear.
6.13.6Temperature sensor
2
-0 2 02
3
The temperature
0 sensor is used to measure 03-0 3-
023
-
the hydraulic fluid temperature. Its measuring023
-
02 3-0
w 2 2 2
wrange is -30°C~90°C(see Fig. 6-74.aw Inwthe w w
xia event of fault in temperature sensor, xi timely xia
check the connection between sensor and
plug board of harness for tightness. In the
event of fault in sensor itself, replace it timely.
NOTE: The pump truck is furnished with 2 Fig.6-74Temperature Sensor

[1] Temperature sensor [3] Hydraulic oil tank
temperature sensor. When the display [2] Seal ring
shows the temperature sensor 1 has
fault, switch the default setting of
control system to the temperature
0 3
sensor-02 2 through the operation of 03-02 0 3 -02
- - -
2 023display to ensure the normal operation
2 023 2 023
w w w
xiaw of construction. iaw
x iaw
x
6.13.7Liquid level sensor
The liquid sensor is used to measure the
water level in the water tank. If the water
level is too low, the water pump will stop (see
Fig. 6-75).
(1) Periodically check the connection

between the liquid level sensor and plug
2
board for tightness.
0 If not, secure it timely.
02 02
3- 3- 3-
(2) 0 3-0
If2the water tank is fully filled with water
02 3-0Fig.6-75 Liquid Level Sensor 02 3-0
2 2 2
wwbut the liquid level sensor is not active, w it
iawbeen iaw
w
xia may be stuck in the water tank or xhas [1] Rear outrigger [3] xWater drain ball valve
damaged. Adjust or replace it in time. [2] Liquid level gauge
6-91
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20 switch of boom
6.13.8Limit
w w 2 w 2
iaw limit
xThe xia
switch of boom is used to control
w
xia
w
the downward stroke of boom and provide
limit protection (see Fig. 6-76).
Periodically check the limit switch arm of

boom to ensure the flexible rotation. In the
event of failure to reset or coupling stagnation
of rotation, replace it timely.
NOTICE Fig.6-76 Boom Limit Switch

3 -02 on the limit switch of
Do not put 0items 0 3 -02 3-02
023
-
boom;2otherwise the controller will receive 2023
-
023-0
w 2
thewwrong ww w w
xia
information and influenceiathe
motion of boom.
x xia
CAUTION
limit switch of boom should be timely
cleaned; otherwise it will cure at the
acting position of switch and result in
malfunction of switch. Do not damage
switch and its 0 2 during construction or
-wire 02 02
0 3 3- 3-
3-
handling items.
02 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6.13.9Limit switch of outrigger
Fig.6-77 Limit Switch of Front Outrigger
The limit switch of front outrigger and limit
sensor of rear outrigger are used to control
the withdraw stroke of outrigger and provide
limit protection (see Fig. 6-77 and Fig. 6-78).
(1) Periodically check the connection

between the limit switch of outrigger, sensor
and plug board of harness for tightness. If
02
not, secure it timely.
3- 3-02 3-02
02 3-0
(2) Periodically check the installation nut of 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
aw sensor of outrigger and sensing
limit
xidistance x i aw x i aw
of sensor (less than 5mm) for
tightness. If not, adjust and tighten it timely. Fig.6-78 Limit Sensor of Rear outrigger
6-92
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
(3)20
Periodically check the limit switch arm 2of 2
ww aw
w w w
xia front outrigger to ensure the flexiblexirotation. xia
In the event of failure to reset or coupling
stagnation of rotation, replace it timely.
6.13.10 Limit switch of transfer case
The limit switch of transfer case is used

to switch the pumping and traveling status. If
this limit switch has fault, the pumping may not
be conducted 2(see Fig. 6-79).
3-0 3- 02 3- 02
023-0
(1) Periodically check the transfer case 02 3-0 02 3-0
w w switch for tightness. If not, securewwit 2
2
w w 2
xia timely. xia xia
(2) If the transfer case switch can not be
turned to desired position or has damage,
adjust or replace timely.
Fig.6-79 Limt Switch of Transfer Case
6.13.11Rocker switch
The rocker switch is located in cab (see Fig.

2 02 02
6-80). 03-0 3- 3-
023
-
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
ww
Periodically check the performances of w
rocker
iaw w w
xia switches for general power supply, xpumping, xia
traveling, etc. If some plug board for switch is
loosened, secure it timely.
NOTE: When switching the pumping and

traveling status, the chassis gearbox
must be in neutral position. Never
conduct forced switching under when 1 2 3
putting into gear.
3-02 02 Rocker Switches in Cab

Fig.6-80
3- 3- 02
023-0 02 3-0 3-0
[1] Switch for power supply of electric control02cabinet
w 2 w 2 w 2
xiaw xiaw [2] Switch for pumping
x iaw
[3] Switch for travelling
6-93
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3- 02
2 3-0 23-0 023-0
20
6.13.12Electromagnetic
w valve and its 20 2
iaw ww w w
xplug xia xia
Periodically repair the electromagnetic valve
to ensure the normal operation of equipment
(see Fig. 6-81).
(1) The plug of electromagnetic valve has its

own working indicator. When the power
supply is switched on, the indicator will be
on, by which the following reasons for
malfunction of electromagnetic valve can be Fig.6-81 Boom Multi-way Valve
confirmed: circuit
3 -02 fault or electromagnetic -02 -02
- 0 -03 Electromagnetic valve for switch-over
[1] -03
023
valve fault. 2 3
20 between outrigger and air cooler 20 2 3
w w2 w
w w w
ia In order
x(2) xia
to prevent the installation screw xia
[2] Rotary electromagnetic valve
for plug of electromagnetic valve, the [3] Electromagnetic valve for arm 1
installation hole is filled with silica gel. When [4] Electromagnetic valve for arm 2
the plug of electromagnetic valve is removed [5] Electromagnetic valve for arm 3
for maintenance, re-fill the silica gel and re-
[6] Electromagnetic valve for arm 4
tighten the screw.
[7] Electromagnetic valve for arm 5
6.13.13Wire
The wire is used to connect different
02 (see Fig. 6-82).
electrical elements
3- 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
(1) Periodically check the plug board of wire 202
3-0 023-0
w 2 w w 2
iaw the seal of three-way and corrugated
and
xtube x iaw xia
w
outside the wire. If one of them is
loosened, secure it timely.
(2) Remove concrete and foreign matters on

wire timely to avoid prevent circuit from
damage.
(3) During construction and maintenance, Fig.6-82 Wire

carefully protect the circuit from the damage
of circuit or failure in seal structure caused
by external force.2
3-0 3- 02 3- 02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-94
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
6.13.14Wireless w2
remote control system w 2
xia iaw xia
w
T h e m a i nt e n a n c e , c ar e a n d s exr v i c e o f
wireless remote control system are conducted
as per the maintenance manual supplied by
the manufacturer of this remote control
system. In addition, the safety operation is
conducted as required by the manufacturer of
remote control system.
Plug to completely drain off water in the

cleaning room and draw out the piston head
02 02 02
03-cleaning and checking.
to conduct
- 3-0
3-
3-0
3-
2 023 2 02 2 02
ww
The cleaning room should be clean
ww
and no
w w
xia deposit is allowed on the piston rod
xia of oil xia
cylinder.
During forward pumping or reverse pumping,

if water in the cleaning room is muddy,
immediately stop the machine and check the
concrete seal.
During pumping, if the water temperature in

the cleaning room is too high, timely replace
02
with fresh water.
3- 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia CAUTION xia xia
For construction in cold weather, e.g.
winter, completely drain off water in the
cleaning room to avoid icing to damage to
machine.
CAUTION
Do not add lithium-based grease in the
cleaning room;
0 3 -02 otherwise the hydraulic 03-02 3-02
system
0 2 3- easily be polluted and faults will023-
is
023-0
2
frequently occurs. 2 2
ww ww w w
xia xia xia
6-95
Maintenance
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
G
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
02 02 02
AN
3- 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
6-96
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Specifications
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
7 2Specifications 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
7.1 Technical Data ..................................................................................................7-3
7.2 Dimension .........................................................................................................7-5
7.3 Boom Operating Range ....................................................................................7-6
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
7-1
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
3-02 3 -0 2
3-02
3-0
3-0
of this
3 - to operate
2 02 0
2 2 this
2 02
xia xia
death.
7-2
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2
0 3-0 023-0 023-0
7w 2SPECIFICATIONS w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
7.1 Technical Data
Overall Parameters
Length 12380mm
Width 2550mm
Height 3930mm
Weight 35000kg
02 02 02
3- 03- 3- 03- 3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w
xia iaw
Boomxand Outrigger Specifications xia
w
Vertical reach 47.0 m
Horizontal reach 42.0 m
Reach depth 29.3 m
Minimum unfolding reach 13.9 m
Length 9760 mm
1st section
Articulat ion 89°
Length 7670 mm
0nd2 02 02
3- 03-2 section 03-
u-lation
Artic3 180° 3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 02
w w Length 7410 mwm2
w w w
xia 3rd section xia Articulation
x1ia80°
Length 9670 mm
4th section
Articulation 235°
Length 8545 mm
5th section
Articulation 215°
Rotation ±360°
Outrigger spread L-R-front 9300mm
Outrigger spread L-R-rear 9620 mm

02 02 02
3- 03- Outrigger spread width-front-rear on 3L-H 03- 9240 mm 3-0
3-
2 02 02 02
w Outrigger spread width-front-rewar2on RH 9240 mwm2
w w w
xia xia xia
7-3
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Chassis specifications
Chassis brand SANY

Chassis model SYM5350THB1E
Engine model D12C5-490E0

Engine maximum net power 348kW/1900rpm
Emission standard China stage V
Fuel tank capacity 400L
3- 02 Output
3- 02 12.12L 3-02
023-0 Maximum speed 023-0 90km/h 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Pump Specifications
Low pressure 170 m3/h

Output
High pressure 120 m3/h
Low pressure 8.3 MPa

Delivery pressure
High pressure 1 2 M Pa
02 -02 02
- 03- Low pressure 0 3 29 times/min
3-0
3-
2 023Strokes/min 2 0 23- 02
w Highwpressure 19 times/minw 2
w w iaw
xia xa
i
Delivery cylinder diameter xm
260 m
Stroke length 1900 mm
Hydraulic system Open loop
System oil pressure 32 MPa
Fuel tank capacity 680 L
Water tank capacity 620 L
Pipeline size 1 2 5 mm
End hose length 3m

02 02 02
3- 03- End hose diameter
3- 03- 125 mm
3-0
3-
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w ww
xia xia xia
7-4
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
0 2 3-0 023-0 023-0
7.2
w 2 Dimension w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3930mm
3-02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 4800mm w 2 w 2
w 1510mm
w 1350mm
w
xia xia 12380mm
xia
9.24m
6.06m
5.9m
9.3m
3-02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.7-1
3-02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
7-5
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

2 3-0 023-0 023-0
20
7.3 wBoom Operating Range w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

3-0 3-0 3-0
Fig.7-2202 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
7-6
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia PA xia
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
7-7
Specifications
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
7-8
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Appendix
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0
8 2Appendix 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
8.1 Hydraulic Basic Diagram ..................................................................................8-3
8.2 Electrical Basic Diagram ...................................................................................8-5
8.3 Specifications of twin pipes ........................... ....................................................8-18
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3- 02
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8-1
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
WARNING
2 -02 02
3-0 3 3-
023-0 Always read the Safety-0section
0
manual before attempting2 3 to
of this
operate this 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w to do this could result
equipment. Failure w
xia xia
death.
8-2
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
2
0 3-0 023-0 023-0
8w 2APPENDIX w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8.1 Hydraulic Basic Diagram
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.8-1 Basic Diagram of Pumping Hydraulic System
8-3
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
iaw Basic Diagram of Boom Hydraulic
xFig.8-2
w
xiaSystem xia
w
8-4
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
23-0 2 3-0 023-0
8.2
w 20 Electrical Basic Diagram w 20 w 2
w w iaw
xia ia
x
General electrical schematic diagram，which x
are subject to actual configuration.
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
CAN Communication interface
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Fig.8-3 Basic Diagram 1 of Power Supply Distribution
8-5
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
2
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
CAN Communication interface
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8-6
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Battery
Storage
reverberator
Side Marker Upper-
Lamp structure horn
chassis horn Controlling power supply start
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
power supply
Remote Control Remote Control
E-stop
Local Control
E-stop
valve E-stop
Main spillover
Controlling power
Bypass Valve E-stop
supply
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
in hand
Work Lamp
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
engine flameout Chassis Odometer Signal
NOTE(4F): 15 corresponds to or
Benz\MAN\ISUZU chassis;
37F corresponds to VOLVO
chassis.
switchover
Chassis
Key Switch of
GPS Trigger
02 02 02
Chassis
3- 3- 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8-7
xia
xia
xia
xia
8-8
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
2
2
2
02
02
02
02
Appendix
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-
3-
3-
3-
Emergency
Inductive Switch, temperature sensor Hydraulic
Inductive
02
02
02
02
Switch, water Forcible

small operation box maintenance operation box Sensor, pressure stop
Switch, oil level
pumping level drainage pump pump pressure Discharge Discharge remote water swing cylinder swing cylinder main cylinder main cylinder Oil Pressure manual manual piston agitate main agitate tempera tempera-
Running horn preheat piston accumulator detection Remote manual
agitate reset
SYG5351THB 470C-8
farward backard high/low control pump move leftwardmove rightwardmove leftward move rightward Gauge
switch speedup speeddown exit reverse system system ture 1 ture 2
increase reduce
Fig.8-6 Basic Diagram of SYMC 1

xia
xia
xia
xia
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
2
2
2
02
02
02
02
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-
3-
3-
3-
02
02
02
02
to chassis control interface circuit
running pump running pump speed, speed, oil inlet, oil inlet, oil inlet, oil inlet, return
engine gearbox cruise Left Right Left Right Left Right Forward Backward return Low-pressure High-pressure
position position position position Speed increase decrease Main High Left right Left right piston 1 piston 2 remote
low Flushing accumulator Blower
Governing spillover pressure pressure Main cylinder , Main cylinder , power
position position Speed Main oil pump Main oil pump Swing cylinder valve Oil fill valve
Speed cruise valve reversing, reversing, agitate return piston
switch indicator meterage (front pump) (rear pump) reversing high-pressure low-pressure
xia
xia
xia
xia
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
2
2
2
02
02
02
02
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-
3-
3-
3-
02
02
02
02
xia
xia
xia
xia
w
w
w
ww
w
w
w
2
2
2
02
02
02
Fig.8-7
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-
3-
3-
Mechanic encoder outrigger position detection Emergency stop Arm outrigger Arm 2 Arm 3 Arm 4 Arm 5 Boom pump
3-0
left proximity piston side rod side piston side rod side piston side rod side piston side
right proximity rod side
02
02
02
2
left front left rear right front right rear remote manual limit switch operation chamber Pressure
switch switch chamber chamber chamber chamber chamber chamber chamber
202 Basic Diagram of SYMC 2

xia
xia
xia
xia
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
2
2
2
02
02
02
02
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-
3-
3-
3-0
02
02
02
2
to Coil KA6
to Coil KA18-1
to Coil KA18-2
xia
xia
xia
xia
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
2
2
2
Arm(1) Arm(1) Arm(2) Arm(2) Arm(3) Arm(3) Arm(4) Arm(4) Arm(5) Arm(5) Arm(6) Arm(6) rotate rotate outrigger bypass Antiswing
right limit left limit Boom pump up part horn chassis horn engine flameout
extension retraction extension retraction extension retraction extension retraction extension retraction extension retraction leftward rightward valve valve valve
02
02
02
02
Multiple valve of boom arm rotary protect,valve group
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-0
3-
3-
3-
3-
02
02
02
02
8-9
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
aw
xiFig.8-8 iaw
Chassis circuit of BENZ (optional)
x xia
w
8-10
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 engine throttle
control circuit
023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3-02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
Fig.8-9 w2
Chassis circuit of ISU ZU (optional)
w w w 2
xia xia xia
8-11
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
Fig.8-10
w Chassis circuit of VO LVO ww
(optional) w w
xia xia xia
8-12
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
Fig.8-11
w w2
Chassis circuit of MA N (optional)
w w 2
xia xia xia
8-13
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 2 2
Fig.8-12
w Chassis circuit ww
of SINOTRUK (optional) w w
xia xia xia
8-14
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
To instrument
w w w
xia xia xia
Mileage signal
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
Interface circuit to upper
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
Fig.8-13 w2
Chassis circuit of SANY (optional)
w w w 2
xia xia xia
8-15
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
Fig.8-14
w Network Diagram of CAN Bus w w
xia xia xia
8-16
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w w2
Fig.8-15 w 2 (Sampling, Velocity measurement)
Circuit Connection Module Diagram
w w w 2
xia xia xia
8-17
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
8.3 Specifications of twin pipes 3-0 3-0
202 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia xia xia
To regulate the use of twin pipes, bring down
the cost for customers and avoid misoperation
which lead to premature failure,warranty period
fault and the reduction of service life, specially
designed the specification.
Must ensure that the weight of the conveying

pipe which is installed or increased is in acco-
rdance with the requirements of equipment
manufacturers of concrete pump. Cannot
-02 limit.
exceed the weight
3 3-02 3-02
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2
Ifwitwis not in accordance with the instructions
w 2 w 2
iaw
xiato install, the consequences will be notxwithin xia
w
the scope of the warranty of Hunan SANY
Zhongyang Machinery Co., Ltd.
8.3.1Installation Instructions
(1) During the installation and operation of the

individual pipeline components,make sure
that the axes of the joint collars. Thereby
the pipes are not axially offset or at angle
0 3 -02 this is not the case, the

with each other.If
0 3 -02 3-02
23- flanges will be unequally stressed.2023-
joints and
0 023-0
2
(see
w Fig. 8 -1 6 ) w w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
angle offset
3- 02 3-02 3-02
3-0
Fig. 082-16 023-0 023-0
w w2 w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
8-18
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia WARNING xia xia
The centre lines of the respective compone-
nts must be aligned and centred with each
other.If this is not the case, the joints and
flanges will be unequally stressed and
single-sidedly overloaded in the event of
high internal pressure.
0 3 -02
(2) During transportation or for assembly and
0 3 -02 3-02
023
-
disassembly work,the conveying pipe should 23-
023-0
be
w 2properly handled 20
with care. It is prohibited
w w 2
w w w
xia to throw the pipe to the ground or other xia hard xia
objects. The direct impact on conveying pipe
by the forks of the forklift truck should be av-
oided. During transportation, wood or other
soft package should be used between pipes.
(see Fig. 8-17 )
Fig.8-17
(3) It is forbidden to use the hard objects (such
3- 02
as stone,hammer,levering tools,etc.) knock on
3-0
2
3-02
0 2 3-0 of the delivery pipe. If it is needed023-0
the surface
023-0
2
to positioned by knocking the conveying pipe 2 2
ww ww w w
xia during assembly, must use soft tools,xia and xia
gradually tapping in order to reduce the impact
on the conveying pipe. (see Fig. 8-18)
Fig.8-18
WARNING
Do not use hard objects (such as stone,
0 3 -02
hammer, levering tools ,etc.) konck the
0 3 -02 3-02
3-
delivery
02
pipe, otherwise it will lead to dam- 3-
02 023-0
w w2
nification of the inner tube.
w w 2
w w 2
xia xia xia
8-19
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3- 02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 is a blockage, it is not recommen-
(4) If there 2 02 2 02
ww w w w w
xia ded to dismantle the front pipe to remove
xia xia
the blockage with quite some force.If must
adopt this method,please install the block-
age protection ring.(see Fig. 8-19)
Fig. 8-19
3-02 WARNING
3- 02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 protection ring is not installed, 202
If blockage 2 02
wwinner tube and wearing sleeve ofiathe
the ww w w
xia x xia
bloc kage pipe may be in the risk of being
rushed out when dismantle the front pipe
to remove the blockage with quite some
force.
(5) The pipe may be wearied unequally in

turn around
pumping process. It is suggested to rotate
the pipe by 180° or change its direction in
order to increase the lifetime of the pipe.
(see Fig. 8-32-00)2 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 NOTICE w 2 turn w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
When installed conveying pipe, if there is a
direction tab on the conveying pipe, you
should be strictly in accordance with the
direct ion for installation. Ensure the cleann-
ess of the connection head and the mounted
Fig. 8-20
surface of the flange. There should not be
any sundries caused wear.
3-02 3- 02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8-20
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
2 2 02
3-0 3-0 3-
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
G
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia PA xia
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8-2 1
Appendix
SYG5351THB 470C-8
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
E
3-02 3-02 3-02
3-0 3-0 3-0
G
2 02 2 02 2 02
w w w w w w
xia xia xia
PA
K
AN
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
BL
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
8-2 2
3-02 3-02 3-02
023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
www.sanygroup.com
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
3- 02 3- 02 3-02
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
w 2 w 2 w 2
w w w
xia xia xia
SANY AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.
SANY Industry Town, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Changsha,

Hunan China 410100
Tel: 0731-84031888 Fax: 20731-84031999
3 -02
Email: Sanyservice@sany.com.cn
0 3- 0 3-02
23- 02 3-0 2 3-0
Service20Hotline: 4008 87 8318 2 Complaint Hotline: 4008 87 931820
ww w w ww
xia xia xia
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice in accordance with our continuous technical innovations.
Featured machines in photos may include additional equipment.
Copyright SANY HEAVY INDUSTRY CO., LTD.

No copy or reproduction without the written permission from SANY HEAVY INDUSTRY CO., LTD.

Bơm cần 47m M00015441

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bơm cần 47m M00015441

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3-02 3-02 3-02

023-0 023-0 023-0

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 WARNING 3 -02 3-02

It is forbidden to convert the truck-mounted concrete pump without authorization. Sany

• Train the operation and maintenance personnel based on their needs.

Duty of Owners or Other Authorized Personnel

• Periodically check related personnel's safety consciousness during working.

• Ensure timely maintenance and repair on the truck-mounted concrete pump.

• Carefully plan the use of the truck-mounted concrete pump.

• All personnel should know their working tasks and procedures.

2 machines and components..............................................................

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

-02 -02 3-02

Items addressed in this manual are designed

● Understand the structure and performance

Always keep this manual nearby and have all

3-02 3-02 3-02

NOTE:Due to improvement and updating of

NOTE:Some information may vary due to the

3-02 3-02 3-02

The serial numbers and model numbers on

3-02 3-02 3-02

Data Plate Location

On the top of the main boom mounting turret

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

This symbol indicates that the

3-02 3-02 3-02

If any procedures or actions not specified,

0 3 - 2 local SANY distributor before 03-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 Always read the Safety section

0 3 -02 0 3 -02 3-02

NOTE:Special2 safety regulations may be

2.1.1 Concrete pump

2.1.3 Arm assembly

2.1.5 Base structure

2.1.10 Machine operator

2.1.12 Signaller and other auxiliary

2.1.13 Truck mixer driver

2.1.14 Authorized inspector

2.1.17 After Sales Service personnel

3 - 02 servicing and repair of a

3-02 3-02 3-02

3-02 3-02 3-02